Vol. XXIII

January, 1947

No. 1

THE

Pan -Pacific Entomologist

Published by the

Pacific Coast Entomological Society

in co-operation with

The California Academy of Sciences

CONTENTS

DUNCAN. SOME REMARKS ON THE INFLUENCE OF INSECTS ON
HUMAN WELFARE 1

RITCHER, DESCRIPTION OF THE LARVA OF PLEOCOMA

HIRTICOLLIS VANDYKEI LINSLEY 11

MUESEBECK, TWO NEW SPECIES OF APANTELES FROM

CALIFORNIA 21

BARR, ENOCLERUS HUMERALIS (SCHAEFFER), A PRIMARY

HOMONYM 24

RINDGE, TYPES OF NEPTICULA BRAUNELLA JONES 25

TIMBERLAKE, TWO NEW BEES FROM ARIZONA 26

macswain and bohart, parasitism of bees by conopid flies 30

TUTHILL, NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS TRIOZOIDA 31

MANSFIELD AND TILDEN, AULICUS TERRESTRIS LINSLEY 34

KNOWLTON, A SMALL SAGE APHID 85

DETHLEFSEN, SOME COLEOPTERA TAKEN FROM WET PAINT 36

CHAMBERLIN, ON FOUR NEW AMERICAN CHILOPODS 87

MANSFIELD, NOTES ON HIPPOMELAS CALIFORNICUS (HORN) AND

CHRYSOBOTHRIS CYANELLA HORN 40

TILDEN, GLAUCOPSYCHE LYGDAMUS BEHRII IN AN ANT NEST 42

MANSFIELD, RANGE OF OEME GRACILIS LEC 43

GALINDO, ANOPHELES XELAJUENSIS DeLEON IN PANAMA 44

PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY, PROCEEDINGS 45

San Francisco, California
1947

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

EDITORIAL BOARD

E. C. Van Dyke E. G. Linsley, R. L. Usinger E. S. Ross

Associate Editor Editors Assistant Editor

R. C. Miller, Treasurer A. E. Michelbacher, Advertising

Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
phases of entomology are favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on
insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution.

Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be ad-
dressed to the editors, 112 Agricultural Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4,
California. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers, changes of
address, requests for sample copies, and all financial communications should be
addressed to the treasurer, R. C. Miller, at the California Academy of Sciences,
San Francisco 18, California

Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $2.50 per year in advance. Price for single
copies, 75 cents. Make checks payable to “Pan-Pacific Entomologist.”

PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

FOURTH SERIES
VOLUME XXIV

Contributions Toward a Knowledge of the Insect Fauna of Lower California

1. Introductory Account, by A. E. Michelbacher and E. S. Ross. Pp. 1-20, pis. 1-3.

February, 1942 - $0.25

2. Coleoptera : Cerarabycidae, by E. Gorton Linsley. Pp. 21-96, pis. 4-5. Feb., 1942 75

3. Coleoptera: Buprestidae, by Edwin C. Van Dyke. Pp. 97-132, pis. 6-7. Mar., 1942 .35

4. Neuroptera: Myrmeleonidae, by Nathan Banks. Pp. 133-152, pi. 8. March, 1942 20

5. Symphyla, by A. E. Michelbacher. Pp. 153-160, pi. 9. March, 1942 15

6. Diptera : Culicidae, by Thomas H. G. Aitken. Pp. 161-170. June, 1942 20

7. Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae, by Frank E. Blaisdell, Sr. Pp. 171-288, pis. 10, 11 1.50

Order from CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, SAN FRANCISCO 18, CALIFORNIA

• •

It BlMBlIiUiD

H woancw IJ

1

FUNGICIDES

SOIL and GRAIN

INSECTICIDES

FUMIGANTS

CHEMICAL

♦

INSECTICIDES

SPECIALTIES

♦

WEED KILLING

CHEMURGIC

PREPARATIONS

CORPORATION

GREAT WESTERN DIVISION

Giant Road

THE DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY

RICHMOND, CALIF.

Seallle SAN FRANCISCO Los Angeles

Seal Beach e California

Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the postoffice at San
Francisco, California, under Act of August 24, 1912.

The P an - Pacific Entomologist

Vol. XXIII, No. 1

January, 1947

SOME REMARKS ON THE INFLUENCE OF INSECTS ON

HUMAN WELFARE*

BY CARL D. DUNCAN

Professor of Entomology and Botany, San Jose State College

The ways in which insects affect human welfare are so numer-
ous and diverse that no approach to completeness of treatment
can be made in a brief paper. In the present instance, however,
completeness is not needed, nor in fact is even a comprehensive
sampling. A consideration of certain aspects of the subject will
suffice, for the object of the paper is to advance the thesis that the
time has come for entomologists to present to the public on whose
support the progress of entomological research almost entirely
depends a more balanced interpretation of insect and human
relations than that usually current.

The subject of insects and human welfare is not new and cer-
tain aspects of it have been developed at length in a great variety
of books, technical bulletins, magazine articles, newspaper stories
and even reports over the radio. The relationships that have been
most frequently stressed, perhaps naturally enough, have been
those in which insects appear as enemies of man. It is not my
desire to minimize the damage inflicted on man by those insects
which are agricultural or forest pests, transmitters of disease, or
are in other ways inimical to man’s well being. Such damages,
however, and the insects responsible for them, should be viewed
in proper perspective. In no other way can the real importance
of insects as a whole be understood correctly and evaluated
properly.

It has long been apparent to biologists, whenever insect and
human relations are viewed in their entirety, that the insect
species which are injurious or antagonistic to human welfare
actually constitute only a small proportion of the total of insect

♦Presidential address read before the Pacific Coast Entomological Society,
January 4, 1947.

2

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 1

life and that the great majority of insects are either directly or
indirectly beneficial to man or enjoy a neutral status. Dr. Frank
Lutz (8) has estimated that not more than one-half of one per cent
of all the insects in the United States are actually pests. Calling
attention to Lutz’s estimate, Paul Knight (7) states that “those
who care to extend the argument can show that a far greater
percentage are of direct value, but that would prolong a question
that is scarceley debatable.” Nevertheless the beneficial aspects of
insect activities have not been brought clearly to the attention of
people generally.

It is still too common practice on the part of entomologists,
and in particular of economic entomologists, since they must
perforce focus their attention on destructive species, to ignore or
to minimize the numerous benefits conferred on man by insects.
For example, Graham, in “Principles of Forest Entomology,” (6)
recognizes the beneficial role of numerous forest insects, but dis-
misses them with a paragraph of brief consideration in the final
chapter. An occasional text, such as “Destructive and Useful
Insects,” by Metcalf and Flint (9) devotes a full chapter to the
benefits that man derives from insects, and a very few treat the
subject at more length, but in the majority of texts the treatment
is quite inadequate.

All too often, especially in articles designed for popular con-
sumption, we encounter extravagant statements and overdrawn
pictures concerning the so-called warfare between man and the
insects as if the two were engaged in a relentless struggle to the
death. The “insect menace” has become a catch phrase. To be
sure, most of these fantastic pictures are found in articles written
by persons lacking entomological training. Not a few, however,
have been prepared by entomologists who should know better
and nearly all are based on information and ideas that have been
supplied by entomologists. An unfortunate consequence of this
state of affairs is that many, if not most, laymen have developed
the belief that nearly all insects are injurious and should ruth-
lessly be exterminated.

A few decades ago excessive emphasis on the destructive
activities of insects perhaps was justified. The increasing number
of insect pests required that public attention be directed to these
enemies of agriculture. Without this emphasis it might not have
been possible to arouse the public sentiment and the legislative

TANUARY, 1947] DUNCAN— INSECTS AND HUMAN WELFARE

3

backing that were essential for the support of needed research on
pest control. At that time also a factual basis for an adequate
appreciation of the beneficial aspects of insect life had not yet
been sufficiently developed. For that matter, there is real need at
the present time for extensive and detailed exploration of the
beneficial activities of insects. In particular there is a need for
quantitative studies. The knowledge we now possess is mostly of
a qualitative nature.

The goal of an aroused public interest in the study of injurious
insects has long since largely been achieved and adequate support
for research in economic entomology usually is available. We
now urgently need to round out the picture, to educate the lay
public to a realization of the vast amount of good that is done
by insects as a whole, to the end that balanced judgment shall
determine the general attitude toward insect-human relations and
that all branches of entomological research shall be recognized
as meriting adequate support.

There is at present a measure of real danger that the lay
public, animated by the conviction that insects constitute an
enemy group, may attempt to carry the matter of insect control,
or rather, suppression, too far. For the first time in the history
of man’s conflict with insects the materials at his disposal make
the unwise dream of insect extermination seem possible of attain-
ment, at least in localized areas; or if this state of affairs has not
^'^et been attained, at least it seems to be not far away. If, there-
fore, man is to be spared costly experiences in which his actions
bring down upon him more harm than good, it is essential that
there be developed in the public mind an appreciation of the
beneficial activities of insects that will serve to balance the already
well developed appreciation of their injurious activities.

The economic entomologist has a special responsibility in this
connection because of his frequent contacts with a segment of
the public which has a special reason for distrust of insects.
Moreover, to ensure the proper development of economic ento-
mology in the years that lie ahead, it is essential that the economic
entomologist recognize and accept this responsibility as many of
them individually already have done. It is becoming increasingly
evident that the carrying out of proper measures for the control
of injurious insects is not simply a matter of applying a suffi-
ciently lethal insecticide. Rather it requires that each species

4

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. yXTTT, NO. 1

be regarded in the light of the entire complex ecological picture
of which it is a part and that control measures be selected accord-
ingly. It often happens that insects that are injurious under one
set of conditions or circumstances are of no consequence or are
beneficial under others. A correct appraisal of the economic
status of many an insect, therefore, can not be made by the
farmer but only by a well trained economic entomologist who
has a broad knowledge of general insect ecology. A great deal
of time and money is now wasted in so-called “insurance spray-
ing” which might be saved or better used in some other type of
control. The farmer should be educated to expect the economic
entomologist to have the broad type of training suggested above
and to look confidently to the economic entomologist for immedi-
ate advice and guidance in meeting his problems of pest control.
This desirable relationship cannot materialize so long as the
current point of view continues to prevail.

It may be that the danger that I have envisioned is more
apparent than real. Human affairs move with suflScient slowness
that the unwisdom of attempts at the wholesale extermination
of insects may he made sufficiently clear through repercussions
from early attempts that efforts in this direction will be aban-
doned and will be replaced by actions based on a saner phi-
losophy. Certainly the usage of DDT to date has revealed that
such powerful insecticides, valuable as they are, cannot be used
indiscriminately with impunity. Nevertheless much is to be
gained by a concerted program of public education that is aimed
at balanced enlightenment in place of the present program of
merely seeking support for more and ever more destruction of
insect life.

In the light of the reasoning thus far advanced it seems worth-
while to review certain of the interrelations between man and
insects in which the insects play a beneficial role.

As a general rule little attention is paid to the factors com
cerned in the control of the plant population of the earth and the
place that insects hold among these factors. Because of man’s
dependence on plants it is customary to label as injurious any
creature aside from man and his domestic animals that feeds on
plant life. Yet obviously this is not the case. An organism is
really injurious only when it becomes sufficiently abundant that
its activities are genuinely detrimental to the welfare of other

JANUARY, 1947] DUNCAN— INSECTS AND HUMAN WELFARE

5

organisms. This happens in the case of only a very small pro-
portion of insects. Moreover, it is possible for a plant as well as
an insect or other animal to get out of balance with the rest of
life; to become, in fact, a pest. A few plants in recent decades
have so far escaped from normal population controls as to
become veritable scourges, and so far, the only significant prog-
ress in bringing them back under control has been accomplished
through the use of insects that feed on them.

The most notable example is the prickly-pear cactus in Aus-
tralia which according to some authorities by 1935 occupied
some 60,000,000 acres of Australian soil to the extent that it
was practically worthless for agriculture. Cactus feeding insects
introduced from the Americas have brought the cactus under
control. Most of the work of control has been wrought by a
single species, the moth Cactohlastis cactorum, whose caterpillar
mines the joints of the cactus. Allan P. Dodd (4) says the intro-
duction of this insect between 1925 and 1927 “brought a complete
change in the outlook within a few years. Its progress has been
spectacular, its achievements border on the miraculous. Great
tracts of country, utterly useless on account of the dense growth
of the weed, have been brought into production. The prickly
pear territory has been transformed from a wilderness to a scene
of prosperous endeavor.”

Probably not many plants possess the qualifications for
becoming pests of the magnitude of the cactus but we have no
way of judging beforehand. There are other weed plants besides
cactus which, though perhaps less objectionable, have neverthe-
less become major pests in countries into which they have been
introduced. Such are lantana in Hawaii and Australia, blackberry
and gorse in New Zealand, and St. John’s Wort in California.
Success has been only partially attained to date in controlling
these weeds but the measure of success that has been attained has
been accomplished largely through the use of insects.

In the countries to which they are native these plants are
not pests. They fit normally into the flora of those regions in
mutual adjustment with other organisms. The factors that deter-
mine their normal population levels, as is true of plants every-
where, undoubtedly are several but among these are the insects
that feed upon them. Dr. Brues has pointed out in “Insect Diet-
ary” that insects are a major factor in determining population

6

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yoL. XXIII, NO. 1

levels in plant life. We perhaps cannot even guess accurately
what the consequences would he if insects were to he totally
removed from the realm of plant life hut we can be sure that
it would be some sort of chaos and that man would be numbered
among the victims of such a disastrous happening.

We are accustomed to looking upon insects that attack trees
as injurious and requiring control, and certainly often, though
not always, this view is the correct one. Yet it is equally certain
that the majority of insects to be found in a forest are not
detrimental to the forest and that many, if not the majority,
actually benefit the forest in one way or another. F. C. Craig-
head (2) in “An Annotated List of the Important North American
Forest Insects” lists less than 200 kinds of really destructive
species distributed over many families, yet W. J. Chamberlin (1)
records 575 species of bark and timber beetles in but two families.
The great majority of these are forest species but the great ma-
jority are not destructive.

Chamberlin (l.c.) says, “When Micrucis, Carphoborus, Pity-
ophthorus, Pityokteines, Lymantor, Hypothenemus, or any of the
other similar species attack the lower limbs of trees and kill them,
they are but hastening natural pruning which results in a clean
bole and a better grade of lumber.”

Doane, Van Dyke, Chamberlin, and Burke (3) say that “In
every heavily stocked young forest there are thousands of trees
that must die and pass out of the picture before the forest reaches

maturity Nature takes care of this need through

suppression of slower-growing trees; and at times insects and
disease may serve a useful purpose in removing trees from over-
crowded stands, thereby releasing the space to the surviving trees
which will then grow more rapidly and into better wood material.”

It is obvious, therefore, that without the beneficial services
of numerous forest insects our forests would never have attained
to their present magnificence, their productivity would be far less
than it now is, lumber would be inferior, they would be less
suitable as homes for valuable wild life and their esthetic and
recreational values would be far less than they now are. They
would, moreover, be filled with a tangled maze of dead branches
and small trees that would constitute a fire hazard far greater
than any now known, or what is more probable, they would be
swept by destructive fires of such extent and with such frequency

JANUARY 1947] DUNCAN— INSECTS AND HUMAN WELFARE

7

as never to attain the status of forest maturity as we now know it.

To consider another phase of the general problem, many
insects inhabit the soil, often in tremendous numbers. In one
case in Illinois their numbers were estimated at no less than 65
millions per acre. Some of the soil insects, namely wireworms,
white grubs, certain aphids and mealybugs, and a miscellany of
others, feed on the underground parts of plants, damaging them
more or less, and at times attain the status of pests. The majority,
on the other hand, make a definite, important, and perhaps
essential, contribution to the development of the soil itself and
to the maintenance of soil fertility.

Paul Knight (7) in this connection says, “(1) Soil organisms
cause a continual interchange of soil particles by bringing to
the surface particles of subsoil. The gradual enrichment of these
subsoil particles increases the thickness of the rich top layer.
(2) The burrows of soil organisms allow better drainage and
aeration. (3) The dead bodies of animals such as insects and
worms add a large amount of organic material to the earth.
(4) The excreta of insects compares favorably in fertilizing value
with the digestive wastes of other animals. Though the digestive
waste of one insect is infinitesimal, the aggregate mass of all insect
excreta probably exceeds that of the larger animals and is an im-
portant factor in soil fertility.”

W. M. Wheeler (10), referring specifically to the soil building
activities of ants says “Thus the ants act on the soil like the
earthworms, and this action is by no means inconsiderable,
although as yet no one has studied it in detail.”

In the discussion of both of the preceding two topics — forest
insects and soil inhabiting insects — mention has been made of
the effectiveness of insects as scavengers. Their value in this
connection can more easily be underestimated than overestimated
for they are second in importance only to the bacteria and fungi
as agents of decay.

We deplore decay whenever it affects any type of material or
product that we wish to preserve for a time. We deplore the
existence of Penicillium fungi that destroy a part of the oranges
or lemons that we buy in the markets, we strive to prevent the
growth of the several rot disease fungi that destroy the foundation
timbers of our homes and other buildings; we abhor the maggots
that swarm through the carcass of a dead animal or a mass of

8

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 1

garbage that has not been properly disposed of, but at the same
time we recognize the general usefulness of decay. We know
that decay is the necessary counterpart to life and without decay
life would soon become impossible on the earth.

Folsom and Wardlp(5) say that insects “As scavengers are of
inestimable benefit, consuming as they do in incalcuable quantity
all kinds of dead and decaying animal and vegetable matter.
This function of insects is most noticeable in the tropics, where
the ants, in particular, eradicate tons of decomposing matter that
man lazily neglects.”

The importance of decay and the necessity for it lies in the
fact that certain chemical elements, in particular nitrogen, phos-
phorus, and potassium, obtained from the soil by plants and
needed alike by plants and animals are present in usable form
only in relatively small amounts in most soils. The available
supply must be returned to the soil on the death of the organisms
living on or in the soil if life is to be continued in anything like
its normal luxuriance. Without the beneficial agency of the bac-
teria, fungi, insects, and other organisms of decay but especially
these three, developing plant life would gradually but surely
tie up in plant tissues almost all of the existing supply of critically
needed mineral elements.

For the purpose at hand it is unnecessary to develop in detail
additional aspects of the general topic. Simple mention or very
brief treatment of some of these will sujGSce. All, in one way or
another, are fairly well known to entomologists though not to
the general public, or at least not sufiSciently known.

The importance of insects as animal foods is apparent when
we realize that considerably more than half of the food supply of
common land birds, fresh water fishes, many reptiles, and
many small mammals consists of insects and without the insects
these animals would be unable to maintain themselves. It is
customary to consider such animals as constituting checks on
the increase of insects, and no doubt at times and perhaps con-
tinuously to a limited extent they do constitute such checks, but
there is much evidence to indicate that more often the vertebrates
in question, and in particular the birds, are merely living off of
the surplus of insect life and are not a significant factor in regu-
lating insect abundance.

The dependence of flowering plants on insects as pollen

JANUARY, 1947]

DUNCAN— INSECTS AND HUMAN WELFARE

9

carriers kas received wide attention. It is estimated that about
85% of flowering plants require insect pollination in whole or
in part. Metcalf and Flint (9) estimate that the annual yield
of agricultural crop plants in the U.S. that depend on pollen
transfer by insects has a value in excess of two billions of dollars.
In this field as in others, however, the picture that has commonly
been drawn is an unbalanced one. Most discussions of the subject
have been in terms of the honey bee and bumble bees. Admitting
the tremendous importance of these insects, it must yet be recog-
nized that there are thousands of species of plants for which
the honey bee and bumble have no meaning. Great numbers of
other insect species: solitary bees, flies, beetles, moths and butter-
flies, and even, occasionally, such small creatures as thrips, func-
tion as pollinators of these plants and in numerous instances
play an absolutely essential role. Without them a considerable
proportion of our garden flowers and shrubs could not exist,
nor could there be the wealth of color and variety in the wild
plants that clothe our valleys and hillsides in proper season.
Insects, therefore, make a contribution to the esthetic and recrea-
tional resources of man that is not inconsiderable.

Much of the vegetation that adds beauty to the desert areas of
the earth consists of insect pollinated plants. Such also is the
case with the chaparral and other growths that hold back tbe
run off on hillsides and gentler slopes over vast acreages and so
protect the lowlands from destructive floods.

In summation, it is perhaps impossible to visualize adequately
the totality of beneficial effects which insects exert directly or
indirectly on human welfare, but the benefits are incalculably
great. It is not too much to say that insects determine the char-
acter of man’s world to a far greater extent than he does himself
and that if they were suddenly to disapper completely the world
would be changed so extensively that it is extremely doubtful
that man would be able to maintain any sort of organized society
whatever.

I repeat, therefore, that the time has come for entomologists
generally, and for economic entomologists in particular, to pre-
sent to a public that is manifesting increasing interest in insect
life, a more rounded and better balanced picture of insect life.
It is time to appeal for interest and support on the basis of this
more complete picture and man’s place in it, recognizing that

10

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 1

all forms of life are interwoven in an integrated whole which
needs to be understood before it can safely be changed in any
radical manner, and that in arriving at this more intelligent basis
for orienting ourselves to the insects there is no place for cate-
gorical condemnation or praise. On the contrary, each species
or closely knit group deserves to be considered independently
and judged on its individual merits.

References

(1) Chamberlin, W. J. 1939. The Bark and Timber Beetles of
North America. Oregon State College Cooperative Associa-
tion, Corvallis, Oregon.

(2) Craighead, F. C. 1930. An Annotated List of the Important
North American Forest Insects. U. S. D. A. Miscellaneous
Publication No. 74.

(3) Doane, R. W., E. C. Van Dyke, W. J. Chamberlin, and H. El.
Burke. 1936. Forest Insects. McGraw-Hill Book Company.

(4) Dodd, Allan P. 1940. The Biological Campaign Against
Prickly Pears. Commonwealth Prickly-Pear Board. Bris-
bane, Queensland, Australia.

(5) Folsom, J. W. and K. A. Wardle. 1934. Entomology With
Special Reference to its Ecological Aspects. McGraw-Hill
Book Company.

(6) Graham, Samuel Alexander. 1939. Principles of Forest En-
tomology. McGraw-Hill Book Company.

(7) Knight, Paul. 1939. The Problems of Insect Study. 2nd ed.
Edwards Brothers.

(8) Lutz, F. E. 1931. In Defense of Insects. Scientific Monthly,
April, 1931.

(9) Metcalf, C. L. and W. P. Flint. 1928. Destructive and Useful
Insects. McGraw-Hill Book Company.

(10) Wheeler, William M. 1926. Ants. Their Structure Develop-
ment and Behavior. Columbia University Press.

JANUARY, 1947] RITCHER— LARVA OF PLEOCOMA

11

DESCRIPTION OF THE LARVA OF PLEOCOMA
HIRTICOLLIS VANDYKEI LINSLEY

(Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae)^

BY P. O. RITCHER

Kentucky Agricultural Experiment Station, Lexington

Much has been written about the adults of the peculiar genus
Pleocoma and their habits, but little has been published about
their larval stage. Osten-Sacken in 1874 described a Pleocoma
larva found deep in the earth by Mr. Behrens of San Francisco.
The only other reference to the morphology of larvae of the
genus is by Boving and Craighead (1930-31) in their key to
families and subfamilies of the Scarabaeoidea.

Early in 1946, while visiting at the University of California,
in Berkeley, the writer was shown 8 Pleocoma larvae collected
February 26 by R. F. Smith and J. W. MacSwain from a spot
near Patterson Pass where Pleocoma hirticollis vandykei Linsley
had been found abundant previously (Smith and Potts, 1945).
A second trip to the same spot, March 8, 1946, by Smith, Mac-
Swain, several of Linsley’s graduate students, and the writer,
yielded over 40 additional larvae. They were found from 1 to
3 inches deep in the pasture soil feeding on grass roots.

Besides the larva of Pleocoma hirticollis vandykei Linsley,
described in this paper, the larvae of Pleocoma australis Fall,
Pleocoma hadia Fall, Pleocoma fimbriata Le Conte and a larva
of an unknown species from Sacramento, California, have been
examined by the writer, through the courtesy of Dr. Linsley and
the U. S. National Museum. All of these agree in the following
essential characters: antenna 3 -segmented; epipharynx with
tormae not united mesally; haptomerum with a group of heli;
chaetoparia well -developed; plegmatia present; hypopharynx
without oncyli; terga of abdominal segments 3 to 7, inclusive,
with 4 dorsal annulets; spiracles with concavities of respiratory
plates facing ventrally; legs 4-segmented; mesothoracic and meta-
thoracic legs with stridulating organs; anal opening Y-shaped,
not surrounded by fleshy lobes.

^The investigation reported in this paper is in connection with a project of
the Kentucky Agricultural Experiment Station and is published by permission of
the Director.

12

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 1

Like the adults, Pleocoma larvae resemble geotrupids in sev-
eral important morphological features. Of all the Scarabaeidae,
only larvae of Pleocoma and those of geotrupids have 3 -seg-
mented antennae. Too, the stridulating organs found on the legs
of Pleocoma larvae are very similar to those of Geotrupes and
Odontaeus. In contrast, however, the epipharynx, the tergal an-
nulets of the abdominal segments, and the last abdominal segment
of Pleocoma are entirely different from homologous structures of
known geotrupid larvae and, in fact, resemble in many ways
structures characteristic of melolonthine larvae. Because of these
important differences, the writer would prefer placing the genus
Pleocoma in a subfamily close to, but distinct from, the Geotru-
pinae, as Leng (1920) has done, rather than class Pleocoma
with the geotrupids (Paulian, 1941).

Third-stage Larva of Pleocoma hirticollis vandykei Linsley

Description based upon a study of 9 third-stage larvae and a
cast skin of a larva found associated with a dead male in its
pupal cell. Male identified by Linsley.

Larva (Fig. 1) typically scarabaeiform with whitish body and
light yellow-brown head. Length of mature larva ranging from
about 45 to 50 mm.

Cranium (Fig. 4) narrower than prothorax. Surface shining
and generally smooth with a series of fine longitudinal striae on
each side of the epicranial suture (ES). Maximum width of
cranium ranging from 6.5 to 9 mm. with a mean of 8 mm.
Frontal sutures (FS) whitish and sinuate, forming less than a
right angle at their juncture with the epicranial suture. Frons
(F) bearing on each side an irregular, transverse row of 5 to 10
posterior frontal setae (PFS), one large seta (AA) in each an-
terior angle (rarely with an additional small seta), a single large
exterior frontal seta (EFS) (often with 1 or 2 small setae), and
a single large anterior frontal seta (AF) (plus 2 to 4 small setae) .
Epicranium (E) with 2 large dorsoepicranial setae on each side
of the epicranial suture. Ocelli absent.

Clypeus (Fig. 4) trapezoidal with slightly concave lateral
margins; divided transversely into a large, rather heavily scler-
otized postclypeus (PSC) and a very small, membraneous pre-
clypeus (PC) . Postclypeus on each side with a transverse patch

JANUARY, 1947]

RITCHER— LARVA OF PLEOCOMA

13

of setae consisting of 3 large setae and several small setae, anter-
iorly with an irregular series of low longitudinal rugosities.

Labrum (L, Fig. 4) slightly wider than long, symmetrical and
apically trilobed. Surface bearing numerous long setae and, ex-
cept for the apical membraneous lobes, rather heavily sclerotized
and coarsely reticulate.

Fig. 1. Third-stage larva of Pleocoma hirticollis vandykei Lin-
sley. Left lateral view. lOX.

Antenna (A, Fig. 4) almost as long as cranium, fairly slender,
3- jointed, and borne on a cylindrical basal piece fused to the
epicranium. First segment as long as second and third segments
together; third segment very small, about one-third as long and
half as wide as second segment. First and second segments bear-
ing numerous setae. End of second antennal segment, below
juncture with apical segment, with a small oval sensory spot.
Apical segment without sensory spots ; apex with 2 to 4 olfactory
pegs.

14

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 1

Mandibles (Figs. 2, 3, 6 and 7) shorter than cranium, ap-
proximately symmetrical, subtriangular in outline, each with a
strong, blade-like scissorial area (SA) and a rather small, molar
area (MO) . Scissorial area blackish with a slightly concave or
nearly straight cutting edge. Molar areas also blackish, those of
left and right mandibles similar in size but somewhat asym-
metrical. Molar area of right mandible (Fig. 6) with a trans-
verse apical lobe and a curved median lobe, the latter surround-
ing a small, longitudinal proximal lobe. At the base of each
molar area is a dense brush of setae or brustia (BR) . On the
dorsal surface of each mandible, laterad of each molar area, is
a patch of 27 to 30 setae, the dorsomolar setae (DMS) . Dorso-
exterior mandibular region and lateral face of mandible much
wrinkled, not separated by a scrobis. Lateral face with a single,
large, median seta. Ventral surface of each mandible transversely
wrinkled between the inner proximal part of the scissorial area
and the molar area. Laterad of the molar area and extending to
the vicinity of the small ventral mandibular process (VP) is a
large patch of 29 to 33 setae. The region mesad of the ventral
mandibular process bears a number of pores and sometimes 1 to
3 setae.

Maxilla (Figs. 5 and 8) consisting of a cardo, stipes, galea,
lacinia and a maxillary palpus. Cardo (CAR) subquadrate in
outline and extending from the base of the maxilla to the proxi-
mal edge of the stipes. Cardo divided longitudinally into 2
oblong sclerites, the dorsal one bearing a few scattered setae.
Stipes (ST) bounded posteriorly by the cardo and anteriorly by
the maxillary palpus and galea. Dorsally, along the inner edge
of the stipes, is a row of 10 to 16 conical, stridulating teeth (SD) .
Ventrally, the stipes bears a number of long needle- like setae;
and a narrow, transverse, irregular double row of similar setae
adjoins the maxillary palpus. Galea and lacinia distinctly sep-
arate but lying close together. Galea (G) with a single apical
uncus (UN) , bordered dorsally by 4 stout setae and ventrally
by 2 stout setae; remainder of surface with a sparse covering of
slender setae. Lacinia (LA), with a terminal uncus having 1 or
2 ventral tooth-like lobes. Inner edge of lacinia bearing 2 rows
of long stout setae, the dorsal row extending from the uncus to
the proximal margin of the lacinia. Dorsad and ventrad of the
rows of stout seta the lacinia is sparsely covered with slender
setae. Maxillary palpus 4-jointed, the first 3 joints bordered an-

JANUARY, 1947]

RITCHER— LARVA OF PLEOCOMA

15

PLEOCOMA HIRTICOLLIS VANDYKEI LINSLEY

Fig. 2. Left mandible, dorsal view. Fig. 3. Molar region of left
mandible, ental view. Fig. 4. Head, oephalic view. Fig. 5. Right
maxilla and labrum, ventral view. Fig. 6. Molar region of right
mandible, ental view. Fig. 7. Left mandible, ventral view.

Abbreviations : A — Antenna. AA — Seta of anterior frontal
angle. AF — Anterior frontal setae. BR — Brustia. CAR — Cardo.
DMS — Dorsomolar setae. E — Epicranium. EFS — Exterior frontal
setae. ES — Epicranial suture. F — Frons. FS — Frontal suture.
L — Labrum. LA — Lacinia. LP — Labial palpus. MO — Molar area.
MP — Maxillary palpus. PA — Preartis. PC^ — Preclypeus. PFS —
Posterior frontal setae. PMP — Postmentum. PRM — Prementum.
PSC — Postclypeus. PTA — Postartis. SA — Scissorial area. ST —
Stipes. VP — ^Ventral process.

16

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yoL. XXIII, NO. 1

teriorly by a semi-circle of setae. Apical joint with a lateral,
sensorial groove and a number of distal, sensory pegs.

Labium (Figs. 5 and 9) composed ventrally of a subtrape-
zoidal postmentum (PMP), the subdivided prementum (PRMi
and PRM 2 ) and a pair of labial palpi (LP) . Postmentum bare
except for a few setae near each lateral margin. Proximal scler-
ite of prementum subquadrate in outline, wider than long, set
with a transverse row of setae interrupted mesally. Apical
sclerite of prementum set with numerous setae, of which the
largest are those adjacent to the bases of the labial palpi. Dorsal
surface of apical sclerite of prementum, called the glossa (GL),
with a dense covering of long slender setae, anteriorly and on
each side. Central posterior portion of glossa sparsely set with
short, stout, conical setae. Labial palpi 2-segmented.

Hypopharynoc Fig. 9, (HP) located posterior to the glossa and
dorsad of the proximal sclerite of the prementum. Hypopharynx,
on each side with a caudal sclerotized shoulder (LL) behind
which is the point of contact with the ventral process of the
adjacent mandible. Oncyli (the protruding, sclerotized hypo-
pharyngeal process or processes present in most scarab larvae)
absent.

Epipharynx (Fig. 12) symmetrical, slightly broader than long
with rounded lateral margins, trilobed apically. Apical lobe, or
corypha (CO) , set with coarse setae and bounded on each side
by a clithrum (CLI). Plegmatia present, each plegmatium (PL)
consisting of about 11 to 15 semi-circular, sclerotized plegmata,
each plegma surrounding the base of a coarse acanthoparial seta.
Proplegmatia absent. Chaetoparia (CPA) large, separated from
the acanthoparia by a narrow gymnoparia (GP). Each chaeto-
paria consisting of a dense patch of sharp setae not interspersed
with sensilla. Chaeta stoutest toward the pedium (PE). Hapto-
merum (H) bearing a rather sparsely set, semi-circular group of
9 to 12 large, stout heli (HE) . Anterior to the bases of most of
the heli is a single large sensillum. Tormae rather indistinct,
symmetrical, not branched, not meeting mesally. Haptolachus
(HL) incomplete, nesia absent. Caudomesad of the inner end of
the dexiotorma (DX) and the pternotorma (PTT) is a longitu-
dinal curved phoba (PH). The area laterad of each phoba has
20 to 30 crepidial punctures CP). Four macrosensilla (MS) are
found between the caudal ends of the phobae. Posterior to the
phobae is the curved, transverse crepis (CR).

JANUARY, 1947] RITCHER— LARVA OF PLEOCOMA

17

Fig. 8. Left maxilla, dorsal view. Fig. 9. Labium and hypo-
pharynx, dorsal view. Fig. 10. Distal portion of right, metathoracic
leg, ventral view. Fig. 11. Third abdominal segment, left lateral
view. Fig. 12. Epipharynx. Fig. 13. Right metathoracic leg, lat-
eral view.

Abbreviations: CAR — Cardo. CL — Claw. CLI — Clithrum. CO
— Corpyha. CP — Crepidial punctures. CPA — Chaetoparia. CR' —
Crepis. CX — Coxa. DX — Dexiotorma. EUS — Eusternum. FE —
Femur. FOS — Fossorial setae. G — Galea. GL — Glossa. GP —
Gymnoparia. H — Haptomerum. HE — Helus. HL — Haptolachus.
HP — Hypopharynx. LA — Lacinia. LL — Lateral lobe. LP — Labial
palpus. MP — Maxillary palpus. MS — Macrosensilla. PE — Pedium.
PEA — Pedal area. Ph — Phoba. PL — Plegma. PLL^ — Pleural lobe.
PRSC — Prescutum. PSCL — Postscutellum. PTT — Pternotorma.
S — Spiracle. SCL — Scutellum. SCU — Scutum. SD — Stridulating
teeth. SPA — Spiracular area. ST — Stipes. TR — Trochanter.
TT — Tibiotarsus. UN — Uncus.

18

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yoL. XXIII, NO. 1

Legs (Figs. 1, 10 and 13) well developed with the prothor-
acic shorter than the mesothoracic pair and the mesothoracic
shorter than the metathoracic pair. Each leg 4- jointed, consisting
of a fairly long, stout subcylindrical coxa (CX), a slightly
shorter trochanter (TR), a short femur (FE) and a short tibi-
otarsus (TT) which bears a terminal claw (CL). Mesothoracic
and metathoracic legs with stridulating organs, these consisting
of a finely striated area on the posterior surface of the meso-
thoracic coxa and a V-shaped row of about 12 sclerotized teeth
(SD) , each tooth at the base of a seta, on the anterior surface of
the metathoracic trochanter. Anterior ventral surface of meso- and
metathoracic trochanters and ventral surface of meso- and meta-
thoracic femora densely set with stout spine-like setae (FOS, Fig.
13) undoubtedly useful in burrowing through the hard soil.
Claws simple, each consisting of a straw-colored base and a dark,
slender, sharp, distal portion. Base of each claw with 2 setae.
Prothoracic claws much longer than meso- and metathoracic
claws.

Body (Fig. 1) consisting of 3 thoracic and 10 abdominal seg-
ments. Prothorax with 2 dorsal areas each with a single trans-
verse row of slender setae. Mesothorax and metathorax each with
3 dorsal annulets, a prescutum, a scutum, and a scutellum.
Scutum of mesothorax with a transverse row of slender setae;
scutum of metathorax similarly clothed and, in addition, with an
irregular, transverse, single or double row of short stout setae
cephalad of the slender setae.

First and second abdominal segments each with 3 dorsal areas.
Prescuta of each with a transverse band of short stout setae; that
on the first abdominal segment 2 or 3 rows wide, that on second
abdominal segment about 5 or 6 rows wide. Scuta each with a
long transverse band of setae consisting anteriorly of about 5
irregular rows of short stout setae and posteriorly of a single
sparsely set row of fairly long slender setae. Scutellum of first
abdominal segment with a short sparsely set transverse patch of
short, stout setae on each side and a bare, middorsal area. Scutel-
lum of second abdominal segment with a long, narrow, transverse,
single or double row of short, stout setae. Abdominal segments
3 (Fig. 11) to 7 inclusive each with 4 dorsal annulets, a prescu-
tum, scutum, scutellum and postscutellum. Each prescutum bears
a transverse patch of about 5 to 7 irregular rows of short, stout
setae. Each scutum with a short, transverse, irregular, double

JANUARY, 1947] RITCHER— LARVA OF PLEOCOMA

19

row of short, stout setae. Each scutellum has a long transverse
hand of short, stout setae posterior to which is a single sparsely
set row of rather long slender setae. Each postscutellum (except
that of abdominal segment 7 which is bare) with a long, trans-
verse, irregular double or triple row of short, stout setae.

Dorsa of abdominal segments 8 and 9 not divided into distinct
annulets. Each dorsum anteriorly with scattered slender setae
and an occasional short, stout setae; posteriorly with a sparsely-
set transverse row of long slender setae cephalad of which are a
few scattered, short, stout setae. Dorsum of tenth abdominal seg-
ment with a transverse sinuate dorsal impressed line. Region

Fig. 14. Last abdominal segment, ventral view. Fig. 15. Last
abdominal segment, caudal view.

Abbreviations. ASL — Anal slit. C — Campus. LAL — Lower anal
lip. T — Teges. UAL — Upper anal lip.

between dorsal impressed line and anterior margin of abdominal
segment 10 set with scattered short, stout setae. Dorsal area be-
tween upper anal lip (UAL, Fig. 15) and dorsal impressed line
clothed with short, stout setae interspersed with long, slender
setae.

Thoracic shield, located on each side of prothorax, rather in-
conspicuous, straw-colored, roughly triangular in outline. Spir-
acle-hearing areas (SPA, Fig. 11) of abdominal segments 1 to 8
each with 5 to 9 setae. Pleural lobes (PLL) of abdominal seg-
ments 1 to 8 each with a patch of 8 to 16 setae. Eusterna (EUS)
of abdominal segments 1 to 7 each with a transverse row of 6 to
16 setae. Pedal areas (PEA) of same segments with 2 to 7 setae
on each side.

20

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yoL. XXIII, NO. 1

Anal Slit (ASL, Fig. 15) Y-shaped, basal cleft short. Anus
bordered dor sally by the triangular upper anal lip (UAL) and
ventrally by the mesally cleft lower anal lip (LAL). Both anal
Ups covered with short, stout setae.

Raster (Figs. 14 and 15) consisting of a simple teges (T) in
the form of a narrow transverse band of 50 to 70 short, stout,
caudally directed setae, located cephalad of the lower anal lip.
Cephalad of the teges, especially toward each side, are several
long, slender setae. Anterior to these setae and the teges, the
venter of the tenth abdominal segment is bare (C, Fig. 14).

Spiracles (Figs. 1 and 11) consisting of 1 pair of thoracic
spiracles and 8 pairs of abdominal spiracles. Thoracic spiracles
considerably larger than the abdominal spiracles which are alike
in size. Respiratory plates of spiracles kidney-shaped, with their
concavities facing ventrally. Spiracles cribiform but “holes” of
respiratory plate rather opaque, not arranged in definite rows.

Bibliography

Boving, a. G. and F. C. Craighead. 1930-31. An illustrated syn-
opsis of the principal larval forms of the order Coleoptera. Ent.
Amer. 11 (N. S.) (1-4) :351 pages.

Gerstaeker, C. E. A. 1883. Ueber die stellung der Gattung Pleo-
coma Lee. in System der Lamellicornier. Ent. Zeitung (Stet-
tin) 44:436-450. (See Ent. Amer. 3:202-211 for English trans-
lation of the above paper made by J. B. Smith.)

Horn, G. H. 1883. Pleocoma Lee. Its systematic position and in-
dication of new species. Ent. Amer. 3:233-5.

Horn, G. H. 1888. Review of the species of Pleocoma with a dis-
cussion of its systematic position in the Scarabaeidae. Amer.
Ent. Soc. Trans. 15:1-18.

Leng, C. W. 1920. Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America, north
of Mexico. John D. Sherman, Jr., Mt. Vernon, N. Y,

OSTEN Sacken, R. 1874-76. Description of the larva of Pleocoma
Lee. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 5:84-87.

Paulian, R. 1941. La position systematique du genre Pleocoma
Le Conte. (Col. Scarabaeidae). Rev. Fran. d’^Ent. 8 (3) : 151-155.

Smith, R. F. and R. W. L. Potts. 1945. Biological notes on Pleo-
coma hirticollis vandykei Linsley (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae).
Pan-Pac. Ent. 21 (3) :115-118.

MUESEBECK— APANTELES

21

TWO NEW SPECIES OF APANTELES FROM CALIFORNIA

(Hymenoptera: Braconidae)

BY C. F. W. MUESEBECK

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, Agricultural
Research Administration, United States Department

of Agriculture

The following descriptions are presented at this time in order
to provide names for use in connection with biological studies
involving two new parasites.

Apanteles medicaginis Muesebeck, new species

Apanteles flaviconchae Riley^ was originally described from
Missouri and Connecticut and considered a possible parasite of
the armyworm since the cocoons had been found in clover fields
infested with that pest. It is now known to occur from Maine to
Texas as a parasite of Colias. Although so wide a host range is
unusual for a species of Apanteles, it appears that phalaenid
larvae are also successfully parasitized on occasion by flavicon-
chae, for there are what seems to be authentic records of rearings
from Plathypena scabra (F.), the green cloverworm. The prin-
cipal host, however, is the pierid Colias philodice philodice Latr.,
the so-called clouded sulphur, the larva of which is a common
and widespread clover pest. A. flaviconchae is a gregarious para-
site, some 20 or more individuals developing within a single
caterpillar.

Recently an Apanteles, parasitic on the alfalfa caterpillar,
Colias philodice eury theme Bdvl., has attracted attention in Cali-
fornia ; and several samples have been submitted to me for identi-
fication. This form agrees so closely with flaviconchae, except
for the paler hind femora of the female, that I have been inclined
to regard it as only a western race of flaviconchae. Dr. Ray F.
Smith, of the University of California, now has informed me,
however, that this parasite always develops singly in its host.
It would appear, therefore, that despite the similarity in struc-
ture and host relations the eastern and western populations are
distinct species. Accordingly, the California parasite of the
alfalfa caterpillar is here described as new.

^Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis 4(2) :308, 1881.

22

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yoL. XXIII, NO. 1

The only structural differences I have discovered between this
species and flaviconchae are quantitative and subtle. They are
not easily defined. In medicaginis the upper third of the face has
a more or less distinct, median, longitudinal, keel-like elevation,
of which there is only a faint suggestion in flaviconchae. The
malar space in medicaginis is slightly longer and the face a
little narrower than in flaviconchae, the face at its narrowest
point being narrower than the eye height. In flaviconchae the
punctures on the posterior half of the mesoscutum are separate
although close, whereas in medicaginis they tend to be confluent,
especially along the lines of the notaulices. The polished lateral
margins of the second tergite are usually complete in flaviconchae
and are continued upon the basal part of the third tergite, whereas
in medicaginis they are usually not complete and seem never to
extend upon the third tergite. Although these two species are not
always readily separated by these distinctions, the females may
normally be recognized at a glance. In flaviconchae the posterior
femora are black in both sexes, but in medicaginis those of the
female are reddish-yellow or, at the most, blackish along the
upper and lower edges.

Female. Length about 2.5 mm. Face smooth and shining; malar
space at least one and one-half times as long as clypeus. Pun(S
tures of mesonotum very small but sharp and close throughout, in
places confluent as noted above, scutellum convex with scattered
weak punctures, shining; propodeum rugose with a complete
median longitudinal carina and strong though incomplete costulae;
mesopleuron closely punctate on lower half and anteriorly, smooth
and polished above the longitudinal impression. Stigma barely
twice as long as broad; radius strongly inclined outwardly, longer
than intercubitus and joining it in a definite angle; nervellus
strongly oblique but nearly straight. Calcaria of hind tibia sub-
equal, slightly less than half as long as metatarsus.

Abdomen rather stout; plate of first tergite broadening api-
cally, finely rugulose; second tergite nearly three times as long
as broad, much shorter than third, closely rugulose with very
narrow lateral polished margins; suturiform articulation sharply
impressed, minutely pitted; third tergite usually with a little
indefinite sculpturing basally; hypopygium attaining apex of last
tergite; ovipositor sheath barely exserted.

Black; maxillary palpae yellowish except toward base; labial
palpae usually piceous, tegulae and radices black; stigma dark
brown, most of the veins pale; legs reddish yellow with all coxae
and trochanters, bases of fore and middle femora, apices of hind
femora and of hind tibiae, and the posterior tarsi, blackish.

JANUARY, 1947]

MUESEBECK— APANTELES

23

Male. Like the female but with black hind femora.

Type locality. Dos Palos, Merced County, California.

Type. United States National Museum No. 58213.

Described from 94 specimens from the type locality, reared
from Colias philodice eurytheme Bdvl. in August 1946, by Ray
F. Smith. In addition to the type series I have before me speci-
mens of this species from Berkeley, Tracy, Westley, Hemet, and
Sacramento, California, reared from C. philodice eurytheme or
collected in alfalfa fields.

Apanteles praesens Muesebeck, new species

This species, which was discovered by N. L. H. Krauss in
southern California as a parasite of the geometrid Anacamptodes
fragilaria (Grossb.), has been taken to Hawaii to combat that
pest, which recently became established there. It very closely
resembles A. caffreyi Mues., but may be distinguished by its more
strongly punctate head, conspicuously longer calcaria of hind
tibiae, and darker posterior legs.

Female. Length 2.5 mm. Head dull; face, vertex, and temples
closely punctate; ocellocular line less than twice the diameter of
an ocellus; temples receding; antenna a little longer than body.
Mesoscutum mat covered with closely placed but very shallow
punctures; scutellar furrow very fine, minutely pitted; scutellum
mat with scattered shallow punctures; propodeum smooth and shin-
ing laterally, weakly punctate medially; mesopleuron mat closely
punctate anteriorly, smooth posteriorly and above, the longitu-
dinal impression broad and shallow with some irregular, weak,
vertical wrinkles; metapleuron mat smooth, radius barely longer
than intercubitus ; hind coxa mat, mostly smooth, with an elongate
flattened area on outer upper edge at base; inner calcarium of
middle tibia slightly longer than metatarsus; inner calcarium of
hind tibia about three-fifths as long as metatarsus. Abdomen very
slender, compressed; plate of first tergite parallel-sided to apical
third, from where it narrows strongly to apex, entirely smooth and
polished, its width at apex less than half the length of second
tergite; plate of second tergite triangular, bounded laterally by
sharp oblique grooves, entirely smooth and polished; hypopygium
not attaining apex of abdomen; ovipositor sheath subexserted.

Black; wings hyaline; stigma dark brown, veins paler; all
coxae black; trochanters, femora, tibiae, and tarsi of fore and
middle legs entirely yellow; posterior femur reddish-yellow, apical
third blackish; posterior tibia yellow, blackish on apical two-
fifths; posterior tarsus blackish, pale at base.

24

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 1

Male. In all essentials similar to female but with the middle
and hind legs darker; hind femur entirely black; hind tibia black
on apical half.

Type locality. Pasadena, California.

Type. United States National Museum No. 58214.

Described from the female type and three male paratypes
reared from Anacamptodes fragilaria (Grossb.) at the type local-
ity in October 1945, by N. L. H. Krauss; one female from Los
Angeles, California, and one from “Southern California,” both
reared from A. fragilaria in January 1946, by Mr. Krauss; and
nine males bred by Mr. Krauss in the laboratory at Honolulu,
Hawaii, January 1946, upon the same host.

ENOCLERUS HUMERALIS (SCHAEFFER), A PRIMARY

HOMONYM

(Coleoptera, Cleridae)

BY WILLIAM F. BARR
University of California, Berkeley

In 1823, Thomas Say, in the Journal of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, volume 3, page 192, described
a new species of Cleridae and gave to it the name Clerus humer-
alis. This species was later placed in the genus Hydnocera and
at the present time, correctly belongs in the genus Phyllobaenus.
Charles Schaeffer in 1905, apparently not aware of the previous
usage of the trivial name humeralis in the genus Clerus, described
a different species of Cleridae under this same name — Clerus
humeralis, in the Bulletin of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and
Sciences, volume 1, page 155. This species has since been placed
in the genus Enoclerus by some workers.

According to the International Rules of Zoological Nomen-
clature, Article 35, “A specific name is to be rejected as a homo-
nym when it has previously been used for some other species
or subspecies of the same genus.” Both Say’s species and Schaef-
fer’s species are now in different genera, but the important fact
is that both species when described, were placed in the genus
Clerus. Thus Clerus humeralis, as described by Schaeffer, is a
primary homonym and cannot stand. Therefore, Enoclerus schaef-
feri Barr, new name, is proposed by the writer to take the place
of Clerus humeralis Schaeffer (nec Say).

JANUARY, 1947]

RINDGE— NEPTICULA BRAUNELLA

25

DESIGNATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF TYPES OF
NEPTICULA BRAUNELLA JONES

(Lepidoptera: Nepticulidae)

FREDERICK H. RINDGE
University of California, Berkeley

W. W. Jones, in his paper, “The description and biology of
Nepticula hraunella new species (Lepidoptera: Nepticulidae), a
species of leaf miner on Pruimsf Hid folia Walp. and the variety
integrifolia Sarg.” (1933, Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent., 6(4) :49-78),
did not designate the types nor give any data on the type series.

The material, upon which this paper and the above-mentioned
description were based, had been retained in the Jones collec-
tion until recently when it was turned over to Professor E. 0.
Essig of the Division of Entomology and Parasitology of the
University of California. This matter was called to the writer’s
attention by E. 0. Essig, and the following type designations
have been made.

Lectoholotype, male, Berkeley, Calif., Mar. 22, 1928 (W. W.
Jones), No. 5682, California Academy of Sciences, Entomology;
lectoallotype, female, Berkeley, Calif., April 3, 1928 (W. W.
Jones), No. 5683, California Academy of Sciences, Entomology.
Lectoparatypes, 105 specimens of both sexes, all from Berkeley,
Calif. (W. W. Jones), with the following range of dates: April
20-30, 1924; March 1-20, 1925; March 8-14, 1927; March 9-
April 15, 1928; April 2-20, 1929.

The lectoparatypes are to be distributed as follows: six each
to the American Museum of Natural History, British Museum of
Natural History, Canadian National Collection, Los Angeles
Museum, Museum of Comparative Zoology, United States Na-
tional Museum, and collection of writer; the remainder to be
deposited in the collections of the University of California, Berke-
ley, and the California Academy of Sciences.

Attention is drawn to the fact that this species was not in-
cluded in the “Check List of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the
United States of America. Part H. Microlepidoptera” (J. Mc-
Dunnough, 1939. Mem. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 2:1-171), and
should be added thereto.

26

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 1

TWO NEW SPECIES OF BEES FROM ARIZONA

(Hymenoptera, Apoidea) ^

BY P. H. TIMBERLAKE^

University of California Citrus Experiment Station,
Riverside, California

The types of the new species here described are included in
the collection at the University of California Citrus Experiment
Station, Riverside.

Heriades (Neotrypetes) micheneri Timberlake, new species

In Michener’s table of Neotrypetes (Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.,
31:517, 1938), the female runs to variolosa (Cresson) and dif-
fers in having a broad, very shallow emarginat^on in clypeal
margin, armed with five small denticles ; punctures of f rons
coarser than those of mesoscutum; and abdominal bands very
narrow and absent on the fifth tergite. The male runs to lea-
vitti Crawford in the same table, but differs in having the first
ventrite truncate at apex, hardly produced, and armed on its
disk with a large conical process that ends very bluntly, as seen
both from behind and from the side. The process, therefore, is
much like that of carinata Cresson, which belongs to a different
group.

Female. Black, the apex of last joint of tarsi and claws brown-
ish testaceous. Apex of mandibles, tegulae, and smooth inner sur-
face of legs more or less tinged with dark reddish. Mandibles not
broadened at apex, twice as long as wide, the two carinae on outer
surface parallel, but uniting close to the apex. Cutting edge of
mandible tridentate. Clypeal margin very broadly truncate, with
a slight broad median emargination armed with five small den-
ticles. Punctures of frons and vertex very coarse and close, with
those of face below antennae and of cheek much smaller. Punc-
tures of mesocutum, scutellum, and mesopleura coarse and close
but slightly smaller than those of frons. Punctures of abdomen
coarse and close, becoming coarser and shallow on tergite 3, where
they are nearly as coarse as those of thorax. Pubescence very fine,
short and inconspicuous, except for patches of white plumose hair
on sides of face, pronotum, area around tubercles and base of
wings, and on apical margin of scutellum and suture betweien

^Paper No. 564, University of California Citrus Experiment Station, Biverside,
California.

^Associate Entomologist in the Experiment Station.

JANUARY, 1947] TIMBERLAKE — NEW BEES

27

meso- and metapleuron. Hair of legs short and scanty, except on
tarsi; that on inner side of hind tarsi long, abundant, and pale
fulvous. Apical hair-band on tergites 1 to 4 white and very nar-
row, except that the one on first tergite is considerably widened
on each side. These bands composed of small scalelike hairs, with
microscopic plumosity. Scopa white. Wings uniformly grayish
dusky, with dark fuscous nervures and stigma. Length, 5.25 mm.;
anterior wing, 3.5 mm.

Male. Similar to female in puncturation and pubescence. Front
femora, except behind, and front tibiae reddish ferruginous. Apical
joint of front tarsi entirely ferruginous. Anterior side of middle
femora dark reddish. Mandibles narrow and bidentate. Clypeal
margin simple. Face more narrowed than in female. Punctures
of head and thorax a little less coarse and dense. Punctures of
first two tergites as in the female; those of the third a little

coarser but not shallow as in the female. Femora strongly swol-
len (much more so than in variolosa and other species) . Front
tarsi short and broadened, the first joint about twice as long as
wide, the three middle joints very short and strongly bilobate
about as in bruneri Titus. Face between antennae and clypeus
covered with white plumose hair. Dense white hair also on an-
terior part of cheeks, especially the gular region, on the coxae,
the apical part of first ventrite, and disk of second ventrite. Front
tarsi with a white fringe behind, and hair on inner side of hind
tarsi whitish. Apical bands of white scalelike hairs on abdomen
present only on tergites 1 to 3, and not widened at sides of first
segment. Fifth ventrite (fig. 1) deeply and broadly emarginate
at apex, the emargination formed by a large triangular lobe on
each side, the tips of lobes acute and curved inward. A small
acuminate tooth on outer side of base of these lobes. Base of the
emargination armed with a transverse band of rather short, erect,
curved hairs, which are strongly capitate at apex, except a few
longer hairs at tips of the lateral teeth. Sixth ventrite as in allied
species, the triangular apical part having a patch of fine, long
hairs on each side. Length, about 5 nun. (or 6.5 mm. with, abdo-

28

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 1

men extended to expose the ventral segments) ; anterior wing,
3.7 mm.

Described from a pair {holotype female and allotype) taken
on damp sand, Patagonia, Arizona, August 8, 1940 (Timber-
lake) .

Named for Charles D. Michener, who has given us an excel-
lent revision of North American Heriades.

Calliop sis squamifera Timberlake, new species

Allied to andreniformis Smith and rhodophila Cockerell, but
differs in the white face markings and very long slender middle
tarsi. It is probably closer to the little-known teucrii Cockerell,
the female of which has white markings, but differs from squami-
fera in larger size, piceous tegulae, and dusky wings.

Male. Black, the mandibles, except reddish tips, labrum, and
face below antennae, white. Supraclypeal and lateral marks ex-
tending above level of antennae almost exactly as in andreniformis.
Scape broadly in front, interrupted band on hind border of pro^
notum, and tubercles, yellowish white. Flagellum, a large quad-
rate area on middle of mesosternum, and legs lemon-yellow, the
tarsi being a little more brownish, and apical joint of hind pair
dusky. Flagellum dusky behind, the obscurity more pronounced on
basal joints and there extending further around the joints. Scape
behind and pedicel black. Narrow apical depression of tergites
testaceous brown. Tegulae pale testaceous with a white dot. Wings
nearly clear, the neuration pale testaceous brown. Large callus-
like areas on metanotum pale grayish-brown (described more in
detail below). Form more slender than in andreniformis. Head
broader than thorax, somewhat broader than long, with the inner
orbits of eyes slightly converging below. Clypeus not prominent
as in andreniformis. Legs slender, nearly as in rhodophila and
and/reniformis, except that the middle tarsi are extremely slender
and elongate. Recurrent nervures received at nearly equal dis-
tances from base and apex of second submarginal cell. Punctural-
tion similar to that of andreniformis, but the dark part of frons
with relatively coarser, shallow, and subconfluent punctures, meso-
scutum a little more sparsely punctured, and mesopleura nearly
impunctate. Pubescence white, nearly as in andreniformis, except
that the hairs of clypeus are less bristle-like. Length, 4 mm.;
anterior wing, 2.8 mm.

Holotype, a male, at flowers of Euphorbia, PiCACHO Pass,
Arizona, August 7, 1940 (Timberlake) . The type was taken
with a small series of Calliop sis {Perissander) anomoptera
Michener, at the type locality of the latter species.

JANUARY, 1947]

TIMBERLAKE— NEW BEES

29

The males of the typical group of Calliopsis (the male of
teucrii being unknown) may be distinguished by the following
key:

1. Face yellow; middle tarsus no more than twice as long as tibia;

callus-like areas of scutellum and metanotum black 2

- Face white; middle tarsus about thrice as long as tibia; callus-
like areas of scutellum and metanotum pale grayish-brown

squamifera

2. Legs and scapes yellow; clypeus convexly prominent in mid-
dle; callus-like areas of metanotum small and widely separated
andreniformis

- Scape black, or at most with a slender yellow line in front;

femora black, except at apex, and tibiae with a black patch
behind; callus-like areas of metanotum very large and con-
tiguous; clypeus less prominent rhodophila

The callus-like areas of scutellum and metanotum of the male
in the typical group of Calliopsis are reported here for the first
time, I believe. These areas in rhodophila and andreniformis
are opaque black and densely covered with extremely short,

moss-like pubescence. In the latter species the areas are compara-
tively small, those on scutellum being easily hidden by the wings,
as they occupy the depression between the disk of scutellum and
base of hind wings. Posterior border of areas on scutellum yel-
lowish white, with a little patch of whitish hair. Areas on meta-
notum cover all but the median fifth of the segment, the middle
part being subpulvinate and provided with long, erect hairs.

^ In rhodophila the areas on scutellum are large, so that the
exposed disk covers rather less than one-third of the total width
of segment, and as seen from in front or behind its surface is
slightly below that of the somewhat protuberant lateral areas.
The latter are pale testaceous or whitish on the hind border as in
andreniformis. The areas on metanotum are extremely large in
rhodophila, and subquadrate, extending about two-thirds of the
distance from base of metanotum to apex of propodeum. They
appear to extend far over the base of the propodeum, and are
contiguous except on the basal half, where there is a very narrow
line of the normal metanotum exposed and provided with a tuft
of long hair.

In squamifera the peculiar areas are pallid and covered with
fine, shingled, or overlapping scales. The areas on the scutellum
are small and restricted to the lateral impressed part of the
scutellar sclerite, as in andreniformis. On the metanotum they are

30

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 1

large and broadly oval, not quite meeting medially, with the con-
stricted hairy area at base in the form of an equilateral triangle.
They reach a little more than half way from base of metanotum
to apex of propodeum.

I have seen similar structures, but apparently glabrous, and
hence more callus-like, on the scutellum and metanotum of the
male of a small undescribed species of Nomadopsis from Texas.

SOME RECORDS OF PARASITISM OF SOLITARY BEES BY

CONOPID FLIES

BY J. W. MacSWAIN and G. E. BOHART
University of California, Berkeley

Conopid flies have been observed in the field to attempt ovi-
position in many species of bees including Apis mellifica L. In
addition, the considerable variation in size among the individuals
of a single species may also indicate a lack of host specificity.^
However, many records of successful parasitism will have to be
collected before a clear picture of the degree of host specificity
can be obtained. For this reason the following observations are
placed on record.

Three dead adults of Andrena vierechi Ckll., each with a
conopid puparium in its abdomen, were taken from burrows in
a small nesting site of this bee at Berkeley, California, on March
14, 1939. During the following spring, adults of Myopa rubida
Bigot emerged from two of the specimens. The same conopid
species' was observed striking Diandrena chalyhioides Viereck and
Andrena complexa Viereck on flowers of buttercup. Ranunculus
californicus Bentham, one mile west of Orinda Crossroads, Contra
Costa County, California, on April 11, 1946. When a series of
these two species of bees were taken into the laboratory and dis-
sected, two out of eight of the Diandrena chalyhioides had a
small dipterous larva attached to the outer wall of the foregut,
although twenty-five Andrena complexa contained neither eggs
nor larvae of the parasites.

One dead female of Panurginus melanocephalus Ckll., con-
taining a conopid puparium was taken from a burrow at Berke-
ley on March 16, 1939. Although the fly did not emerge from
the bee, upon dissection it was recognizable as a member of the
genus Zodion.

^Bohart, G. E., 1941. The oviposition of conopid flies upon smaller andrenid
bees. Pan-Pac. Ent., 17(2):96-96.

JANUARY, 1947]

TUTHILL— NEW TRIOZOIDA

31

NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS TRIOZOIDA

( Psyllidae, Homoptera) ^

BY LEONARD D. TUTHILL
University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho

The three species of Triozoida herein described bring to four
the total number assigned to this genus. Although quite distinct
from one another they form a very homogeneous group which is
readily distinguished from the other genera of Triozinae. The
principal distinguishing characters are the presence of more than
one spine on the lateral surface of the apex of the metatibia, the
shape of the vertex and genal processes. While the wing venation
is similar, it shows considerable variation between species.

Two of the species included have been received from Senor
S. C. Bruner of the Estacion Experimental Agronomica, Santiago
de las Vegas, Cuba. The third, from Panama, is in material
borrowed from the United States National Museum.

Triozoida media Tuthill, new species

Length to tip of folded wings, 3-3.5 mm.

Color: General color green to chocolate brown. More teneral
specimens green with legs, tip of antennae, vertex and thoracic
dorsum brownish. Fully matured males dark brown except basal
portion of antennae, meso-scutellum, thoracic venter, genitalia
green to yellow. Wings hyaline except area about furcation of M,
Cu and R and spot on margin of clavus embrowned.

Structure: Head narrower than thorax. Vertex minutely pubes-
cent, concave, smoothly rounded down to genae, medial suture
prominent. Lateral ocelli raised. Genae produced as blunt, widely
separated lobes, contiguous basally. Clypeus visible as third medial
lobe. Antennae arising far down on genae, slender, twice as long
as width of head. Eyes of moderate size, hemispherical. Thorax
well arched. Pronotum large, nearly vertical, not depressed below
vertex. Mesopleurites strongly developed. Forewings straight,
acutely angled, 2.8 times as long as wide; basal vein short, Rs
short, nearly straight to costa, not reaching furcation of media,
medial cell much larger than cubital, latter strongly flattened.
Head wings 0.6 as long as forewings. Metatibiae without basal

^Published with the approval of the Idaho Agricultural Experiment Station as
Research Paper No. 263.

32

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 1

armature, 2 outer and 3 inner apical spines. Metacoxae raised
anteriorly.

Male proctiger produced caudad basally, tapered to narrow
apex. Forceps as long as proctiger, in lateral view parallel-sided,
somewhat curved caudad, tapering apically; in caudal view stout,
arched to black tips; in dorsal view apices concavely narrowed to
small, truncate, black tooth. Female genital segment 0.75 as long
as rest of abdomen, stout; dorsal valve with small, blunt styliform
apex; ventral valve slender, equalling dorsal, acute.

Holotype, male, allotype, female, 1 male and 4 female para-
types, all collected by J. Acuna in the Sierra de Anafe, Havana
Province, Cuba, February 24, 1946. They were found in the
tender leaves of Eugenia rocana Britton and Wilson enclosed by
the leaves which were folded lengthwise and somewhat mis-
shapened, forming a kind of pseudo gall.

Holotype, allotype and paratypes in author’s collection, para-
types in collection of the Estacion Experimental Agronomica,
Santiago de las Vegas, Cuba.

This handsome species resembles T . johnsonii but is readily
distinguished by the shorter radial sector and smaller cubital
cell of the forewing and the less bulging vertex.

Triozoida mutabilis Tuthill, new species

Length to tip of folded wings, 3-3.4 mm.

Color: General color rufous with legs, tip of antennae, vertex
and genal processes brown to black or general color greenish yel-
low with rufous areas on sclerites of thorax and abdomen, legs
and antennae darker, genal processes black. Wings hyaline, with-
out dark areas.

Stmcture : Head narrower than thorax, strongly deflexed. Ver-
tex excavate between eyes, strongly depressed discally, bulging
far over median ocellus, medial suture prominent. Lateral ocelli
strongly raised. Genae produced as widely separated, blunt cones,
concave on meso-cephalic surface, not touching basally. Clypeus
small, visible between genal processes. Antennae slender, 1.6 times
as long as width of head, arising far down on genae. Eyes large,
hemispherical. Thorax broad, rather flat. Pronotum small, verti-
cal, below caudal margin of vertex. Mesopleurites well developed.
Forewings broad, obtuse apically, 2.7 times as long as wide; basal
vein short, Rs long and somewhat sinuate, equalling or exceeding
M 2 , medial cell larger than cubital, latter somewhat flattened.
Hind wings 0.6 as long as forewings. Metatibiae with serrate
basal Carina, 2 outer and 3 inner apical spines. Metacoxae raised
anteriorly.

JANUARY, 1947]

TUTHILL— NEW TRIOZOIDA

33

Female genital segment 0.66 as long as rest of abdomen, stout;
dorsal valve blunt, slightly attenuate at apex; ventral valve
slender, acute, nearly equalling dorsal.

Holotype, female, MoA, Oriente Province, Cuba, April 13,
1945, one female paratype same locality, November 15, 1945.
Both specimens were collected by J. Acuna.

The two specimens at hand show marked difference in size and
coloration. The specimen which was collected in November is
smaller and of a nearly uniform rufous color. The differences are
similar to those encountered in specimens of the same species col-
lected in moist and arid regions elsewhere. While unfamiliar
with the climate of northeastern Cuba, I would conclude that the
November specimen developed during a hot, dry period.

This species resembles T. johnsonii but is readily distinguished
by the smaller size, broader and obtusely pointed wing and
shorter antennae.

Triozoida inconstans Tuthill, new species

Length to tip of folded wings, 2.5 mm.

Color: Head dark brown, shining. Antennae light basally,
darkening toward tip. Thorax chocolate brown dorsad, lighter
ventrad. Legs lighter, metatibiae almost white. Forewings dark
brown along basal vein and radius to costa. Abdomen brown
dorsad, nearly white ventrad. Female lighter, thorax yellowish.

Structure: Head small, narrower than thorax. Vertex smoothly
excavate between eyes, protruding anteriorly over median ocellus,
smoothly rounded to genae. Genae produced as short, blunt, widely
separated processes. Clypeus showing between genal processes as
a third similar lobe. Antennae about twice as long as width of
head. Eyes small, hemispherical. Thorax broad, rather flat. Pro-
notum strongly depressed but not below center of vertex. Meso-
scutum finely punctate. Forewings slender, 3 times as long as
wide, acutely angular; basal vein strongly raised, branching vari-
able, M and Cu often with distinct common petiole, Rs short,
nearly straight, reaching to or beyond furcation of media, medial
cell larger than cubital, latter somewhat flattened. Hind wings
0.6 as long as forewings, minutely setate. Metatibiae with several
small teeth basally, outer apical spines varying in size and num-
ber, usually 2, some specimens with 3 or 1, in addition several
small setae along margin, 3 or 2 inner spines. Metacoxae not
raised anteriorly.

Male proctiger produced caudad as blunt triangular lobe, with
prominent apical epiphysis. Forceps slightly shorter than proc-
tiger; in lateral view straight, narrow, tapered to sharp black
tips; in caudal view slender, strongly arched to apex, small black

34

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. YXTTTj NO. 1

tooth at tip. Female genital segment 0.6 as long as rest of abdo'-
men, straight; dorsal valve blunt; ventral valve nearly as long as
dors'al, sharp apically.

The number and size of the spines or setae on the apex of the
metatibiae is quite variable in this species. In several of the
specimens at hand there is a variation between the right and left
tibia.

Described from 5 males and 1 female collected at Ancon,
Canal Zone, Panama, June 26, 1919, by H. Dietz and I. Molino,
“on Guara.”

Holotype, male. No. 56964, United States National Museum,
allotype, female, and paratypes in United States National Mu-
seum, paratypes in author’s collection.

This handsome species resembles T. johnsonii but may be dis-
tinguished by its smaller size, coloration and wing venation,
especially the shorter, straight radial sector.

AN ADDITIONAL LOCALITY FOR AULICUS TERRESTRIS

LINSLEY

( Coleoptera, Cleridae)

BY G. S. MANSFIELD AND J. W. TILDEN

On May 26, 1940, a single specimen of Aulicus terrestris Lin-
sley was collected by the writers near Silver Creek Hills, Santa
Clara County, California, about twelve miles southeast of San
Jose. The insect was found resting on grass in a small meadow
in the foothills of Mt. Hamilton.

Although no specimens of the Lubber Grasshopper, Esselenia
vanduzeei Hebard, were taken at this time, a single specimen
was collected in the same area on April 13, 1941. The associa-
tion of these two insects has been shown by Linsley^.

This record is only eight or ten miles southwest of a previous
one from Mt. Hamilton, but is of interest because of the much
lower elevation. The point at which this collection was made is
between 1000 and 1500 feet high, whereas the elevation of Mt.
Hamilton is about 4200 feet

^Linsley, E. G., 1936. Studies in the Genus Aulicus Spinola. Univ. Calif. Publ.
Ent.. 6(9) :249-262.

JANUARY, 1947]

KNOWLTON— SAGE APHID

35

A SMALL SAGE APHID

BY GEORGE F. KNOWLTON
Utah State Agricultural College, Logan

The following report deals with an apparently undescribed
genus and species of sagebrush aphid. Distribution records for a
few species in the genus Microsiphum are also included.

Zyxaphis Knowlton, new genus

Size small; head with antennal tubercles undeveloped; anten-
nae six segmented (sometimes with tendency for antennals III
and IV to not fully separate) ; sensoria of antennae circular to
subcircular, not abundant; fore wings with the media twice
branched; hind wings with both media and cubitus present;
cornicles truncate, sub-cylindrical, not longer than thick; cauda
slightly developed, with numerous hairs and with some tendency
to be angular at apex; anal plate rounded; lateral tubercles on
abdomen prominent; reticulated areas on cuticula of abdomen.

Type, Zyxaphis utahensis Knowlton.

Zyxaphis utahensis Knowlton, new species

Alate vivipara: Size small, body 1.52 to 1.6 mm. long and .72 to
.8 wide across abdomen; ocular tubercles well developed; antennal
tubercles undeveloped; antennae .64, dusky to blackish and imbri-
cated beyond antennal II ; antennal III and IV with a tendency not
to fully divide (on 2 of the antennae) ; antennal III, .16 mm long
with 2 to 4 sensoria; IV, .112 to .15 with 0 to 1 sensorium; V, .128
to .132; VI, .093 plus .078, to .096 plus .08; restrum reaching sec-
ond coxae, tip acute, rostral IV + V, .14 mm. long; wing venation
normal, media twice branched; hind tibiae pale to dusky near apex,
.51 to .61 mm. long; hind tarsi .07 to .115; lateral portions of body
cuticle reticulated in some areas; lateral tubercles prominent;
cornicles .033, dusky, truncate, about as broad as long, short-
cylindrical in shape, imbricated; cauda short, dusky, broadly tri-
angular with blunt apex; abdominal tubercles well developed.

Collection: Taken on Artemisia tridentata at Mt. Carmel,
Utah, May 24, 1940, by G. F. Knowlton. Type in the collection
of the writer.

36

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 1

Taxonomy: Zyxaphis utahensis differs conspicuously from Mi-
crosiphum acophorum S.-K. and other Microsiphum species oc-
curring in Utah in having the unguis of antennal VI shorter than
hase; cauda somewhat larger and with tendency to be angular
rather than rounded as in Cryptosiphum artemisiae Buckton, and
with prominent lateral tubercles.

Microsiphum acophorum S.-K. collected on Artemisia triden-
tata at Lakota, Bear Lake, Utah, July 29, 1945; Battle Mt., Ne-
vada, August 16, 1945; Elko, Nevada, July 1, 1939; Wells,
Nevada, August 20, 1943; Thousand Springs, Idaho, August 8,
1939.

M. artemisiae (Gillette) on Artemisia vulgaris and A. triden-
tata at Oak Creek Canyon, Utah, July 10, and Junction, Utah,
July 11, 1942; Snowwater Lake, Nevada, August 20, 1943; Wells,
Nevada, August 16, 1945; Craig, Montana, August 5, 1944;
Tumalo, Oregon, August 24, 1944 (Knowlton) ; also Blue Gulch
and Castleford, Idaho, September, 1932 (D. E. Fox).

M. oregonensis Wilson on Artemisia, Cornish, Utah, July 15,
1941.

NOTES ON SOME COLEOPTERA TAKEN FROM WET PAINT

On April 18 of this year I collected nearly 250 beetles from
a newly painted bridge at Ben Lomond, California, in the Santa
Cruz Mountains. Although the paint was nearly dry, many of
the insects were still alive. Among the thirty-five species col-
lected was the rather rare clerid, Thanasimus repandus Horn,
represented by twelve individuals; probably the greatest number
to be collected at one time. Four specimens were taken of another
noteworthy clerid, Thanasimus undatulus rubiventris Lee. Of
the twelve families represented, the Scolytidae had the largest
number of species (six) and individuals. Many other insects
were also trapped in the paint but were not collected. Ordinary
paint remover proved satisfactory in cleaning the specimens.

The attractiveness of paint to beetles was also cited by Essig
in Vol. XIX; p. 91, of this journal in some notes on Rosalia
funebris Mots. — E. S. Dethlefsen.

JANUARY, 1947] CHAMBERLIN-NEW CHILOPODS

37

ON FOUR NEW AMERICAN CHILOPODS

BY RALPH V. CHAMBERLIN
University of Utah, Salt Lake City

The new species here described were noted while identifying
several small collections submitted to me by Dr. A. M. Woodbury,
from Utah, P. W. Fattig, from Georgia, and Dr. J. M. Linsdale
from California. The types are retained at present in the author’s
collection.

SCHENDYLIDAE

The new species described below is the first of the genus to
become known from the western United States. It is essentially a
northern genus, being represented by two species from the north-
eastern states and by five in Alaska and northeastern Asia. Its
extension down the western mountains into the United States is
natural. The known species of the genus may be separated by
means of the following key.

Key to Species of Escaryus

1 .

2 .

3.

4.

5.

6 .

7.

Claw of anal legs as large as those of the penult pair ...2

Claw of anal legs small in comparison with those of other legs. .4
Last stemite as broad as long narrowed caudad; Anal coxae

with only 5 or 6 pores (Alaska) E. albus Cook

Last sternite narrow, relatively long, scarcely narrowed; coxal

pores more numerous (Northeastern United States) 3

Yellowish brown in color; 41 pairs of legs..E. urbicus (Meinert)

Waxy white; 49 pairs of legs E. liber Cook

Anal pores present 5

Anal pores absent 6

Pairs of legs 47; last ventral plate narrow, with sides nearly

parallel (Alaska) E. delus Chamberlin

Pairs of legs 43; last ventral plate broad, conspicuously nar-
rowed caudad (Utah) E. monticolens Chamberlin, n. sp.

Pairs of legs 33 (Alaska) E. paucipes Chamberlin

Pairs of legs 49-51 7

Syncoxite of first maxillae with long membranous lappets; lat-
eral teeth of labrum with long slender tips E. sibiricus Cook

Syncoxite of first maxillae without lappets; all teeth of labrum
short and stout E. japonicus Attems

Escaryus monticolens Chamberlin, new species

Apparently related to the Alaskan E. albus Cook. It differs in
general appearance in being yellow, with head and prehensors

38

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yoL. XXIII, NO. 1

darker, instead of being a waxy, translucent white. It differs in
the more numerous soxal pores these numbering about 18 on each
side instead of 5-6. Last ventral plate trapeziform, about equal
in length to the anterior width. Claws of the anal legs somewhat
smaller than those of the penult legs.

Cephalic plate broadest anteriorly, considerably overlapping the
basal plate the exposed portion of which is short. Clypeus wholly
lacking nonerelate fields. Labrum evenly and moderately incurved,
the teeth all stout and subconical, 15 in number. First maxillae
with palpi having well developed lappets. Coxosternum of second
maxillae with anterior border deeply notched at the middle, the
median area less sclerotized, membranous. Mandible with teeth
in three blocks; e.g., 3, 3, 4.

Anal pores present.

Number of pairs of legs, 43.

Length, 18 mm.

Locality. Utah : Mill Creek Canyon. One female dug up in
soil at an elevation of about 7,500 ft. A. M. Woodbury, collector.

Lithobiidae

Nadabius cherokeenus Chamberlin, new species

Dorsum brown or light chestnut. Legs proximally pale, but
with the fourth and fifth joints brown and the tarsus yellow.
Antennae brown.

The antennae composed of the usual 20 articles which are of
moderate length. Ocelli in 4 longitudinal series; thus, 1+5, 5, 4, 3.

Prosternal teeth 2 2; the median incision acute.

None of the dorsal plates produced.

Coxal pores, small and circular; 2, 3, 3, 3.

Ventral spines of first legs, 0, 0, 1, ^ 1 (2) ; dorsal, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1.
Ventral spines of penult legs, 0, 1, 3, 2, 1; dorsal, 1, 0, 2, 1, 0;
claws 2. Ventral spines of anal legs, 0,1, 3, 1,0; dorsal, 1,0, 2, 0,0;
claw single. Last two pairs of coxae laterally armed.

The anal legs of the male with the usual subdorsal crest at
distal end of the fifth joint, its form and relations as shown in the
accompanying figure. Length, 10 mm.

Locality. Georgia: Atlanta. A male taken February 17,
1946, by P. W. Fattig.

Distinguished from all other known species excepting N. ere-
mites in having the dorsal spines of the anal legs 1, 0, 2, 0, 0
and those of the penult 1, 0, 2, 1, 0.

It is separated from N. eremites chiefly on the basis of having
the last two pairs of coxae laterally armed, whereas they are
unarmed in eremites, and of having the ocelli in 4 series instead
of in 3.

JANUARY, 1947]

CHAMBERLIN— NEW CHILOPODS

39

Arebius sequens Chamberlin, new species

A species agreeing' with A. crenius and differing from A. dolius,
to which it runs in the key, in having the claw of the female
genital forceps distinctly tripartite, the lateral lobes smaller than
the median which, however, is short and relatively broad. The
basal spines of the genital forceps slender, subcylindrical but
narrowest at middle, the acuminate apex short. It differs from
crenius in having the dorsal spines of the 12th and 13th legs
1, 0, 3, 1, 1 instead of 1, 0, 3, 2, 2. It also differs in the more
numerous ocelli arranged in three series instead of in two; e.g.,
1 5, 4, 3.

Length, 10 mm.

Locality. California: Monterey County, Hastings Reser-
vation. A male and female taken June 10, 1943, by Dr. J. M.
Linsdale.

Nadabius cherokeenus Chamberlin, n. sp. Fifth segment of left
anal leg, subdorsal view.

Arebius petrovius Chamberlin, new species

In the author’s key this form runs out to A. diplonyx of the
Santa Barbara region. It is like that species in having two claws
on the anal leg, but the supplementary claw is very small instead
of being rather large and distinct. It is also like that species in
having the claw of the female genital forceps tripartite; the basal
spines, however, are acuminate from base instead of being cylin-
drical to an acuminate apical part.

The ventral spines of the penult legs are 0, 1, 3, 3, 1 instead
of 0, 1, 3, 3, 2, the dorsal being 1, 0, 3, 1, 1. Dorsal spines of
anal legs 1, 0, 3, 1, 0, the ventral 0, 1, 3, 3, 0. Last two pairs of
coxae laterally armed.

The ocelli are fewer and are in two series instead of in three;
e. g., 1+3, 2 or 3, 3.

Length, 7-7.5 mm., thus being smaller than A. diplonyx which
is 8 to 8.5 mm. long.

Locality. California: Monterey County, Finch Creek.

Four specimens under a rock, taken March 24, 1945, by Dr.
J. M. Linsdale.

40

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 1

NOTES ON HIPPOMELAS CALIFORNICUS (HORN) AND
CHRYSOBOTHRIS CYANELLA HORN
(Coleoptera: Buprestidae)

BY GEORGE S. MANSFIELD
Atascadero, California

Hippomelas [Nanularia) calif ornicus (Horn) and Chryso^
hothris cyanella Horn have been taken by the author at Atasca-
dero, San Luis Obispo County, California, on a wild buckwheat,
Eriogonum nudum Dough These records represent a new locality
and considerably extend the range of both species. Further,
some additional notes on each species are presented.

Hippomelas (Nanularia) californicus Horn

Two specimens of this species were taken on the stem of wild
buckwheat on June 23, 1940, and thirteen additional specimens
were collected during July, 1946, at Atascadero. These speci-
mens average 9.5 mm. in length and range from 7.0 mm. to
10.8 mm. Although the color of this species is a deep reddish
brown, individuals in the field appear quite gray due to their
coating of white pile. Most of the specimens were taken within
six inches of the ground on the buckwheat stem. Several of those
taken late in July, 1946, were collected higher up, where they
were observed feeding on the outer layers of the stem.

This beetle is very rare in collections. Van Dyke (1942)
mentions three specimens in the collection of the California
Academy of Sciences. Subsequently the Academy has added
another specimen collected August 21, 1927, at Laguna, San
Diego County, California, from the collection of W. J. Chamber-
lin. Through the kindness of Prof. N. Banks, I have had an
opportunity to examine two additional specimens in the LeConte
Collection at the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard
University. These are from “California” and were collected by
Horn. One is labeled “Type”, although Van Dyke (1942) states
that the species was described from a unique collected by Horn
and now in the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences.

Judging from the distribution of the collected specimens
(Calaveras, Santa Cruz, San Luis Obispo, and San Diego coun-

JANUARY, 1947]

MANSFIELD— BUPRESTIDAE

41

ties), it appears probable that this species is to be found through-
out cismontane California, ranging from elevations of 4000
feet (Laguna, San Diego Co.) to 1000 feet, or lower. Because
of its habit of moving to the opposite side of the stem from the
collector and its rather inconspicuous color and pattern, this
species is probably often over-looked. This buprestid was taken
in 1940 and 1946 in the same restricted stand of Eriogonum
nudum and observations of other stands of this plant in surround-
ing areas failed to produce more specimens.

Chrysobothris cyanella Horn

Thirteen specimens of this species were collected on the stems
of Eriogonum nudum at Atascadero during the period from May
28 to July 15, 1946. Other collectors have taken this species in
Oregon and California from the flowers of wild buckwheat. All
of the author’s collections were made from the stems of the
buckwheat, where the beetles were resting, and most of them
were taken before the plants came into bloom in July. The
average length of these specimens is 7.2 mm. and they range
from 5.8 mm. to 8.3 mm. The color ranges from a bright bluish
green to a violaceous blue. The individuals collected in July
were mostly blue, whereas those taken in May and June were all
bluish green.

Fisher (1942) states the distribution of this species to be
from Ashland, Oregon, south to Kings River and Bishop, Cali-
fornia, and mentions one record of Chamberlin’s from Pasadena.
The specimens in the California Academy of Sciences collection
range from Modoc and Humbolt counties to Kings River and
Bishop, and Tonopah, Nevada. The specimens from Atascadero
appear to be the first record of this species from the Coast Range
of California and from such a low elevation (1000 feet), with
the exception of the Pasadena record (which may have been
collected on a mountain near there.) Most of the specimens in
the Academy collection are from the Sierra Nevada Mountains at
elevations in excess of 5000 feet.

This species was taken on the same restricted stand of E.
nudum at Atascadero as the preceding species. Likewise, no
other collections were made in surrounding areas, although a
periodic search was made for them.

I am indebted to Dr. E. C. Van Dyke for the identification of

42

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yoL. XXIII, NO. 1

these two species of insects, and to Mrs. Roxana Ferris and Mr.
J. W. Tilden of Stanford University for determining the species
of buckwheat.

References

Van Dyke, E. C., 1942. Contributions toward a knowledge of the
Insect Fauna from Lower California. No. 3. Coleoptera; Bu-
prestidae. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th ser., XXIV, 3, pp. 97-132.
Fisher, W. S., 1942. A Revision of the North American Species of
the Buprestid Beetles Belonging to the Tribe Chrysobothrini.
U. S. Dept, of Agric. Misc. Publ. No. 470.

AN OCCURRENCE OF THE PUPA OF GLAUCOPSYCHE
LYGDAMUS BEHRII (EDWARDS) IN AN ANT NEST

(Lepidoptera, Lycaenidae)

BY J. W. TILDEN
Redwood City, California

February 14, 1942, a lycaenid pupa was taken from an ant
nest in Alum Rock Park, Santa Clara County, California. The
ant nest, in a log of Quercus agrifolia Nee, was partly under
loosened bark and partly in decayed wood. The lycaenid pupa
was surrounded by ant pupae and so situated as to preclude the
probability that its presence in the nest was accidental. A normal
male of G. lygdamus hehrii (Edw.) emerged from this pupa
on February 21, 1942.

F. X. Williams (1908) gives the food plant of behrvi as Lupi-
nus micranthus Dough, and obtained a pupa which emerged
when reared on this plant under laboratory conditions. Bowler
(1911) in recording the early stages of the typical form of
lygdamus, mentions that the larvae are attended by ants and that
cannibalism is common among the larvae. Many lycaenid larvae
have been shown to be attended by ants, the ants obtaining
secretions from special organs on the lycaenid larvae.

Balduf (1939) gives a full discussion and citation of litera-
ture concerning mymecophilous Lycaenidae. European workers
have found that the fourth and fifth stadia as well as the pupal
stage of certain species are passed in ant nests. The lycaenid
larvae are taken into the nests by the ants at the beginning of

JANUARY 1947] MANSFIELD'— OEME GRACILIS

43

the fourth stadium. They then cease phytophagous habits and
subsist during the last two stadia upon the pupae of their hosts.
The ants in return obtain the secretions of the lycaenids.

A survey of American literature indicates that this habit has
not been observed in American species. But the pupa mentioned
above either must have been transported to the ant nest as a
larva, or allowed to enter it unmolested. This suggests a phase
of myrmecophily in American Lycaenidae that so far is not
fully understood.

References

Balduf, W. P., 1939. The bionomics of entomophagous insects,
Part II. John S. Swift Co., Inc.

Bower, H. M., 1911. Early stages of Lycaena lygdamus Double-
day. Ent. News, 22:359-363.

COOLIDGE, K. R., 1923. The life history of Phaedrotes piasus Bdv.
Ent. News, 34:295-300.

Newcomer, E. J., 1911. The life history of two lycaenid butter-
flies. Canadian Entomologist, 43:83-88.

Newcomer, E. J., 1912. Some observations on the relationships of
ants and lycaenid caterpillars, and a description of the rela-
tional organs of the latter. Jour. New York Ent. Soc., 20:
31-36.

Williams, F. X., 1908. Life history of Lycaena antiacis with other
notes on other species. Ent. News, 19:476-483.

NORTHWARD RANGE EXTENSION OF OEME GRACILIS

LEG.

(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae)

A specimen of Oeme gracilis Lee. was found dead beneath a
light on the Hale Ranch, about eight miles south of Atascadero,
San Luis Obispo County, California, on September 11, 1940.
This beetle is apparently rare in collections. There are ten
specimens in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences
from Los Angeles, Pasadena, and Poway, San Diego County,
California. In the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard,
there is LeConte’s type from Poway, and a specimen from Cata-
lina and two specimens from Ventura(?), in the Fall collection.

From these records it appears that the specimen from Atascadero
represents a new northern limit of this species. — George S.
Mansfield, Atascadero, California.

44

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 1

ANOPHELES XELAJUENSIS DeLEON, A NEW ADDITION
TO THE KNOWN ANOPHELINE FAUNA OF PANAMA

BY PEDRO GALINDO

Campana Anti-Maldrica, Ministerio de Prevision Social

Panama, R. de P.

Anopheles xelajuensis DeLeon, was described in 1938 from
the high mountains of Guatemala. Vargas in 1942 reported the
species from southern Mexico and created the subgenus Russellia
with this species as the genotype. No other record of it appears
in the literature to the writer’s knowledge.

During May, 1946, while collecting in the Chiriqui Volcano
region, republic of Panama, Dr. G. B. Fairchild, of the Gorgas
Memorial Laboratory, and the writer were fortunate in collecting
six males and four females of an anopheline identified by the
writer as Anopheles xelajuensis DeLeon. The specimens were
taken while resting in hollow trees in the forest bordering Mr.
Louis Martinez’ farm, “Carinthia,” at an elevation of approxi-
mately 6,200 feet.

All the females collected agree rather closely with DeLeon’s
description of xelajuensis, except for the fact that the Panama-
nian specimens have the tip of the wing somewhat darker than
the guatemalan female figured by DeLeon. The terminalia of
the males from Panama appear to agree in every respect with
the published figures of the terminalia of xelajuensis.

Mr. W. H. W. Komp, U. S. Public Health Service, who con-
firmed the writer’s identification of this material, informs him
that Dr. T. H. G. Aitken collected larvae of xelajuensis some
years ago in the same general area, but did not rear them through
to the adult stage.

The finding of A. xelajuensis in Panama increases consider-
ably the known distribution of this species. Further intensive
collections in the highlands of Costa Rica and Nicaragua should
reveal its presence there, as it appears to have the same general
distribution of Anopheles parapunctipennis, another highland
species known from Mexico, Guatemala, Costa Rica and Panama.

The material on which this report is based has been deposited
in the following collections: U. S. National Museum, Washing-
ton, D. C. ; George Williams Hooper Foundation for Medical
Research, San Francisco, Calif.; Campana Anti-Mai arica, Pan-
ama, R. de P. ; Mr. W. H. W. Komp’s.

JANUARY, 1947] pacific COAST ENT. SOCIETY

45

PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

E. G. Linsley
V ice-President

C. D. Duncan

President

E. S. Ross
Secretary

Proceedings

One Hundred and Eighty-ninth Meeting

The one hundred and eighty-ninth meeting of the Pacific Coast
Entomological Society was held at 2:30 p.m. on April 27, 1946, in
the entomological laboratories of the California Academy of Sci-
ences, San Francisco, President Duncan in the chair. The following
members were present: R. W. L. Potts, E. G. Linsley, K. E. Frick,
C. A. Fleschner, D. J. Raski, H. F. Madsen, J. W. Tilden, E. S.
Dethlefsen, P. Moorhead, E. L. Kessel, B. B. Kessel, W. W. Middle-
kauf, M. A. Stewart, E. C. Van Dyke, R. F. Smith, L. R. Gillogly,
G. F. Ferris, G. D. Grant, J. L. Gustafson, C. D. Duncan, A. E.
Michelbacher, E. 0. Essig, and E. S. Ross. Visitors were present
as follows: H. T. Reynolds, C. R. Madsen, H. I. Tilden, D. Giuliani,
R. Harlick, W. L. Lee, E. F. Quinnell, L. M. Henry, A. G. Apple-
garth, R. H. Swan, F. R. Marsh, S. Kennedy, W. H. Hart, L. W.
Swan, and B. D. Culver.

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.

The membership committee proposed the following for member-
ship in the Society: Paul D. Hurd, Jr., Lorin R. Gillogly, B. Dwight
Culver, Ellsworth Hagen, Welton L. Lee, Winifred H. Hart, Harold
T. Reynolds and Karl S. Snyder. They were unanimously elected.

In response to President Duncan’s request for notes, observa-
tions, and exhibits of entomological interest, Dr. Michelbacher
called attention to his observation of an unusually large population
of pea weevils in a field of alfalfa and the almost complete absence
of eggs in spite of the great density of adults. Dr. Duncan
exhibited some well prepared life history specimen mounts for
classroom use, recently obtained from Germany.

The President then introduced E. S. Ross who spoke on some
of his entomological experiences in Texas, Niew Guinea, and the
Philippines while serving in the Army. During his assignment in
Texas as Entomologist for the Eighth Service Command Labora-
tory at San Antonio, he had many opportunities for general insect
collecting on olf-duty time. Noteworthy was a special investigation
of the arthopod fauna of Geomys burrows and nests made during
the winter of 1942. Specimens were obtained by direct excavation
to the nests and by use of molasses bait traps placed in the sub-

46

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 1

surface runways. The many new and interesting species found, as
well as the interesting ecological data, indicate that similar investi-
gations of the burrows of other animals, especially desert rodents,
should be made wherever possible.

The speaker then told of his association with Dr. H. R. Roberts
of the Philadelphia Academy and their development of the “Mos-
quito Atlas” which lead to an assignment at the U.S. National
Museum where they completed parts dealing with the important
malaria vectors of the world. The advantages of the loose-leaf
“Atlas” type of publication with standardized treatment and illus-
trations was emphasized and it wasi urged that such technique be
applied more widely especially in economically important groups
of insects.

Later assignments, as Commanding Officer of the 38th Malaria
Survey Unit at New Orleans; Finschhafen and Maflfin Bay, New
Guinea; and on Leyte and Mindoro Islands of the Philippines,
provided ample opportunities for mosquito and general insect col-
lecting. Representation lots of specimens, as well as photographs
and drawings, were passed among the members and visitors to
illustrate the presentation.

Following a brief discussion, the meeting was adjourned. — E. S.
Ross, Secretary.

One Hundred and Ninetieth Meeting

The one hundred and ninetieth meeting of the Pacific Coast
Entomological Society was held at 2:30 p.m. on October 5, 1946,
in the entomological laboratories of the California Acadlemy of
Sciences, San Francisco, President Duncan in the chair. The fol-
lowing members were present: E. C. Van Dyke, G. F. Ferris, D. D.
Jensen, R. A. Flock, A. E. Michelbacher, E. A. Smith, A. C. Smith,
F. J. Driver, J, W. Tilden, R. L. Usinger, E, G. Linsley, E. O.
Essig, H. P. Chandler, E. S. Dethlefsen, W. W. Sampson, L. R.
Gillogly, W. C. Reeves, B. Brookman, 0. B. Cope, L. W. Saylor,
E. L. Kessel, F. E. Skinner, B. Dwight Culver, Karl D. Snyder,
R. C. Miller, P. D. Hurd, Jr., J. J. DuBois, K. S. Hagen, W. F.
Barr, E. A. Steinhaus, and E. S. Ross. Visitors were present as
follows: A. G. Applegarth, J. P. Harville, H. I. Tilden, L. M.
Henry, E. C. Winkler, J. R. Fisher, A. H. Storm, I. L. Eads, Clark
0. Eads, A. W. Larson, H. K. Townes, Raymond Thomas, J. E.
Lydon, F. B. Marsh, Mrs. K. D. Snyder, M. A. Qaiyum, M. Basheer,
T. 0. Thatcher, U. N. Lanham, E. G. Meyers, K. E. Hughes, B.
Prendergast, H, H. Pehrson, L. Dunn, and E. F. Quinnell.

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.

The membership committee proposed the following for regular
membership in the Society: Edwin Quinnell, Miss La June Dunn,
Clark 0. Eads, and John Harville. Frank Skinner was proposed
for student membership. They were unanimously elected.

JANUARY, 1947]

PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY

47

President Duncan then appointed a Nominating Committee com-
prising Dr. Middlekauf (Chairman), Dr. Kessel, and Dr. Usinger
to nominate candidates for the election of ofEcers at the Annual
Meeting.

Dr. E. C. Van Dyke was called upon to speak on the life and
work of the late Dr. F. E. Blaisdell, a Charter Member of the
Society. He was followed by Dr. E. S. Ross who spoke on the life
and work of the late Mr. F. E. Nunenmacher, also a Charter Mem-
ber. Biographies on these members will be published in forthcoming
issues of the Pan-Pacific Entomologist.

Dr. H. K. Townes, Division of Insect Identification, U.S.D.A.,
reported briefly on his recent insect survey of the formerly Jap-
anese mandate islands. His remarks were illustrated by a series
of photographs of insect damage and scenery.

Dr. D. D. Jensen, recently returned from Hawaii, mentioned
the trend toward diversity in Hawaiian agriculture and the result-
ant increase in entomological problems.

J. W. Tilden exhibited a collection of microlepidoptera reared
from the plants growing on the Stanford University campus. He
also reported on sugar beet leafhoppers migrating to tomatoes
which showed little resultant virus damage. Dr. Michelbacher
stated that this was probably due to the late infection but that a
loss in fruit size could probably be measured.

Following these notes and observations. President Duncan then
called on Dr. R. L. Usinger who presented the main paper of the
program entitled “The systematics and biology of the Triatominae.”
His presentation was illustrated by drawings, charts, and boxes
of specimens. His remarks were largely based upon his recent
paper on this subject which appeared in Public Health Bulletin
No. 288, 1944.

Following a lively discussion on Dr. Usinger’s paper, the meet-
ing was adjourned. — E. S. Ross, Secretary.

One Hundred and Ninety-first Meeting

The one hundred and ninety-first meeting of the Pacific Coast
Entomological Society was held at 2:30 P.M. on January 4, 1947,
in the entomological laboratories of the California Academy of
Sciences, San Francisco, President Duncan in the chair. The fol-
lowing members were present: W. W. Middlekauff, E. C. Van Dyke,
R. L. Usinger, H. F. Madsen, W. H. Hart, K. E. Frick, D. D. Jen-
sen, E. 0. Essig, A. E. Michelbacher, R. C. Miller, G. F. Ferris,
0. B. Cope, H. P. Chandler, J. F. Gustafson, C. W. Grant, B. D.
Culver, F. E. Skinner, E. S. Dethlefsen, W. L. Lee, F. J. Driver,
E. A. Smith, J. P. Harville, R. A. Flock, R. W. L. Potts, G. E.
Bohart, E. G. Linsley, R. F. Smith, J. W. MacSwain, W. W. Samp-
son, K. S. Hagen, W. F. Barr, H. T. Reynolds, D. J. Raski, C. D.
Duncan, and E. S. Ross. Visitors were present as follows: W. A.

48

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yoL. XXIII, NO. 1

Russell, Mrs. W. Hart, Mrs. F. M. Frick, R. L. Doutt, L. S. Miller,
L. M. Henry, P. H. Arnand, R. W. Coleman, D. Guiliani, A. W.
Larsen. W. H. Nutting, R. Van den Bosch, G. Markos, R. F. Port-
man, J. E. Ryus, D. P. Furman, and A. E. Pritchard.

The minutes of the previous meeting and the treasurer’s finan-
cial statement were read and approved.

The nominating committee proposed, and the Society elected, the
following Officers for 1947: E. L. Kessel, President; A. E. Michel-
bacher, Vice-President; E. S. Ross, Secretary; R. C. Miller, Treas-
urer: and G. F. Ferris, Member-at-large, Executive Committee.

The membership committee proposed the following for mem-
bership in the Society: T. 0. Thatcher, R. L. Doutt, A. E. Prit-
chard, A. Vv^. Larson, W. H. Nutting, and W. A. Russell. They
were unanimously elected.

As chairman of the nomenclature committee. Prof. Ferris read a
petition signed by members of the Committee on Zoological Nomen-
clature of the Smithsonian Institution which requests that the
United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization
give favorable consideration to Secretary Hemming’s proposal for
adequate financial support for the International Commission on
Zoological Nomenclature. Prof. Ferris then moved that the Society
endorse this petition. The motion was seconded and unanimously
passed.

President Duncan appointed R. W. L. Potts Chairman and
J. W. MaeSwain and W. F. Barr members of a committee to audit
the financial accounts of the Society.

The frequency of meetings was discussed and Dr. Usinger moved
that the number of meetings be increased to four Spring meetings
and two Fall meetings. The motion was carried unanimously.

In responsei to a call for notes and exhibits. Miss Henry spoke
on her study of the innervation of the heads of Annelida and
arthropods and its value in the interpretation of the segmentation
of the insect head. Her remarks were illustrated by a display of
her fine drawings.

Mr. Mas Swain reported on his success in collecting Protura in
the Berkeley Hills on rotting twigs deep in the litter under bay
trees {Umbelhilaria calif ornica).

Dr Ross called attention to his recent discovery of Dincupate
wrightii in palms southwest of El Mante, Tamaulipas, Mexico.
This spectacular beetle was at one time believed to be endemic to
California.

Because of Dr. Kessel’s absence. President Duncan turned the
meeting over to the newly elected Vice-President, Dr. Michel-
bacher, who introduced the new officers and presided during Dr.
Duncan’s retiring presidential address entitled “Insects and Hu-
man Welfare.” (This address is published in full in the present
issue of the Pan-Pacific Entomologist). After a brief discussion
of the paper, the meeting adjourned. — E. S. Ross, Secretary.

1

AGRICULTURAL

CHEMICALS

l^enn Salt agricultural chemicals are nationally-known as quality
products, backed by years of experience and research. New develop-
ments are constantly being perfected at the spacious Wbitemarsh
Research Laboratories, so that Penco products may better serve
industry and agriculture.

PENCO DDT ... suitable dust and spray bases are now perfected to be applied as
recommended by local agricultural experiment stations for specific
locality needs.

KRYOCIDE ... tbe only natural Cryolite. Effectively aids in controlling many chew-
ing insects such as the codling moth, orange tortrix and vegetable weevil.
Safe and easy to handle . . . not acutely toxic to humans or other mammals.

PENCO A RANGER CALCIUM ARSENATE ... recommended to offset the ravages of
the cotton boll weevil, the cotton leaf worm and the cotton bollworm.
Economical and efficient.

PENCO GRAIN FUMIGANT . . . for the control of certain insects attacking grain in
mills, elevators, box cars and farm storage. It will not harm the germination
or milling qualities of the grain.

PENITE ... a concentrated arsenic weed-killing solution. Available in two quali-
ties, Penite 6 and Penite 35. Both made to Penn Salt’s rigid standards.

AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS DIVISION

PENNSYLVANIA SALT

AAANUFACTURU^ CO. OF WA^INGTON

TACOMA, WASHINGTON

11

0Eii0fi@ii0e

liw

Mk 1 ifiS. A tfV Sk 1BF ^ kSt S A

IP? Jk 9% SI K wSlilK'jf, p

# "ORTHO” Pest Control Products represent a combina-
tion of both Experience and Science. They are the product
of combined Field and Laboratory Research. They must
pass rigid technical tests in our plant . . . and broad prac-
tical tests in the field . . . before they are permitted to carry
the "ORTHO” label into your orchard. Call for "ORTHO”
Service direct or through your "ORTHO” Dealer.

California Spray -Chemical Corp.

Richmond ^ Fresno Lindsay Anaheim Pomona San Jose Sacramento

Stockton Modesto Watsonville Whittier Portland Yakima Wenatchee

Ill

;ij;:Pi<*neers4nithe^#iyl«et^ of .Synth<^icV ji

■'' ' J-SC'i' ^ V ’ ™''' . ~ '

V” o, ' , , ' ' . » ^SWS., 'r ' w , ' ■ • ' , , A'-" , ,<

!i^....'..>.V.'.^-;tv?' ■ '<■■ ;.;■■■ ; '- '- -. , -'^ ' -j tl -^- . , -j-^." ,t.i ' - ■-- '

The LBTHANES— Synthetic contact insecticide concen-
trates.

DITHANE^A synthetic organic fungicide for spraying.

YELLOW CUPROCIDE— An electrolytically manufactured
cuprous oxide fungicide for sprays and dusts.

The TRITONS —A group of emulsifying, wetting and
spreading agents.

RHOTHANE D-3— A synthetic insecticide concentrate of
high killing power, with a toxicity to warm-blooded
animals 1/4 to 1/8 that of DDT.

ROHM & HAAS DDT PRODUCTS: D.30 SOLUTION (30%
DDT);25%DDT emulsion CONCENTRATE; D-50DUST
concentrate containing 50% DDT; D-50 WETTABLE POW-
DER, a water dispersible powder containing 50% DDT.

ROHM & HAAS WELCOMES THE OPPOR-
TUNITY TO COOPERATE WITH WEST COAST
ENTOMOLOGISTS WISHING TO EXPERIMENT
WITH ANY OF THESE PRODUCTS.

iv

UALITY CHEMICALS
FOR AGRICULTURE
through • . .

• intensive research

• positive chemical control

of production

• thorough field testing

It is Stauffer's earnest desire to co-operate in any way
possible with the entomologists of the Pacific Coast area
in increasing the effectiveness of the pest control program.

Insecticides • Fungicides • Paraciticides
Sulphur for Dusting, Burning and for the Soil

hkc^Mt %dUw^addJhi/ig^

SAN FRANCISCO SULPHUR DIVISION

636 California Street P. O. Box 68 3200 East 26th Street

SAN FRANCISCO 8 NORTH PORTLAND, ORE LOS ANGELES 23

TOBACCO BY-PRODUCTS AND
CHEMSCAL CORPORATION

Incorporated

LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY RICHMOND. VIRGINIA

(The World's Largest Manufacturers of
Nicotine Products)

BLACK LEAF 40

BLACK LEAF 155

BLACK LEAF DRY
CONCENTRATE

NICO FUME PRODUCTS

PACmC COAST OFFICE
NO. 1 SOUTH PARK

SAN FRANCISCO 7, CALIFORNIA

I

I

Voi. xxm

April, 1947

No. 2

THE

PAN -Pacific Entomologist

Published by the

Pacific Coast Entomological Society

in co-operation with

The California Acadeniy of Sciences

CONTENTS

VAN DYKE, FRANK ELLSWORTH BLAISDELL, SR 49

BARR, PARASITES OF COLEOPTERA 68

BLAISDELL, A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF THE FAMILY

TENEBRIONIDAE 69

PATE, PHILANTHINE WASPS 68

PERSONAL NOTE— H. B. LEECH 63

BOOKS AND WORLD RECOVERY.... 67

COCKERELL, A NEW BEE FROM THE MARSHALL ISLANDS.... 68

PERSONAL NOTE— E. G. LINSLEY 70

LANHAM, DESCRIPTIVE NOTES ON ANDRENA 71

NYE, A SIMPLE METHOD OF MOUNTING APHIDS 78

SABROSKY, A NEW PTERODONTIA FROM NEW GUINEA 74

DbLONG and HERSHBERGER. NEW NORTH AMERICAN

LEAFHOPPERS 76

SUGDEN, WOODBURY AND GILLETTE, MIGRATIONS OF THE

PAINTED LADY BUTTERFLY 79

FRAZIER, BOOK REVIEW— CHECK LIST OF CICADELLIDAE 88

BARR AND HURD. NOTES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF DASYMUTILLA 86

JOHANNSEN, INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF ENTOMOLOGY 90

ALEXANDER, UNDESRIBED TIPULIDAE FROM THE WESTERN

UNITED STATES, III 91

VAN DYKE. A WEEVIL NEWLY INTRODUCED INTO CALIFORNIA. 96

San Francisco, California

1947

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

EDITORIAL BOARD

E. C. Van Dyke E. G. Linsley, R. L. Usinger E. S. Ross

Associate Editor Editors Assistant Editor

R. C. Miller, Treasurer A. E. Michele acher, Advertising

Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
phases of entomology are favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on
insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution.

Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be ad-
dressed to the editors, 112 Agricultural Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4,
California. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers, changes of
address, requests for S3.mple copies, and all financial communications should be
addressed to the treasurer, R. C. Miller, at the California Academy of Sciences,
San Francisco 18, California

Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $2.50 per year in advance. Price for single
copies, 75 cents. Make checks payable to “Pan-Pacific Entomologist.”

PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

FOURTH SERIES
VOLUME XXIV

Contributions Toward a Knowledge of the Insect Fauna of Lower California

1. Introductory Account, by A. E. Michelbacher and E. S. Koas. Pp. 1-20, pis. 1-3.

February, 1942 $0.25

2. Coleoptera: Cerambycidae, by E. Gorton Linsley. Pp. 21-96, pis. 4-5. Feb., 1942 75

3. Coleoptera: Buprestidae, by Edwin C. Van Dyke. Pp. 97-132, pis. 6-7. Mar., 1942 .35

4. Neuroptera: Myrmeleonidae, by Nathan Banks. Pp. 133-152, pi. 8. March, 1942 20

5. Symphyla, hy A. E. Michelhacher. Pp. 153-160, pi. 9. March, 1942 15

6. Diptera : Culicidae, by Thomas H. G. Aitken. Pp. 161-170. June, 1942 20

7. Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae, by Frank E. Blaisdell, Sr. Pp. 171-288, pis. 10, 11_ 1,50

Order from CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, SAN FRANCISCO 18, CALIFORNIA

iC^

BEARBaiuio
^ KlODBCrS

FUNGICIDES

SOIL and GRAIN

INSECTICIDES

FUMIGANTS

CHEMICAL

SPECIALTIES

♦

INSECTICIDES

♦

WEED KILLING

CHEMURGIC

CORPORATION

PREPARATIONS

Giant Road
RICHMOND, CALIF.

GREAT WESTERN DIVISION

THE DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY

SsaitIa SAN FRANCISCO Los Angeles
Seal Beach • California

© 9

Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the postoffice at San
Francisco, California, under Act of August 24, 1912.

t

■V

I

I

I

L"

• I

4

i

i

<1 ;

)

I

r

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist

Vol. XXIII, No. 2

April, 194-7

THE BIOGRAPHY OF FRANK ELLSWORTH BLAISDELL, SR"

BY EDWIN C. VAN DYKE

California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco

Dr. Blaisdell was born March 13, 1862, in Pittsfield, New
Hampshire, the son of Solon Greenleaf Blaisdell and Anna
Greely (Clark) Blaisdell. Both parents were of old New England
ancestry. The father was a saddler and harness maker and dur-
ing the Civil War Jie served as a sergeant in the Twelfth New
Hampshire Volunteers. In 1870, the family, including three
children, moved to San Francisco where the father entered the
real estate business and later became an agent of the A. L. Ban-
croft Company, the well-known book dealers. In 1871, the three
children were attacked with scarlet fever. The two younger,
John and Elmer, died, but Frank survived though he was left
in a weakened condition which prompted his parents to move to
San Diego where the father opened a harness and saddlery store.
Frank attended the B and D Public Schools. In 1875, the elder
Blaisdell took up a ranch in Poway Valley, about 26 miles north-
east of San Diego, where he started an apiary and orchard and
planted a considerable acreage to ^rain. Here Frank grew up
into a strong and healthy young man. He attended the country
school and later took over most of the work of the ranch.

In 1886, he decided to study medicine, so the ranch was dis-
posed of, the father starting a nursery at Coronado and selling
the plants in San Diego. Frank secured a position in a store in
San, Diego and began reading medicine under the instruction of
Dr. P. C. Remondino and Dr. C. C. Valle. He also prepared
himself for the medical school examinations. To a considerable
extent. Dr. Blaisdell was a self-taught man. He never had a
modem high school or college education, but through diligent
study, whenever he could get the time, he made up for the de-
ficiency. In 1887, he entered Cooper Medical College, San Fran-

^ From a short autobiographical sketch of Frank Ellsworth Blaisdell, Sr.

50

the pan-pacific entomologist [voL. XXIII, NO. 2

cisco, and graduated November 12, 1889, with the degree of
Doctor of Medicine. He immediately returned to San Diego and
started to practice but with very poor success. Consequently, in
1892, he returned to San Francisco where he learned that there
was an opening in the mining town of Mokelumne Hill, Cala-
veras County. He left for the mountains and before long was
well established there. On February 18, 1894, he married Miss
Ella Katherine Peek and on March 31, 1896, his son and only
child, Frank Ellsworth Blaisdell, Jr,, was born.

In 1900, he accepted an offer to become an instructor in
Cooper Medical College, from an old classmate. Professor Albert
H. Taylor, who was head of the Department of Anatomy. Before
entering upon his duties at the College, however, because he felt
the need of a vacation, he accompanied his brothers-in-law to
Nome, Alaska, where they worked a claim on Dexter Creek dur-
ing the summer. Here the Doctor took advantage of the oppor-
tunity to collect and as a result made an extensive collection of
the plants, birds, and insects of the region. The bird skins and
plants were given to the California Academy of Sciences but,
unfortunately, all except a few plant types were destroyed at
the time of the San Francisco fire, in 1906. In September, he
returned to San Francisco from Alaska and started his work at
the medical school. He was first a demonstrator, later was made
Professor and head of the Department of Anatomy. During this
period, he made a trip to Johns Hopkins Medical School at Balti-
more, for some post graduate work, and while there utilized his
spare time for field work in entomology and visits to Washing-
ton to consult with Dr. E. A. Schwarz. In 1910, Cooper Medical
College affiliated with Stanford University, becoming the Stan-
ford Medical School. Dr. Blaisdell was then appointed Assistant
Professor of Applied Anatomy, later transferring to the Division
of Surgery as Professor of Surgery in charge of Surgical Path-
ology. This post he held until 1927 when he was retired at the
age of 65 years, as Professor Emeritus of Surgery.

The next year. Doctor and Mrs. Blaisdell visited the town of
his birth, Pittsfield, New Hampshire, and also New York, Wash-
ington, Philadelphia, Boston and Chicago in order to visit the
various museums centered there and the entomologists connected
with them. After returning home, the Doctor spent much of his
time at the rooms of the Department of Entomology of the Cali-

April, 1947]

FRANK ELLSWORTH BLAISDELL, SR.

51

fomia Academy of Sciences. His collection of Coleoptera, close
to two hundred thousand specimens, had been deeded to the
Academy in 1924, but he continued his entomolojsdcal work at
the Academy until failing health in 1945, compelled him to srive
up and move to Watsonville, California, in order to be near his
son. There he died on July 6, 1946. His wife, son, Dr. Frank
Ellsworth Blaisdell, Jr., and three grandchildren survive him.

Dr. Blaisdell was a first-class collector. Whenever he had the
opportunity, he made it a point to collect and in this way he
built up his large collection. He collected in many places but
the areas where he did his best work and which will always be
associated with his name are as follows: San Diego and the ranch
at Poway where his earliest field work was done; Mokelumne
Hill in Calaveras County where he practiced medicine many
years; the San Francisco Peninsula and the Bay Area generally
which was his home in later years; Nome, Alaska; Baltimore,
Maryland; and Pittsfield and Barnstead, New Hampshire. His
summer vacations were generally spent in regions which were
supposed to be good collecting places. As a result he visited a
great many different areas up and down the Pacific Coast.

In his early years, he was greatly aided and encouraged by
such good naturalist friends as 0. N. Sanford, Frank Stephens
and G. H. Field, residents of San Diego or neighboring commu-
nities. With Henry Ulke of Washington, he corresponded for
many years and he also received much aid from him. Later, he
corresponded extensively with Colonel T. L. Casey. In fact, he
was a correspondent for most of his life with leading Coleopter-
ists of the country such as Dr. E. A. Schwarz, Charles Liebeck,
Henry C. Fall, Frederick Blanchard, Charles Dury, H. F. Wick-
ham, W. S. Blatchley, Dr. A. Fenyes, H. C. Loding, Ralph Hop-
ping and others. In later life, when he became an authority in
his own right, he aided many a beginner by naming up his
specimens for him. This work was mutual, too, for in this way
and through extensive exchanging, he acquired many desirable
additions to his collection.

In evaluating Dr. Blaisdell and his work, we must recognize
first that he was an able naturalist. He was a good botanist, a
good ornithologist and in general, a keen observer. He early
acquired a working knowledge of San Diego plants and while at
Nome, Alaska, assembled a good collection of the plants of that

52

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 2

region which was presented to the California Academy of Sci-
ences. In ornithology, his first work was done with the birds
of San Diego County. He not only knew the birds of the region
but through close observation, proved to his satisfaction that his
Poway ranch was in the direct line of migration of the great
majority of the migration birds of that part of the state. He
also made dissections of many birds and detailed anatomical
drawings. Some of these are preserved and show that he had
first-class artistic abilities. In Alaska, he collected a series of
bird skins which, like the botanical specimens, were lost in the
San Francisco fire of 1906. It was in Entomology, however,
that his best work was done. At first, he collected specimens of
all orders of insects. His collection of miscellaneous insects was
given to the California Academy of Sciences before 1906 and in
consequence lost by fire. His main collection, that of the Coleop-
tera, was not given until 1924. Upon this, his major entomo-
logical work was based which continued from the time of his
early manhood until shortly before his death. Dr. Blaisdell was
primarily a morphologist and this influenced his systematic
work which was likely to accentuate such features as form and
ornamentation. In his papers he was able to present his views in
the most convincing way because of his expert drawings, especi-
ally those pertaining to structural details. In his best work, his
study and interpretation of details was excellent. His work on
the male genitalia of the Eleodini which he demonstrated was
of an entirely different type from that of the Old World Blapstini
with which it had been formerly associated, was a major contri-
bution. He was not much interested in theories nor did he care
to study exotic material to any great extent. A glance at his
bibliography will show that he studied in all families but later
in life he gave most of his attention to the Tenebrionidae and
Melyridae and in consequence became the outstanding authority
on these groups.

Dr. Blaisdell was a man of fine character and he had an at-
tractive personality. As a result, he had a host of friends and
was much respected. He was generous and loyal. He was par-
ticularly generous in the manner of giving both time and atten-
tion to beginners. To those of us who knew him best, he will
be greatly missed but we will also have the satisfaction of re-
membering that he lived a long life and a very productive one.

April, 1947]

PRANK ELLSWORTH BLAISDELL, SR.

53

Entomological Bibliography of F. E. Blaisdell, Sr.

1.

1889.

2.

1892.

3.

1892.

4.

1892.

5.

1893.

6.

1895.

7.

1901.

8.

1902.

9.

1902.

10.

1906.

11.

1909.

12.

1910.

13.

1912.

14.

1913.

15.

1917.

16.

1917.

17.

1918.

18.

1918.

19.

1918.

•

o

(M

1918.

21.

1918.

22.

1919.

The West American

San Diego
47-49.

Diego

Hints about killing Lepidoptera.

Scientist, VI, No. 42, p. 6.

Notes on the Cicindelidae observed in
County, California. Zoe, III, No. 1, pp.

Notes on the Tenebrionidae observed in San
County. Zoe, III, No. 2, pp. 102-108.

Notes on California Cistelidae. Zoe, III, No. 3, p. 252.

Notes on Histeridae observed in San Diego County.
Zoe, III, No. 4, pp. 337-339.

New California Coleoptera. Ent. News, VI, pp. 235-
238.

Pupa of Necrophilus hydrophiloides. Ent. News,
XII, pp. 263-264, pi. XI.

The frons in Bembidium with descriptions of new spe-
cies. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phil., pp. 70-79, pi. III.

The three Californias. Ent. News, XIII, pp. 173-175.

Notes and descriptions of the larva of Culex vari-
palpus Coq. Ent. New, XVII, pp. 107-109, pi. III.

A monographic revision of the Coleoptera belonging
to the Tenebrionidae Eleodini inhabiting the United
States, Lower California, and adjacent islands.
Bull. 63, U. S. Nat. Mus., pp. I-XI, 1-524, pi. 1-13.

Studies in the Tenebrionid Tribe Eleodini-Order
Coleoptera. Ent. News, XXI, pp. 60-67.

Hibernation of Cicindela senilis (Coleop.). Ent. News,
XXIII, pp. 156-159.

Variations in the maculation of 011a abdominalis Say
(Coleop. Coccinellidae) . Ent. News, XXIV, pp. 385-
391, pi. XIII.

A new Omus (Coleop.). Ent. News, XXVIII, pp. 49-
55, pi. VI.

Studies in the Tenebrionid Tribe Eleodini, No. 2

(Coleop.). Ent. News, XXVIII, pp. 221-227.

Studies in the Tenebrionidae (Coleop.). Ent. News,
XXIX, pp. 7-14.

Studies in the Tenebrionid Tribe Eleodini, No. 3

(Coleop.). Ent. News, XXIX, pp. 162-169.

In Memoriam, Carl Fuchs, Born November 24, 1839 —
Died June 13, 1914. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sc. VIII,
No. 2, pp. 27-34, pi. 2.

Synopsis of the Genus Tegrodera (Order Coleoptera;
Family Meloidae). Can. Ent. L, pp. 331-335.

Studies in the Tenebrionid Tribe Eleodini, No. 4

(Coleop.). Ent. News, XXIX, pp. 380-381.

Studies in Alaudes (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae).
Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XLV, pp. 307-313.

54

THE PAN-pacific entomologist [vol. xxiii, no. 2

23. 1919.

24. 1921.

25. 1921.

26. 1921.

27. 1923.

28. 1923.

29. 1924.

30. 1924.

31. 1924.

32. 1924.

33. 1925.
84. 1925.

35. 1925.

36. 1925.

37. 1925.

38. 1925.

39. 1926.

40. 1926.

Synopsis and review of the species of Coelus (Coleop-
tera: Tenebrionidae). Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XLV,
pp. 315-334, pi. XXXII.

New species of Melyridae, Chrysomelidae and Tene-
brionidae (Coleoptera) from the Pacific Coast with
notes on other species. Stanford U. Publ., Biol.
Ser., I, No. 3, pp. 139-231.

Four new species of Melyridae (Coleoptera). Can.
Ent., LIII, pp. 15-19.

Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to
the Gulf of California in 1921. The Tenebrionidae.
Proc. Cal. Acad. Sc., 4th Ser., XII, pp. 201-288.

Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to
the Gulf of California in 1921. The Melyridae
(Lesser Flower Beetles). Proc. Cal. Acad. Sc., 4th
Ser., XII, pp. 409-421.

Two new species of Psephenus Hald., with note on
Narpus angustus Casey (Coleoptera). Ent. News,
XXIX, pp. 234-238.

Two new species of Melyridae from California and
one from British Columbia, including two new
genera. Can. Ent. XLI, pp. 1-5.

Studies in the Melyridae (Coleoptera) number two.
Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XLIX, pp. 315-337.

Studies in the Melyridae (Coleoptera) III. Pan-
Pac. Ent., I, pp. 15-21.

New melyrids from Southeastern California. Proc.
Cal. Acad. Sc., 4th Ser., XIII, pp. 249-259.

Studies in the Melyridae (Coleoptera) Number Four.
Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., L., pp. 313-318.

A new species of Dasytes from California. (Melyri-
dae: Coleoptera). Pan-Pac. Ent. I, No. 4, pp. 184-
185.

Expedition to Guadalupe Island, Mexico, in 1922.
Proc. Cal. Acad. Sc., 4th Ser., XIV, pp. 321-343.

Studies in the Tenebrionidae, No. 2. (Coleoptera)
Proc. Cal. Acad. Sc., 4th Ser., XIV, pp. 369-390.

Revised check-list of the species of Eleodes inhabit-
ing America, North of Mexico, including Lower
California and adjacent islands. Pan-Pac. Ent.
II, pp. 77-80.

Thomas Lincoln Casey. Pan-Pac. Ent., II, No. 2,
pp. 90-91.

Studies in the Melyridae, No. V (Coleoptera) Can.
Ent., LVIII, pp. 8-13.

A new Melanastus from Texas (Coleoptera: Elater-
idae*). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 28, No. 1, pp. 22-23.

• This is an error ; it should be Tenebrionidae.

April, 1D47] FRANK Ellsworth blaisdell, sr.

55

41. 1927.

42. 1927.

43. 1927.

44. 1928.

45. 1928.

46. 1929.

47. 1929.

48. 1929.

49. 1929.

50. 1930.

51. 1930.

52. 1931.

53. 1931.

54. 1931.

55. 1931.

56. 1931.

57. 1932.

58. 1932.

Miscellaneous studies in the Coleoptera No. 2. Pan-
Pac. Ent., Ill, No. 4, pp. 163-186.

A blind beetle excavated from an Egyptian city’s
ruins dating between 117 and 235 A.D. Proc. Ent.
Soc. Wash., 29, No. 5, pp. 121-125, pi. 6.

Studies in the Melyridae, No. 6. Pan-Pac. Ent., IV,
No. 2, pp. 49-53.

Two new species of Coelocnemis (Coleoptera: Tene-
brionidae). Pan-Pac. Ent. IV, No. 4, pp. 163-165.
Studies in the Melyridae, No. 7. Pan-Pac. Ent.. V,
No. 1, pp. 35-42.

A revision of the beetles of the Tenebrionidae Tribe
Usechini, with descriptions of a new genus and new
species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 2790, 75, Arti-
cle 19, pp. 1-14, pi. 1.

Revised synopsis of the species of Eleodes belonging
two new species (Coleoptera). Pan-Pac. Ent., V,
No. 4, pp. 163-166.

to the Subgenus Metablapylis with description of
Miscellaneous studies in the Coleoptera, Number
Three. Pan-Pac. Ent., VI, No. 1, pp. 21-25.
Miscellaneous studies in the Coleoptera, Number
Three**. Pan-Pac. Ent., VI, No. 2, pp. 57-62.
Revision of the genus and species of Dinacoma with
description of new species (Coleoptera: Scarabaei-
dae). Pan-Pac. Ent., VI, No. 4, pp. 171-177.
Studies in the Melyridae, Number Eight. Pan-Pac.

Ent., VII, No. 1, pp. 17-19.

Revision of the Endomychid Tribe Liesthini with
description of a new genus and a new species
(Coleoptera). Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., LVI, pp. 375-
390, pi. XV.

A new species of Zopherodes from Central California
(Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae). Pan-Pac. Ent., VII,
No. 3, pp. 111-114.

Studies in the Tenebrionidae, Number Three (Coleop-
tera). Pan-Pac. Ent., VIII, No. 1, pp. 41-46.
Studies in the Melyridae, Number Nine (Coleoptera).
Can. Ent., LXIII, p. 178.

Two new species of Eleodes from Utah (Coleoptera:
Tenebrionidae). Pan-Pac. Ent., VIII, No. 2, pp.
74-78.

Studies in the Melyridae (Coleoptera). Number Ten.
Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., LVII, pp. 325-331, pi. XXIX.

Studies in the Tenebrionidae Tribe Scaurini, a mono-
graphic revision of Eulabes (Coleoptera). Trans.
Am. Ent. Soc., LVIII, pp. 35-101, pis. I-VI.

** This should be Number Four.

56

the pan-pacific entomologist [voL. XXIII, NO. 2

59. 1932. A new species of Phaleria from the Gulf Coast of

Alabama (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae) . Ent. News,
XLIII, pp. 116-118.

60. 1933. A new species of Helops from Guadalupe Island

(Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae). Pan-Pac. Ent., IX,
No. 2, pp. 88-90.

61. 1933. Studies in the Tenebrionidae, No. Three. A mono-

graphic revision of the species of Centronopus in-
habiting America north of Mexico (Coleoptera:
Tenebrionidae). Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., LIX, pp.
191-228, pis. X-XI.

62. 1933. Note regarding Euschides cressoni Blais. Pan-Pac.

Ent., IX, No. 4, pp. 152-153.

63. 1934. A new species of Vectura from Southern California

(Coleoptera: Melyridae). Pan-Pac. Ent., X, No. 2,
pp. 71-73.

64. 1934. A new species of Hoppingiana from British Colum-

bia (Coleoptera: Melyridae). Can. Ent., LXVI,
pp. 150-152.

65. 1934. Studies in the genus Corticeus Pillar and Mitter-

pacher (Syn. Hypophloeus Fabricius) (Coleoptera:
Tenebrionidae). Ent. News, XLV, pp. 187-191.

66. 1934. Note concerning Apsena barbarae Blaisdell. (Coleop-

tera: Tenebrionidae). Pan-Pac. Ent., X, No. 3,

p. 110.

67. 1934. Studies in the genus Auchmobius (Coleoptera: Tene-

brionidae). Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., LX, pp. 223-
264, pis. XVI-XVIII.

68. 1934. Rare North American Coleoptera. Trans. Am. Ent.

Soc., LX, pp. 317-326, pi. XXI.

69. 1935. Two new species of Eleodes from the Pacific Coast

Region (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae). Can. Ent.,
LXVII, pp. 28-31.

70. 1935. Facts determined by rearing species of Coniontis

(Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae). Ent. News, XLVI,
No. 5, pp. 119-123.

71. 1935. A new Triorophid from Death Valley, California

(Coleoptera. Tenebrionidae). Pan-Pac. Ent., XI,
No. 3, pp. 125-128.

72. 1935. New species of Eleodes from Mexico in the British

Museum (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae). Stylops, 4,
pt. 7, pp. 15-160.

73. 1936. Facts concerning the rearing of Tenebrionidae.

(Coleoptera). Ent. News, XLVII, pp. 39-42.

74. 1936. Studies in the Tenebrionid Tribe Triorophini. A

monographic revision of the species belonging to
the genus Stibia (Coleoptera). Trans. Am. Ent.
Soc., LXII, pp. 57-105, pis. III-V.

April, 1947]

FRANK ELLSWORTH BLAISDELL, SR.

57

75. 1936. Two new species of Notoxus (Coleoptera: Anthici-

dae). Can. Ent., LXVIII, pp. 144-148.

76. 1936. Two new species of Euschides (Coleoptera: Tene-

brionidae). Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., LXII, pp. 223-
230.

77. 1936. Notes on Eleodes letcheri and rileyi. Pan-Pac. Ent.,

XII, p. 183.

78. 1936. Studies in the Melyridae, No. 11 (Coleoptera). Pan-

Pac. Ent., XII, No., 4,, pp. 184-190.

79. 1937. A third new species of Centronopus from California

(Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae) . Pan-Pac. Ent., XIII,
pp. 95-96.

80. 1937. Miscellaneous studies in the Coleoptera, No. 5 (Tene-

brionidae and Melyridae) . Trans. Am. Ent. Soc.,
LXIII, pp. 127-145.

81. 1937. A new species of Cryptophag’us associated with

ants (Coleoptera: Cryptophag'idae) . Ent. News,
XLVIII, pp. 158-160.

82. 1938. A new species of Sitona from San Migruel Island

(Coleoptera: Curculionidae) . Pan-Pac. Ent., XIV,
No. 1, pp. 31-33.

83. 1938. A g'eneric synopsis a,nd greneric revision of the Tribe

Dasytini of North America North of Panama
(Coleoptera: Melyridae). Trans. Am. Ent. Soc.,
LXIV, pp. 1-31, pis. I-II.

84. 1938. A new species of Listrus from the Sequoia National

Park, California (Coleoptera: Melyridae). Pan-
Pac. Ent., XIV, No. 4, pp. 165-167.

85. 1939. A study of the species of Hispinae belonging’ to the

genus Stenopodius with descriptions of new spe-
cies (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) . Trans. Am.
Ent. Soc., LXIV, pp. 421-447, pis. XVII-XIX.

86. 1939. A new species of Coelus Eschscholtz (Coleoptera:

Tenebrionidae). Ent. News, L, pp. 16-18.

87. 1939. Studies in the relationships of the subfamilies and

tribes of the Tenebrionidae based on the primary
genital characters, also descriptions of new species
(Coleoptera). Trans. Am, Ent. Soc., LXV, pp. 43-
60, pis. IV-V.

88. 1940. A new species of Helodes from Marin Coun’ty, Cali-

fornia (Coleoptera: Dascillidae) . Ent. News, LI,
pp. 190-191.

89. 1940. A new species of Listrus from Cajon Pass, California

(Coleoptera: Melyridae). Can. Ent. LXXII, pp.
212-213.

90. 1941. A monographic study of the species belonging to the

Melyrid genus Trichochoides (Coleoptera). Trans.
Am. Ent. Soc., LXVI, pp. 283-306, pi. IX.

58

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 2

91. 1941.

92. 1941.

93. 1941.

94. 1941.

95. 1942.

96. 1942.

97. 1943.

98. 1945.

99. 1947.

Studies in the Melyridae, No. 12 (Coleoptera) . Trans.
Am. Ent. Soc., LXVI, pp. 319-324.

A species of Eleodes from Northeastern Arizona.
(Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae) . Pan-Pac. Ent., XVII,
pp. 37-39.

A new species of Coniontis from Nevada. (Coleop-
tera: Tenebrionidae). Ent. News, LII, pp. 131-133.

A new species of Eleodes from Oregon belonging to
the subgenus Blaphlis (Coleoptera: Tenebrioni-
dae). Pan-Pac. Ent., XVII, pp. 156-159.

Ralph Hopping, 1868-1941. Pan-Pac. Ent., XVIII,
No. 1, pp. 1-3, pi.

Miscellaneous studies in the Coleoptera, No. 6 (Mely-
ridae and Tenebrionidae). Trans. Am. Ent. Soc.,
LXVIII, pp. 129-149.

Contributions toward a knowledge of the insect
fauna of Lower California, No. 7. Coleoptera:
Tenebrionidae. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sc., 4th Ser., XXIV,
No. 7, pp. 171-288, pis. 10-11.

Synoptic review of the known species of Cryptoglossa
Solier, with description of a new subspecies (Cole-
optera: Tenebrionidae). Pan-Pac. Ent., XXI, No.
1, pp. 23-29.

A new genus and species of the coleopterous family
Tenebrionidae. Pan-Pac. Ent., XXIII, No. 2, pp.
59-62.

PARASITES OF TWO SPECIES OF COLEOPTERA
ASSOCIATED WITH MONTEREY CYPRESS

In December of 1945 a large diseased Monterey Cypress
{Cupressus macrocarpa) on the campus of the University of
California at Berkeley was cut down. Upon examination of the
trunk and limbs of this tree, rather large populations of adults
and larvae of the scolytid, Phloesinus cupressi Hopkins, and
larvae of the cerambycid, Atimia maritima Linsley, were found
under the bark. Adults and pupae of the cerambycid were in
pupal cells in the wood.

Several of the limbs were taken into the laboratory and in a
few days, specimens of a braconid wasp, Dendrosoter integer
Muesebeck, (det. C. F. W. Muesebeck) and an ichneumonid wasp,
Xorides insularis (Cresson) (det. H. K. Townes) had emerged
through the bark. Upon closer examination, it was discovered
that D. integer had parasitized larvae of P. cupressi and X. insu-
lari& had parasitized larvae of A. maritima. — W. F. Barr, Uni-
versity of California, Berkeley.

April, 1947]

BL.AISDELL — A NEW TENEBRIONID

59

A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF THE COLEOPTEROUS

FAMILY TENEBRIONIDAE

BY FRANK E. BLAISDELL, SR.

California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California

Lariversius Blaisdell, new genus^

Labrum transverse, apex slightly sinuate at middle, deflexed in
apical third and densely, strongly punctate; each puncture with a
moderately long fulvous seta; angle of deflection slightly raised,
behind which the surface is narrowly impunctate and smooth,
thence to base densely punctate, punctures small.

Epi stoma quite deeply and arcuately emarginate between the
rounded lateral lobes, margin of lobes slightly reflexed and rather
prominent, surface rather densely punctate, the latter slightly
coarse, central part of surface slightly convex.

Mentum rather short, transverse and somewhat oblong, ligula
and labial palpi exposed, capable of entire retraction; apex mod-
erately arcuate. Last segment of maxillary palpi somewhat tri-
angular, sensitive surface slightly oblique and oval. Last segment
of labial palpi smaller and subtriangulo-oval.

Sides of head somewhat explanate over the antennal insertions
and apical margin.

Eyes short and transverse, scarcely convex and somewhat
sunken, not in the least prominent, except when viewed from above,
partly emarginated by sides of the front; superior lobe of each
slightly larger and rounded, thence to a point behind the antennal
insertion narrower; temporal margin moderately prominent, the
surface of the eyes directed forward and outward at narrowest
part opposite side of front, about 3 facets wide, the latter slightly
convex.

Antennae short, basal segment rather stout and only slightly
visible from above; segments 2 to 8 inclusive cylindrical, short,
third slightly the longest; 9, 10 and 11, dilated and transverse,
forming a moderately wide club; eleventh segment more rounded
at apex.

Pronotum not margined at apex, except just within the apical
angles; lateral margins very finely and Irregularly margined.
Sides of prothorax densely punctate and ciliate. Intercoxal process

^ Named a,fter Mr. Ira LaRivers of Reno, Nevada, who furnished the material
upon which this paper is based.

60

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 2

Fi^re 1. Lariversius tibialis Blaisdell, new genus and species.

April, 1947]

BLAISDELL — A NEW TENEBKIONID

61

arcuate and not in the least prominent posteriorly. Procoxae
without trochantine, Metastemum and mesosternum broad between
the coxae; mesocoxae with a small trochantine, metacoxae ovate.
Side pieces small and poorly defined.

Protibiae ciliate with long yellowish cilia beneath, also along
posterior and inferior margins, also for the mesotibiae.

Genotype: Lariversius tibialis Blaisdell, new species.

Lariversius tibialis Blaisdell, new species

Form oblong-oval, a little more than twice as long as wide,
moderately convex; color piceous to moderately rufous. Luster
shining to somewhat alutaceous. Sides of prothorax rather densely
invested with rather long yellow pubescence, alsO' sides of elytra;
surface of sterna with scattered, short setiform hairs.

Head moderate in size, about twice as wide as long before the
post-ocular line, and about equally wide across the eyes and sides
over the antennal insertions. Sides of head somewhat explanate
over the antennal insertions and apical margin; sides feebly arcu-
ate and slightly convergent anteriorly, feebly emarginate at the
feebly oblique epistomal sutures, thence arcuate to the lateral
epistomal lobes. Submentum transverse with sides rounded, feebly
bilobed in front and with a median longitudinal impression be-
neath. Epistoma transverse, quite deeply and somewhat emargi-
nate apically between the arcuately prominent lateral lobes; mar-
gins of the latter slightly reflexed, the surface slightly concave
and rather densely and finely punctulate. Epistomal sutures
rather feeble, more or less to obsolete centrally and feebly oblique
to the small lateral emargination. Frons feebly convex centrally
and laterally before the eyes, rather sparsely punctate, the punc-
tures moderately small, vertex more or less impunctate and smooth.
Antennae relatively short, moderate in stoutness, six-sevenths as
long as width of pronotal apex,, segments closely articulated; first
segment invisible beneath the explanate side of the frons, segments
two to the eighth short and annular, segments nine and ten slightly
wider and transverse, the eleventh oval, the three forming a club.

Eyes short, transverse, scarcely convex, not in the least promi-
nent, except when viewed from above, partly emarginated by the
frontal process; superior lobe of each slightly larger and rounded
thence narrower to a point behind the antennal insertion, temporal
angle moderately prominent. Surface of the eyes directed for-
ward and outward at narrowest part in line of the sides of the
front and there about three facets in length.

Pronotum slightly oval, about one- third as wide as width at
middle or equal to the length, broadly and not deeply emarginate
between the rather small, slightly prominent and obtuse apical
angles, margin not beaded at apex, except at the angles; side

62

THE pan-pacific ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 2

marg’in broadly and continuously — including base — arcuate from
side to side, very feebly beaded. Disk not prominent laterally,
moderately and evenly convex, surface smooth, very sparsely
punctulate, punctures a little larger against the margins, especi-
ally at the apical angles.

Prothoracic sides convex and flush with the discal margin,
rather densely punctate, each puncture finely muricate and with
a rather long yellowish hair. Intercoxal process of the prosternum
arcuate between the coxae, terminating in a short blunt point.
Procoxae without trochanter.

Elytra slightly longer than wide, as viewed from above, viewed
more obliquely one-seventh longer than wide, one-sixth wider than
pronotum. Base not margined. Widest about one-fourth from
base. Form suboval, sides broadly arcuate in basal two-thirds,
thence more convergent in apical third, apex obtuse. Disk moder-
ately convex, laterally broadly declivous and indexed to the epi-
pleurae, apically obliquely declivous to the apex. Surface quite
densely muricately punctate viewed from above irregularly punc-
tate, viewed obliquely lengthwise series are somewhat evident;
laterally and apically each puncture has a short seta.

First abdominal segment equal in length to the combined length
of the second and third segments, the intercoxal part transverse
and angulate; combined length of third and fourth segments quite
equal to that of the fifth; fourth shortest and two- thirds as long
as third. Length (anterior pronotal margin to sutural apex) 9
mm., breadth 5.4 mm.

Holotype: (No. 5213, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : Col-
lected in sand dunes near Pyramid Lake, Nevada, August 16,
1941, by Ira La Rivers.

Paratypes: Eighty-five specimens from type locality collected
on above date as well as on August 24 and September 1, 1941,
by Ira La Rivers. These are deposited in the La Rivers Collec-
tion, California Academy of Sciences, U. S. National Museum,
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, American Museum
of Natural History, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard
University, and the British Museum of Natural History.

Personal Note

Hugh B. Leech of the Forest Insect Laboratory, Vernon, B. C.,
has accepted a position in the Department of Entomology of the
California Academy of Sciences. Mr. Leech will assist with gen-
eral curatorial work and will carry on his research on aquatic
and other Coleoptera.

PATE— PHILANTHINE WASPS

63

April, 1047]

ON THE GENERA OF PHILANTHINE WASPS, WITH THE
DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES FROM ARIZONA
(Hymenoptera: Sphecidae)

BY V. S. L. PATE
Ithaca, New York

The Philanthine wasps are a small compact group of genera
with representatives in all the major zoogeographic regions of
the world save the Australian Realm^. Four genera occur in the
New World: Philanthus Fabricius, Tr achy pus Klug, Aphilan-
thops Patton, and the Miocene fossil genus Prophilanthus Cock-
erell. All the extant Old World forms are referable to the
nominate genus Philanthus^. For a fossil species discovered in
the Oligocene beds on the Isle of Wight, England, Cockerell
erected the genus Philoponites. In addition, Giner Mari has
recently described Philoponoides^ for a new species, Philopono-
ides tricolor, which he captured in 1939 in northern Rio de Oro.
Giner states this genus is intermediate between Philanthus and
Philoponidea, and since the latter is a Cercerine genus, Philo^
ponoides may eventually prove to be referable to that tribe.

The following table will serve to differentiate the genera of
Philanthine wasps.

Key to the Genera

1. Fossil forms 2

Extant forms 3

2. Oligocene forms; (Isle of Wight, Yngland) ....Philoponites Ckl.

Miocene forms; (Florissant, Colorado) Prophilanthus Ckl.

3. Abdomen with first segment very slender, elongate and peti-
olate, two to three times as long as wide at apex and separated

there by a distinct constriction from remainder of abdomen.
Fore wing with marginal cell not appendiculate at apex. Eyes
with inner orbits emarginate or distinctly angulate and more
or less convergent toward vertex. (Neotropical, melittotherous

forms) Tr achy pus Klug

Abdomen with first segment broadly sessile with second seg-
ment, or if separated from second by a constriction then not
appreciably longer than broad at apex. (Holarctic and Orien-
tal forms) 4

’Frederick Smith described a Philanthus (Trachypus) notaulus [1861, Joury.
Proc. Linn. Soc., Zool., VI, p. 57] from Australia, but I believe this species is
either referable to another genus, or perhaps had an incorrect locality label.

’’Eos,* XX, pp. 372-375, (1945).

64

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 2

4. Eyes with inner orbits entire, straight or convex, and parallel,
never strongly convergent toward vertex. Fore wing with
marginal cell distinctly appendiculate at apex, (Nearctic, myr-
mecotherousi forms) Aphilanthops Patton

Subgenera of Aphilanthops:

a. Postscutellum with a large, distinct, backward projecting
laminate flange which more or less overhangs an excavation
in the upper anteriolateral corner of propodeum. Females
with both pygidium and hypopygium large, subquadrate, and

concave Clypeadon Patton

aa. Postscutellum with lateral flange absent or very poorly de-
veloped and anteriolateral comer of propodeum without a
marked depression. Females with pygidium and hypopygium

simple, normal, trigonal, flat, not so modified

Aphilanthops sensu stricto

Eyes with inner orbits distinctly angulate medially and gener-
ally convergent toward vertex. Fore wing with marginal cell not
appendiculate at apex. (Holarctic and Oriental, melittotherous
forms) Philanthus Fabricius

Philoponites Cockerell, 1916, contains only one species: Philo^
ponites clarus which Cockerell described from the Oligocene
beds at Gurnet Bay, Isle of Wight, England.

Pro philanthus Cockerell, 1906, is likewise a monotypic fossil
group. Its sole species, Prophilanthus destructus Cockerell, was
discovered in the Miocene shales at Florissant, Colorado.

Philanthus Fabricius, 1790 (of which Simblephilus Panzer,
1801, Symblephilus Panzer, 1806, Cheilopogonus Westwood,
1834, Anthophilus Dahlbom, 1844, Chilopogon Kohl, 1897,
Epiphilanthus Ashmead, 1899, P seudanthophilus Ashmead, 1899,
Oclocletes Banks, 1913, and Ococletes Mickel, 1918, are syno-
nyms) is the largest and most widely distributed genus in the
tribe. The genus is best developed in the Holarctic Region, but
there are a considerable number of species known from the
Ethiopian Region. The Oriental Philanthus fauna is apparently
an attenuation of that in the Palaearctic Region, for thirteen
species have been described from India, one from Assam, and
three from Tenasserim. Van der Vecht reports only one species
from Java^, and the genus has probably reached the limits of
its distribution here in Sundaland. The genus is apparently
wholly absent from the Australian Realm. In North America,
Philanthus is represented by thirty-one species and subspecies.

®Ent. Med. Ned-Indie, V, p. 84, (1939),

April, 1947]

PATE — PHILANTIIINE WASPS

65

according to Strandtmann who has recently presented a review
of the genus^. The species of Philanthus are terricolous fossorial
forms which provision their nests with various genera of bees
such as Andrena, Halictus, and Calliopsis; some species prey
more or less exclusively upon the honey bee, Apis mellifera.
Hamm and Richards^, and Berland® have given digests of the
biology of the European species; and the Peckhams^, the Raus®,
and Reinhard'^ have presented entertaining accounts of the North
American forms.

Trachypus Klug, 1810 (of which Simblephilus Dahlbom, 1844
and Philanthocephalus Cameron, 1890 are synonyms) is con-
fined to the Neotropical Region and is the only generic repre-
sentative of the Philanthine wasps in that region. Various Old
World species have at one or another time been referred to
Trachypus but such forms have always eventually proved to be
merely species of Philanthus. Like Philanthus, the species of
Trachypus nest in the ground and provision their burrows with
bees.’^”

Aphilanthops Patton is a small endemic North American
genus, peculiar and confined to the Nearctic Region. On the
basis of structure, particularly that of the females, two distinct
groups are easily recognizable : these may be accorded subgeneric
status and are differentiated in the foregoing key on a preceding
page. The species of Aphilanthops are fossorial myrmecotherous
forms; one species, A. frigida (Smith), apparently restricts its
attention largely if not wholly to queen ants.’^’^ Only one species,
Aphilanthops (Aphilanthops) frigida (Smith), occurs in the
eastern United States. The remaining ten forms recognized by
Dunning in his monograph of the genus^^ are confined largely
to western North America. To these may now be added the fol-
lowing distinctive Arizona species.

^Ohio State Univ., Abstr. Doct. Dis., no. 46, p. 51, (1945).

“Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1930, pp. 95-131.

“Faune de France, X, pp. 44-47, (1925).

■^Wisconsin Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv., Bull. no. 2, (Sci. Ser. 1), pp. 117-124,
(1898). V. et.: Wasps, Social and Solitary, pp, 154-167, (1905).

®Wasp Studies Afield, pp. 109-117, (1918).

®Ann. Rept. Smithson. Inst., 1922, pp. 363-376. Vl et. : The Witchery of
Wasps, pp. 92-140, (1929).

“C/. : Janvier, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool., (10), XI, pp. 144-151, (1928).

^C/u Wheeler; Joum. Animal Behavior, III, pp. 374-387, (1913) ; or Foibles
of Insects and Men, pp. 71-82, (1928).

^Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., XXV, pp. 19-26, (1898).

66

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 2

Aphilanthops (Clypeadon) phoenix Pate, new species

This larg;e and handsome Arizona species is readily distin-
guished from all other forms of Clypeadon by its bituberculate
clypeus, polite ocellar and post-ocellar calli, and striking livery.

Type . — 9 ; Phoenix, Maricopa County, Arizona. Eleva-
tion, 1100 feet. July 7. [Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia, Type no. 10600.]

Female. Length 13 mm. Black; the following citrinous: a
small spot at base of mandibles; clypeus laterally on each side
with a spot; scapes except base and apex; pronotum dorsally,
pronotal tubercles; tegulae and axillary sclerites; axillae; anterior
half of scutellum; postscutellum ; a small spot dorsolaterally on
each side of propodeum; abdomen with a large ovate spot later-
ally on each side; all tibiae with a longitudinal stripe on outer
broad fasciae almost covering them except second which is nar-
rowly interrupted medially; third stemite with a small spot later-
ally on each side of first tergite, the second to fifth tergites with
faces. Castaneous: mandibles except piceous apices; clypeal flange;
base and apex of scape, pedicel and first flagellar article; last
abdominal segment and all sternites.

Head broader than high in anterior aspect. Front and clypeus
with a moderately heavy vestiture of rather long appressed silvery
hair; vertex more sparsely clad; temples with a tnin clothing of
long shaggy, silvery hair. Front with moderate, distinct, rather
close punctures; rather strongly tumid between and above anten-
nal sockets: inter antennal line almost three-fourths (0.73) the
antennocular distance; front very broad, the upper interocular dis-
tance almost one and a half (1.485) times the vertical eye length,
the lower interocular distance almost one and seven-tenths (1.693)
the vertical eye length. Vertex punctate like front; ocelli in a
subequilateral triangle, the postocellar line three-fifths the ocel-
locular distance, posterior ocelli with a large, crescentic, gla-
brous, impunctate, polite callus along their inner margins; medio-
posteriorly with a large, lenticular, glabrous, impunctate, polite
callus; posteriolateral angles of head tumid, and more sparsely
punctate than remainder of vertex and temples which are mod-
erately finely punctate. Antennae with scapes short, obterete,
one-third the vertical eye length; pedicel subglobose, one-third
the length of scape and one-fourth the length of first flagellar
article; flagellum not clavate but tapering somewhat toward
apex, the first segment elongate, twice the length of second
segment which is equal in length to the third and following
segments, penult segment five-sixths the length of last article
which is equal in length to the second segment. Clypeus flat, punc-
tate like front, with a broad and very shallow vertical furrow be-
tween the median and lateral lobes, disc of median lobe with a

April, 1947]

PATE — PHILANTHINE WASPS

67

pair of large acute tubercles medially, thd apical margin flanged,
entire, edentate.

Thorax and propodeum with a moderate vestiture of decumbent
silvery hair. Mesonotum with rather coarse and close punctura-
tion; axillae impunctate; scutellum flat, impunctate discally, bi-
sected by a fine impressed line; postscutellum tumid, almost im-
punctate. Mesopleura coarsely punctate, closely and rugosely so
on prepectus, dorsally and posteriorly, but with punctures sepa-
rated below; metapleura subnitidous. Propodeum rather closely,
rugosely punctate throughout; trigonal area of dorsal face bisected
on posterior half by a shallow, transversely striate groove, ending
in a polite, impunctate prominence posteriorly.

Middle and hind legs with tibiae and tarsi strongly spinose.

Abdomen with a moderate vestiture of decumbent silvery hair;
weakly constricted between first and second tergites. Tergites and
sternites with separated rather coarse punctures. Pygidium sub-
quadrate, strongly concave; the disc subfulgid and subgranulate;
apical margin bisinuate; the lateral margins with a small, acute
subapical tooth. Hypopygium elongate subrectangular, strongly
concave; the disc polite, impunctate; lateral edges strongly raised
and thickened; apical margin subquadrately excised medially.

This distinctive southwestern species is known only from the
unique female described above.

BOOKS AND WORLD RECOVERY

The desperate and continued need for American publications
to serve as tools of physical and intellectual reconstruction abroad
has been vividly apparent by appeals from scholars in many
lands. The American Book Center for War Devastated Libraries
has been urged to continue meeting this need at least through
1947. The Book Center is therefore making a renewed appeal
for American books and periodicals — for technical and scholarly
hooks and periodicals in all fields and particularly for publica-
tions of the past ten years.

The generous support which has been given to the Book Center
has made it possible to ship more than 700,000 volumes abroad
in the past year. It is hoped to double this amount before the
Book Center closes. The books and periodicals which your per-
sonal or institutional library can spare are urgently needed and
will help in the reconstruction which must preface world under-
standing and peace.

Ship your contributions to the American Book Center, c/o
The Library of Congress, Washington 25, D. C., freight prepaid,
or write to the Center for further information.

68

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 2

A NEW BEE FROM THE MARSHALL ISLANDS

BY T. D. A. COCKERELL
Boulder, Colorado

Dr. Maurice James has kindly submitted to me a small series
of bees from the islands of the Pacific, belonging to the Colorado
State College at Fort Collins. These include eleven female speci-
mens of a small Megachile from the Marshall Islands, which has
the following characters:

Megachile loiensis Cockerell, new species

Female. Length about 12 mm.; black, with short broad ab-
domen; mandibles broad, without well developed teeth; clypeus
densely punctured, mainly dull, but shining at middle of margin,
and in middle of upper part; supraclypeal area with the disc
polished and impunctate; antennae black; head and thorax with
short white hair, dense at sides of face, no dark hair on thorax
above; an interrupted band of white hair in suture between
mesonotum and scutellum; mesonotum and scutellum dull; scutel-
lum swollen in middle, but not conspicuously so; tegulae black;
wings rather dilute fuliginous; legs black, femora with white hair
beneath; hind tibiae with a conspicuous pale fringe in front; hair
on inner side of hind tarsi entirely black; hindl basitarsi large and
broad; abdomen cordiform, shining above, the tergites with nar-
row hair-bands, which are dull whitish, more or less reddish,
especially at sides; ventral scopa bright red, black on last sternite;
tufts of hair at sides of first tergite entirely pale.

Marshall Islands : Loi Island (type locality) , Jan.-Feb. 1945,
many specimens; one from Bwaja I. These islands are in the
Kwajalein Atoll. All collected by H. S. Wallace.

This runs in my table to M. diligens Smith, from the Hawaiian
Is., and at first I supposed it to be that species. There is a series
of closely related species in the Pacific Islands, and these may
be distinguished from M. loiensis as follows:

M. diligens Smith. (Hawaiian Islands). Female. The two
apical teeth of the mandibles acute; hair on tarsi beneath reddish
brown; claws ferruginous, tipped with black (black in M. loien-
sis) ; wings subhyaline; abdominal bands distinctly red.

April, 1Q47]

COCKERELL — MARSHALL ISLAND BEES

69

M. hedleyi Rainbow. (Funafuti) . Female. Tergites fringed
with short black hairs; under side of tibiae and tarsi ferru-
ginous. Miss Cheesman (1936) treats this as a subspecies of
M. diligens, and says the lateral tufts on first tergite are dark,
with light hairs on outer side. The wings are dark fuscous.

M. buxtoni Perkins and Cheesman. (New Hebrides). Females
very hard to separate from M. hedleyi, but the lateral tufts on
first tergite light. Males more easily separated, and nesting
habits distinct. This is treated as a subspecies of M. diligens.

M. dounei Ckll. (Tahiti). Described from the male. Black
hairs on disc of mesonotum and middle of pleura; hair on inner
side of hind tarsi copper red.

M. vavauensis Ckll. (Vavau, Tonga Is.). Described from the
male. Scutellum and disc of mesonotum with long black hairs;
bands on tergites only present at sides, very bright red.

M. calens Ckll. (New Hebrides) . Much black hair on scutel-
lum. Miss Cheesman (1936) treats M. calens and M. vavau-
ensis as synonyms of M. hedleyi, but this is not correct.

M. woodfordi Ckll. (Solomon Is.). Female. Hair of face and
vertex black; hair of mesonotum and scutellum black; hair of
tarsi bright fox-red.

Miss Cheesman states that M. hedleyi, which she reports from
the New Hebrides, nests in dry logs on coral beaches. It is easy
to imagine that occasionally such logs would be washed into the
seas, and might very rarely reach some other island with its bees
alive. Thus the islands might have been colonized, but under
conditions of isolation the populations have become appreciably
different. I have treated these different forms as species, but
Miss Cheesman has regarded them as subspecies of M. diligens.

Among the other bees submitted to me by Professor James,
there are a few which deserve mention.

Megachile finschi Friese*

Female. About 15 mm. long; tergites 3 to 5 with dense red
hair; ventral scopa black. One female from Gusika, New Guinea,
August, 1944 (W. L. Howe). Friese described this (1911) from
one female taken at Finschhafen, which is practically the same
locality. Apparently the Gusika specimen is the second known.

* I was much pleased, a few days ago, to receive a postcard from Dr. Friese,
who is still at his home in Mecklenburg-Schwerin (Kirchenstr.) .

70

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 2

Crocisa caeruleifrons W. F. Kirby

Morotai Is., Moluccas, May 10, 1944 (Jack Jones). Described
from Timor Laut, about 700 miles to the south. I have examined
the type.

Crocisa novaehollandiae Lepeletier

Two specimens of Crocisa from Gusika, New Guinea, 1944
(W. L. Howe) have been in alcohol and their bright colors are
spoiled, but they must be referred to Crocisa novaehollandiae
Lepeletier, which, in spite of its name, was never taken in
Australia.

Anthophora spp.

A very fine female Anthophora from Gusika (Howe) seems to
be new, as the hair on outer side of hind tibiae is entirely light
red, and the broad tegumentary bands of abdomen (on tergites
1-4) are beautiful light emerald green. The hair of the thorax
above is dense and light red. The clypeus has a reversed light
T-mark, and the supraclypeal mark is strongly angulate above.

This is one of the forms which would be classed by authors as
varieties or races of A. zonata L., but I think it is a distinct
species. I do not give it a name, as Mr. T. Rayment wrote an
elaborate paper on the Anthophora species of Australia and the
Oriental Region, which he sent to Buitenzorg, Java, to be pub-
lished. Soon after it reached Java the Japanese took over the
island, but Mr. Rayment was informed that they published it,
though at the time of writing he had not been able to procure a
copy.

There is a second, smaller Anthophora from Gusika, with
clear white hair on outer side of hind tibia. It is in very poor
condition. In my key it runs to A. zonata L. [pulchra Smith) .

Personal Note

Dr. E. G. Linsley of the University of California will spend
the year 1947-48 on sabbatical leave with headquarters at the
American Museum of Natural History in New York. Dr. Linsley
leaves on June 16 and will study at various universities on the
way east. His year of study will be devoted to completion of a
monograph of North American Cerambycidae.

April, 1947]

LANHAM — AND RENA

71

DESCRIPTIVE NOTES ON TWO SPECIES OF ANDRENA

FROM CALIFORNIA

(Hymenoptera: Apoidea)

BY U. N. LANHAM

University of California, Berkeley

Described below are the previously undescribed sexes of two
species of Andrena. Neallotypes are deposited in the California
Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.

Andrena dinognatha Timberlake

Andrena {Micrandrena) dinognatha Timberlake, 1938, Pan-Pacific

Entom., 14:26, male.

Female. Integument black; pubescence light fulvous, except
face and cheeks with hair all black, vertex with hair mixed light
and dark, pleura with hairs mostly blackish, dorsal fringe of pro-
podeal corbiculum with mixed light and dark hairs, and tibial
scopa dark fulvous with a few blackish hairs above. Head wider
than thorax; flagellum brownish toward tip, first segment slightly
longer along outer margin than two following together; fovea
narrow, occupying less than half the distance between eye and
antennae, extending downward as far as lower margin of anten-
nal insertions; clypeus impunctate, so strongly reticulate as to
appear granular, process of labrum short, broadly triangular,
narrowly rounded at tip. Mesonotum< strongly reticulate, very
weakly, rather sparsely punctured, clothed with rather sparse,
long pubescence; metanotum reticulate, impunctate; propodeal tri-
angle finely sculptured, poorly defined; propodeal corbiculum mod-
erately v^ell developed, with compound hairs throughout its face;
wings moderately darkened at tips, second submarginal cell square,
receiving recurrent nervure well beyond middle, basal nervure
meeting nervulus; middle and hind basitarsi rather slender; tibial
scopa with hairs of outer face simple, those of posterior and an-
terior margins compound; floccus of trochanter nearly perfect,
fairly well developed. Tergites strongly reticulate, somewhat shin-
ing, impunctate; first two tergites sparsely clothed with long,
erect hairs, the remainder with sparse, inconspicuous short hairs;
no apical hair bands ; caudal fimbria blackish-brown. Length about
9 mm.; anterior wing 7 mm.

Neallotype female (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., No. 5716) : Davis,
California, March 6, 1940, G. E. Bohart; dug from same nest

72

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 2

as a male dinognatha. Two additional females, same locality
and date, one taken in copulation with male.

The other two females of the series differ from the neallotype
by having the recurrent nervure meeting the second submarginal
cell only slightly beyond the middle.

The characters of the female indicate that this species cannot
be placed in the subgenus Micrandrena. It is very near A. ani-
sochlora Ckll., differing by the pure black tergites, the weak
punctures of the mesonotum (impunctate in anisochlora) and
by the dark hairs of the pleura. It may be distinguished from a
series of non-metallic, medium-sized Andrena which also have
long erect hairs on the first one or two tergites, represented by
species such as A. ribifloris Ckll. and A. harveyi Vier., by the
pointed process of the labrum (more or less bilobed in these
latter species) . A. macrocephala Ckll. differs by its larger size,
dense notal pubescence, and rudimentary propodeal corbiculum;
the male of macrocephala, although resembling dinognatha in
having a wide head and yellow clypeus, does not have the
clypeus produced into lateral lobes and has the tip of the eighth
sternite narrowly pointed (deeply emarginate in dinognatha).

Andrena (Plat andrena) orthocarpi Cockerell

Andrena {Platandrena) orthocarpi Cockerell, 1936, Pan-Pacific

Entom., 12:147, female.

Male. Similar to female, except for the usual sexual differences
and with tergites almost entirely lacking the apical hair bands of
the female. Pubescence light grayish, except for black hairs on
head at sides of face, about bases of antennae and on upper
cheeks. Cheeks narrow, only slightly broader than eyes, widest
near upper end of eyes, rounded behind; flagellum with first seg-
ment slightly shorter along outer margin than second, middle seg-
ments slightly longer than wide; mandibles short. Ground sculp-
ture of integument strongly reticulate, but somewhat shining, as
in female. Length about 7 mm.; anterior wing 6 mm.

Neallotype male (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent. No. 5717) : Collected
in copulation with female, 1 mile west of Orinda Crossroads,
Contra Costa County, California, March 19, 1947, on Ra-
nunculus californicus Benth., by J. W. MacSwain. Also 3 males,
4 females at Berkeley, California, March 11, 1947, on Ranun-
culus (J. W. MacSwain) . None of these females carried pollen.

The male differs from the other Platandrena of similar size.

April, 1947]

NYE — MOUNTING APHIDS

73

A. nasoTiii Rob., and A. pensilis Timb,, by the black hairs of the
head (all pubescence of head light in these two species), and
also from nasonii by having the parapenial lobes of the genital
capsule very slightly, rather than strongly, produced. From the
larger A. {Platandrena) angustitarsata Vier. (about 9 mm.) it
differs by the more shining mesonotum and tergites, and by the
peculiar basal plate of the eighth sternite, which is widest at the
proximal one-third in orthocarpi and widest at the distal one-
third in angustitarsata.

A SIMPLE METHOD OF MOUNTING APHIDS

BY WILLIAM P. NYE

Utah State Agricultural College, Logan

Recent favorable comments have been received from Pro-
fessors E. 0. Essig and M. A. Palmer, and others, on aphid
mounts made for Dr. G. F. Knowlton. In addition, several re-
quests have been received for information concerning the mount-
ing technique used. This has prompted the presentation of the
following information:

Fresh specimens, or more commonly those preserved in 70-75
percent alcohol, are immersed directly in a 10 percent solution
of KOH (or NaOH) in Syracuse watch glasses and placed in
a warming oven, or the aphids may be contained in evaporating
dishes and boiled over a flame or hot plate. The specin;ens soon
become relaxed and are cleared to the desired degree. A medicine
dropper or a fine pipette, is used to drain off the liquid each
time from the Syracuse glass, and to replace it with the reagent
which follows each time in processes of clearing and premount-
ing. This procedure prevents injury which otherwise may result
from moving specimens from one dish to another. Following
KOH solution, transfer is made to 10 per cent acetic acid in
which the KOH solution is teased or pressed out. The speci-
mens then are flooded with fresh glacial acetic acid for 10
minutes. While in this solution the aphids may be stained, if
desired, by adding acid fuchsin or alcohol fast green or other
stain. Next the specimens are covered with a very thin and fluid
mixture of Canada balsam and carboxyl ol (pure carbolic acid,

74

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 2

crystals, 1 part; xylol, 3 parts by volume; and suflEcient Canada
balsam to make a thin and fluid mixture) for 10 minutes. The
premounting treatment prevents shrinking and the formation
of empty spaces or bubbles in the legs, antennae, and other parts
of the aphid body. The dilute premounting mixture appears to
facilitate the rapid infiltration of balsam in all parts of each
aphid specimen, before it is placed into the mounting medium.
Apparently the lack of balsam infiltration is an important cause
of shrinking and other defects. Transfer specimens into Canada
balsam. The number per slide will depend on the size of the
aphids, number of specimens and forms present, and size of the
cover glass used; usually from one to five or six specimens.
The mounting medium should be of such consistency as not to
spread out too freely on the glass slip when the specimens are
arranged in it immediately before laying down the cover glass.

A NEW PTERODONTIA FROM NEW GUINEA

(Diptera, Acroceratidae)

BY CURTIS W. SABROSKY

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, Agricultural
Research Administration, United States Department

of Agriculture

A strikingly distinct, undescrihed species of Pterodonda Gray
was recently sent me for determination by Dr. Edward S. Ross.
This is believed to be the first record of the genus from the
islands of the South Pacific, though several species are known
from Australia and southern Asia. The present species is unique
in its possession of unusually long squamae, as well as in the
contrast of entirely shining black body and pale yellow legs.

Pterodontia longisquama Sabrosky, new species

Male. Body entirely black, thickly covered with unusually long,
erect, black hair, of which the longest (on the second to fourth
segments of the abdomen) are equal to the combined length of
the two proximal segments of a hind tarsus. Genitalia pale yel-
low with yellow hairs.

Coxae and trochanters black to brownish, the rest of the legs
entirely bright pale yellow, only the distal tarsal segment, the
pulvilli, and the claws light brown, the latter black-tipped. The

April, 1047]

SABROSKY— PTERODONTIA

75

legs are covered with bright yellow hair, heightening the con-
trast with the thorax.

Wings brown, apically somewhat paler, the veins deep yellow
to brownish. Venation like that of P. Tnellii 'Erichson and P. flavipes
Gray, except the anal vein does not quite reach the margin of the
wing, the anal cell open; the costa is only slightly bent forward at

Fig. 1. Pterodontim longisquam<L Sabrosky, n. sp.

the costal tooth. Squamae dark brown, covered with dark hair,
each squama elongate, nearly half as long as a wing, and flared
upward along the outer margin so as to project above the level of
the wing. Halteres with black knob and yellow stalk.

Length of body, 5 mm.; of wing, 6 mm.; of squama, 2.9 mm.

Holotype, male, Finschhafen, New Guinea, April 10, 1944
(E. S. Ross) . Type in the collection of the California Academy
of Sciences.

76

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 2

A NEW GENUS (CRASSANA), NEW SUBGENUS (MACRA-
SANA) AND NEW SPECIES OF NORTH AMERICAN

LEAFHOPPERS

( Homoptera-Cicadellidae )

BY DWIGHT M. DeLONG AND RUTH V. HERSHBERGER
Ohio State University

Several years ago Dr. Ball described a species of North Ameri-
can leafhopper from the southwestern United States which he
named Eutettix goniana. Collections made in Mexico since 1939
have revealed this as a common and widespread species. A study
of this species has indicated it does not belong to Eutettix,
although closely related. Hepner* in a recent monograph of
Eutettix has also stated that it does not belong in this genus.
Another species taken only at Chilpancingo, Gro. resembles
goniana, but superficially.

The head structure is quite different and the genital structures
of the male are entirely different. It is apparently undescribed*
As a result of these studies it has been decided to erect the genus
Crassana to include goniana and a subgenus Macrasana to include
the new species which is described here as marginella.

Crassana DeLong and Hershberger, new genus

Related to Eutettix. The vertex is sloping, then rounding to
front forming a rather thick rounded marginal area. The vertex
is parallel margined and is broad and short, more than three times
as broad between eyes at base as median length. The venation is
simple. The clypeus is narrower at base than at apex.

Genotype: Eutettix goniana Ball.

Crassana goniana (Ball)

Eutettix goniana Ball, Florida Entomologist, 15:1, 1931.

This is a wedge-shaped species with a broad head and a
marginal black stripe. Length 5-5.5 mm.

The vertex is broad, short, almost parallel margined, more than
three times as wide between eyes at base as median length.

Color: Vertex yellowish with a narrow black transverse band

* Hepner, L. W. Univ. of Kansas Sci. Bull. 28:(pt. II, No. 13), 253-293, 1942.

April, 1047] DeLONG and nERSHBERGER — LEAPHOPPERS

77

just above margin extending between ocelli. Pronotum yellowish
to brown, disc usually darker. Scutellum yellowish. Elytra yel-
lowish subhyaline, veins pale, inconspicuous, claval area infuscated.

Face pale with faint arcs and a pale brown line just beneath
margin.

Genitalia : Female last ventral segment broadly excavated with
a median produced spatulate process at middle which extends be-
yond the posterior margin of segment. Male plates long, tapered
to acutely pointed apices. Aedeagus rather short and broad in

78

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 2

lateral view with a dorsally projecting process. The apex is
narrowed to a blunt tip.

This species was described from specimens collected at Pata-
gonia, Arizona. It has been found abundantly in Mexico and
specimens are at hand from the following localities: Coyuca-
Catalan, Gro., August 24, 1930 (M. F. 1771), El Mante, Tamaul.,
October 26, 1930 (M. F. 1775), Cuautla, Mor., August 27, 1937
(M. F. 6247), Pandancuarco, Gro., August 28, 1930 (M. F.
1785), Atencingo, Puebla, July 19, 1930 (M. F. 1703), Zir-
andaro, Gro., August 29, 1930 (M. F. 1786) , Los Mochis, Sina-
loa, May 16, 1930 (M. F. 1645) by Dampf; Iguala, Gro., Sep-
tember 11, 1939, and October 22, 1941, Tuxpan, Mich., October
5, 1941, by Plummer, Good, Caldwell and DeLong; Mexico City,
September 9, 1936, and September 16, 1936, by Stone; Valles,
S. L. P., August 28, 1939, by DeLong.

Macrasana DeLong and Hershberger, new subgenus

Related to Cy'assarva but with the vertex bluntly angled with
the front so as to form a definite margin. The vertex is short and
broad, about three times as wide as long, almost parallel margined.
Venation simple. Face short and broad.

Genotype: Macrasana marginella n. sp.

Crassana (Macrasana) marginella DeL. and H., new species

Resembling goniana superficially but with vertex angled with
front, vertex more produced at middle, marginal line heavier and
extending to eyes and with distinct male genital structures. Length,
male 4.5 mm.

Vertex short and broad, a little longer at middle than next to
the eyes, almost three times as wide between eyes at base as
median length.

Color: Golden brown, vertex with a rather heavy black trans-
verse marginal line just above margin extending from eye to eye.
The pronotum has the disc and posterior portion dark brown,
smoky. Scutellum golden brown. Elytra brownish subhyaline,
apex of clavus darker. Face dark brown with a white band on
margin and a paler area at base of clypeus.

Genitalia: Male plates long, tapered to narrow blunt apices.
Styles with narrow apical portions. Aedeagus in lateral view rather
long, about uniform in thickness throughout except the dorsal pro-
jection at base which is long and narrow. The aedeagus proper
extends dorsally and caudally.

Holotype male collected at Chilpancingo, Gro., October 25,
1941, by Good and DeLong.

April, 1947]

STJGDEN ET AE — BUTTERFLY MIGRATIONS

79

NOTES ON MIGRATIONS OF THE PAINTED LADY

BUTTERFLY IN 1945

BY JOHN W. SUGDEN*, ANGUS M. WOODBURY AND CLYDE GILLETTE
University of Utah, Salt Lake City

After an absence of four years, emigrational flights of the
Painted Lady Butterfly, Vanessa cardui (L) , again appeared in
Utah. Previous such dispersal flights were reported in 1924,
1930, 1931 and 1935 by Sugden (Pan-Pac. Ent., 13:109-110) and
in 1941 by Woodbury, Sugden and Gillette (Pan-Pac. Ent., 18:
165-176) . Available information was summarized by Williams
(Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 31:219-223).

The reappearance in Utah was heralded by a similar move-
ment along the Pacific coast. On March 28, 1945, C. H. Abbott,
University of Redlands, reported to Woodbury that a migra-
tion of the butterflies had been in progress in California since
March 12th. He states, “The migration is west to Hermosa Beach
and north to the middle of the Mohave Desert, in both instances
beyond the extent of the 1941 migration.” If the 1945 movement
in California was more extensive than in 1941, it was in contrast
with the movement in Utah where it was only a fraction of the
previous one.

The principal flight at Salt Lake City and vicinity occurred on
April 22, 1945, although vanguards probably arrived two or
three days earlier. Gillette noted two butterflies on April 19 and
20, but saw no flight in force until April 22. Ellis R. Wilson
informed C. W. Lockerbie that the largest concentration of but-
terflies occurred on his farm near Centerville in Davis County,
north of Salt Lake City, on April 21 and 22, when he noted but-
terflies concentrated around his apricot trees which were in
bloom, an average of about 10 butterflies per tree.

Several observers noted them in Salt Lake City on April 22.
Gillette noted on that date that on a north-south line, thirty paces
long, repeated counts gave an average of 23 butterflies per min-
ute passing the site. They were flying approximately northeast
and varied from a few degrees east of north to a few degrees
south of east. Those flying south or west would usually change
the direction after a short time to the general north-east direc-

* Deceased.

80

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 2

tion. The butterflies were flying fast, singly as a rule but occa-
sionally up to five in a group, and some would stop in the open
fieldsi or alight on the moist ground. The flight lasted all after-
noon and diminished as evening approached. After April 23, he
observed, the flight in Salt Lake City seemed to have dispersed.

On April 22, Ashby D. Boyle reported that there was a flight
in the northern part of the city and that the butterflies were
crossing Eighth Avenue, an east-west street, in a northern flight.
David P. Sugden reported that they were numerous in the west-
ern part of the city and that they were coming from the south.

Sugden found many in his garden,i on April 22, alighting on
the moist, exposed ground and on some of the plants, feeding,
taking water or resting in the sun’s rays especially on the sunny
side of the garden house. The flight in the garden was erratic,
without definite flight pattern but usually the butterflies went
oyer the north fence when they left.

Sugden and Woodbury made observations over the eastern
part of the city, then along a route south on State Street to
Murray, east along 56th South to Holliday and back to Salt Lake
bordering the foothills. From 5 to 10 were seen per block while
travelling in, a car over most of the route. The flight was not as
direct as with previous flights and was generally toward the
north and the northeast. In Murray and east of Holliday the
majority that were flying steadily were going toward the east or
slightly southeast but others were flying in other directions and
many were fluttering about or feeding.

In the early morning of the next day, Woodbury found butter-
flies resting among the shrubbery in a gulley on the University
of Utah campus. A few were resting on foliage, some were on
flowers but others were selecting spots on the ground where the
sun was shining directly upon it between the vegetation. Such
spots appeared to be slightly warmer than surrounding areas and
the butterflies alighting in such spots usually spread out the
wings so that the outside was close to the ground and the inside
was exposed to the direct rays of the sun. This seemed to be a
“warming-up” process. They left during the day.

On April 22, C. W. Lockerbie observed the butterflies on the
road from about 3 miles west of Brigham City to the Bear River
Marshes, 20 miles west of the city. He counted from 5 to 10 per
mile, flying against a strong north wind. This is the most north-

April, 1947]

SXJGDEN ET A.L — BUTTERFLY MIGRATIONS

81

erly record available and the only one in Boxelder County. It
is not to be supposed that the flight stopped here, however. It
probably continued on at least into southern Idaho.

During the following weeks, butterflies were observed in sev-
eral other places in Utah, as well as occasional scattered indi-
viduals from Salt Lake City. In response to a request for data
by Woodbury in the newspapers, the butterflies were reported
during the week of April 25 at the Japanese Relocation Camp
at Topaz, Millard County. M. J. Madsen (in letter) stated that
on April 28 the butterflies were noted, flying in a northerly direc-
tion all the way from Nephi to St. George. The next day on the
return trip, they were noted near Richfield in Sevier County and
northward.

On April 29, Lockerbie observed the butterflies at Payson,
Utah County, and vicinity. Just before sun up, he flushed two
or three from sage and rabbit brush about every ten or fifteen
feet. They seemed to be resting overnight on the brush near the
ground. On the old Payson-Spanish Fork road through open
greesewood and salt grass country, forty-one were counted in a
mile and most were feeding where dandelions were plentiful or
flying north with the wind. At Lincoln Beach, Utah County, as
many as ten per area of twenty square feet were feeding on a
small yellowish white bloom. He also found them common in
the bottoms of Spanish Fork Canyon and observed them from
Jordan to Riverton, Salt Lake County, in groups up to five
fluttering about each other.

Madsen noted them again, on May 5, along U. S. Highway 40
from the vicinity of Strawberry east to Vernal where they were
crossing the highway flying north. Gillette noted the butterflies
at several places in Zion National Park, from May 29 to June 3.
These insects were definitely not in migrational flight, had torn
and battered wings, had a weak flight and would fly only short
distances. They were probably resting after a flight.

DISCUSSION

The flight of the Painted Lady Butterfly in Utah in 1945 was
much less extensive than that of 1941. The extreme dates of ob-
servation of the butterflies extended from April 19 to June 3,
1945, but the numbers observed and reported were very meager
compared with the flight four years earlier.

82

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yoL. XXIII, NO. 2

The main flight which seems to have reached Salt Lake City
on April 22, probably represented the greatest intensity of the
movement in Utah but minor flights which were not observed at
Salt Lake City seem to have occurred through western Utah
within the next week or two thereafter.

It seems probable that weather conditions affect the timing of
flights. The next few days following April 22 were stormy and
rainy in the Salt Lake Valley and the intensity of the flight
rapidly diminished following the initial outburst. A drop in
temperature accompanied by precipitation has been noted to
nearly stop the movement.

Comparing the flights reported in past years at Salt Lake City,
it appears that the height of the movement has varied in time
about 6 weeks, from March 30 to May 8, as follows: April 13,
1924; March 30, 1930; May 3, 1931; May 7-8, 1935; May 8,
1941, and April 22, 1945.

During the migrations, the butterflies tend to feed upon almost
any flower that is in bloom. At the time they appeared in Salt
Lake City, about April 22, the first bloom of the dandelion was
in progress and the flowers were available to the butterflies in
roadsides, lawns and widespread extensive fields. Some orchards
were also in bloom, especially apricots and cherries. As the
season progressed, there was a change in bloom with the unfold-
ing of new blossoms and withering of old ones, but they seem to
have been sufiicient to sustain, at least part of the migrant popu-
lations. The part that low food supply might play in decimation
of the flying hordes has not been ascertained.

In 1941, it was noted that the migrants left a new generation
to grow on all the thistles observed in many places in the Salt
Lake region. When the first migrants appeared in 1945, none of
the thistles were beyond the early rosette stage; some were just
putting out the first leaves and none had begun the stalk. Ap-
parently the thistles were not far enough advanced for oviposi-
tion and although Sugden examined many of the areas that had
borne large numbers of caterpillars on the thistles in 1941, none
were found at any time in 1945 although flights had passed over
the areas.

The explanation appears to lie in the fact that the caterpillars
in past years had been borne on the leaves of the stalk and not
oil the rosette, the leaves of which wither and die after the stalk

April, 1947] SUGDEN et al — butterfly migrations

83

becomes established. Feeding of the larvae on the rosette at that
early stage of development might hinder or prevent proper es-
tablishment of the stalk and result in failure to develop enough
food for the larvae.

Report of the writers (op. cit., p. 174) on the 1941 flights
indicated a characteristic pattern of movement during migration,
in which the butterflies became more active during the warm
parts of warm days and slowed down and stopped at night and
on some cold days. Additional information is now available con-
cerning the resting at night and on cold days. All three of the
writers as well as Lockerbie observed them independently where
they had been resting overnight. In addition, A. D. Boyle (field
notes) “flushed” the butterflies all the day of April 21, 1935,
near Vernon, Benmore and Lookout Pass in Tooele County.
There was “no sun, a fairly stiff, cold wind and Painted Ladies
were flushed all day, even when it was sprinkling slightly. J. L.
Mullen reports much the same experience west of Utah Lake and
at Alpine,” Utah County.

The additional information accumulated from the 1945 migra-
tion tends to confirm the idea that these emigrations result from
overcrowded areas of southern United States or Mexico; that
they afford a means by which the surplus population may relieve
congestion by dispersal flights; and in some cases provide a
means of developing additional generations. The new genera-
tions, however, probably do not survive the severe winters of this
area and since eggs are not laid until spring, there are no adults
left to propagate and hence disappear. They persist farther south
where adults can survive the winters.

REVIEW: CHECK LIST OF THE CICADELLIDAE

Check List of the Cicadellidae (Homoptera) of America, North
of Mexico, by Dwight M. De Long and Dorothy J. Knull. Gradu-
ate School Studies. Biological Science Series No. 1. The Ohio
State University Press, Columbus, Ohio. Pages V + 102. 1946.
$1.50.

In 1937 De Long and Caldwell published a check list of the
North American Cicadellidae which contained 145 genera and

84

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 2

over 1800 species. This was the first time the species of the group
had been brought together since the publication of the Van Duzee
catalogue in 1917 which contained some 69 genera and 700
species of leafhoppers with complete synonymy. According to
the authors’ statement in the Introduction, the present check list
is a revision of the list as published in 1937 and contains 175
genera and 2276 species, varieties and subspecies occurring north
of Mexico. Species which occur only in Mexico are omitted.

The publication is divided into 4 parts:

I. Introduction. A discussion of purpose, content and arrange-
ment. (2 pages)

II. Check List. A preliminary arrangement of subfamilies and
genera occupies the first two and a fraction pages followed by
the listing of the species. The authors have attempted to arrange
the subfamilies and genera to show their phylogenetic relation-
ships. The species are listed under each genus in alphabetical
oirder. In the author’s own words, “. . . synonymy of the Van
Duzee catalogue has not been repeated, but recent synonymy
has been indicated as far as possible ...” References to the
original descriptions are given for the species, genera and sub-
families. The genotype is cited according to its original designa-
tion. The original genus under which a species was described is
placed in parenthesis after the citation in case the species has been
placed in another genus. 79 pages.

III. Key lists of Publications. Publications are cited by num-
ber in the Check List and the title to which each number refers is
given in this Key List of 137 publications.

Suggested Generic Papers on North American Cicadellidae.
This is a list of many of the more important recent generic papers
for the convenience of readers who wish to refer to a generic
treatment. 10 pages.

IV. Index to Genera. 6 pages.

The publication is of convenient size, 6 by 9 inches, with
easily read type, but poorly bound with heavy paper. Drs. De
Long and Knull have provided a serviceable, up-to-date check
list which should be a great convenience not only to specialists
in the group but also to others who are less familiar with the
cicadellids. — Norman W. Frasier.

April, 1947]

BARR AND HURD — DASYMUTILLA

85

NOTES ON THE DASYMUTILLA OF THE PALO VERDE

VALLEY, CALIFORNIA

WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES

(Hymenoptera, Mutillidae)

BY WILLIAM F. BARR AND PAUL D. HURD, JR.

University of California, Berkeley

The Palo Verde Valley, a narrow strip of river bottom about
thirty miles long lying adjacent to the Colorado River in eastern
Riverside County, California, is bounded by mountains and a
mesa to the north, south and west, and by the Colorado River to
the east. It has a considerable acreage of cultivated areas al-
though the greater portion of the valley consists of mesquite,
tamarisk and arrow-weed thickets. Thus the valley offers a splen-
did opportunity for collecting a varied population of Dasymw-
tilla in large numbers.

During the writers’ investigations of alfalfa problems in this
valley in the summer of 1946 they acquired a collection of
Dasymutilla that consists of nine species, one of which is de-
scribed as new.

Collections were also made by E. G. Linsley, J. W. MacSwain,
and R. F. Smith during the summers of 1945 and 1946 and the
writers wish to thank these individuals for the use of their
material and data.

All localities and dates of capture for each species have been
listed since they may prove to be of assistance to future workers
in correlating males and females which have been described as
separate species.

Dasymutilla eminentia Mickel

Dasymutilla eminentia Mickel, 1928, U. S. Nat. Museum Bull.,

143:79.

The capture of six specimens establishes the record of this
species for the first time in California. It was taken at the fol-
lowing localities in the Palo Verde Valley: Blythe, 1 2, June 22,
1946 (Barr); July 14, 1945 (MacSwain); 1 $,19, Au-
gust 9, 1946 (Barr and Hurd) ; 1 2 , August 20, 1946 (Hurd) .
Ripley, 1 $ , August 28, 1946 (Hurd) .

One male was taken while sweeping alfalfa.

86

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 2

Dasymutilla atricauda Mickel
Dasymutilla atricauda Mickel, 1936, Pan-Pac. Ent., 12(2) :92.

This species was described from Blythe by Mickel, additional
specimens are now recorded from the type locality as follows:
Blythe, 1 2, June 25, 1945 (Linsley) ; 1 2, August 9, 1946
(Barr) ; 2 2 2 , August 13, 1946 (Barr and Hurd) .

Dasymutilla magna (Cresson)

Mutilla magna Cresson, 1865, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., 4:385.

This well-known species was found to be rather common
throughout the valley. One male was taken while sweeping
alfalfa at Blythe on July 19, 1946. Previously the only Cali-
fornia record of this species was from Brawley, Imperial County.
New California records are as follows: Seven miles north of
Blythe, 1 $ , July 23, 1946 (Barr and Hurd) . Blythe, 1 2 , June
22, 1945 (Linsley) ; 2 2 2, June 22, 1946 (Barr) ; 1 2, June 23,
1945 (Linsley) ; 1 2, June 25, 1945 (Linsley) ; 1 5,1 2, July
11, 1946 (Barr) ; 1 2, July 13, 1946 (Barr) ; 1 2, July 14, 1946
(MacSwain) ; 1 5, July 19, 1946 (Barr); 1 2, July 21, 1946
(Hurd and Smith) ; 1 2, July 26, 1946 (Barr and Hurd) ; 1 2,
August 3, 1946 (Hurd) ; 1 5 , August 7, 1946 (Barr) ; 1 2 ,
August 9, 1946 (Barr). Ripley, 1 2, July 24, 1946 (Barr and
Hurd) .

Dasymutilla magnifica Mickel

Dasymutilla magnifica Mickel, 1928, U. S. Nat. Museum Bull.,
143:234.

Three females of this beautiful species were taken at the fol-
lowing localities: eight miles north of Blythe, June 26, 1946
(Barr) and Palo Verde, August 22, 1946 (Barr and Hurd) ,
August 27, 1946 (Barr) .

In one of the specimens from Palo Verde, the dorsal abdomi-
nal vestiture is quite worn and short and is of an orange color
instead of red ; however, it may be readily identified by the char-
acters as given in Mickel’s key.

Dasymutilla satanas Mickel

Dasymutilla satanas Mickel, 1928, U. S. Nat. Museum Bull., 143:
239.

Dasymutilla mimida Mickel, 1928, U. S. Nat. Museum Bull., 143:
255; 1936, Pan-Pac. Ent., 12(2):94. New synonymy.

The male and female of this species were described by Mickel

April, 1947]

BARR AND HURD — DASYMUTILLA

87

in 1928 as separate species. In early August it was the writers’
fortune to collect a copulating pair of the male {inimula) and
the female {satanas) thereby establishing the correct status of
the species as indicated in the synonymy above. The writers had
suspected that such would be the case since the above males
and females were the most commonly encountered Dasymutilla
during the past summer.

The males were found to be common in the cultivated parts
of the valley and were frequently captured in the alfalfa fields.
The females, as in the case of the males, were most commonly
observed in the cultivated areas of the valley, but were appar-
ently restricted to the roads and roadside situations.

Mickel in 1936 records ten males from Blythe, additional lo-
calities and records from the Palo Verde Valley are: seven miles
north of Blythe, 5 S $, 3 9 2, July 23, 1946 (Barr and Hurd).
Blythe, 1 $, June 22, 1946 (Barr) ; 1 , July 11, 1946 (Barr) ;

3^ $ July 11, 1946 (Barr) ;3 $ S, July 13, 1946 (Barr) ; 2
$ $ ,1 9, July 14, 1945 (MacSwain) ; 1 9, July 19, 1946 (Barr) ;
3 ^ , 1 9, July 21, 1946 (Barr and Hurd) \ , July 26, 1946

(Barr and Hurd) 2 $ $ , July 27, 1946 (Barr and Hurd) ; 1 ,

1 9, August 1, 1946 (Barr and Hurd) ; 1 ^,7 9 9, August 3,
1946 (Barr and Hurd); 1 9, August 4, 1946 (Barr); 3 9 9,
August 5, 1945 (MacSwain and Smith) ; 2 S August 6, 1946
(Barr) ; 1 , August 7, 1946 (Barr and Hurd) ; 1 9, August 9,

1946 (Hurd) ; 1 iJ, August 17, 1946 (Hurd) ; 4 9 9, August 19,
1946 (MacSwain); 2 , 1 9, August 20, 1946 (Barr and

Hurd) ; 1 9 , August 22, 1946 (Barr) . Ripley, 1 9 , June 25,
1946 (Barr) ; 1 1 9, July 2, 1946 (Barr) ; 1 2 9 9, July

14, 1946 (Barr and Hurd) ; 1 , 1 9, August 12, 1946 (Barr

and Hurd) ; 7 $ $ ^ \ 9, August 16, 1946 (Barr and Hurd) ;
3 9 9, August 28, 1946 (Barr and Hurd). Palo Verde, 19,
August 20, 1946 (Barr) .

Dasymutilla gloriosa (Saussure)

Mutilla gloriosa Saussure, 1867, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., (4) 7:359.

This distinctive xerophilic species was uncommonly encoun-
tered during the summers of 1945 and 1946. It appeared most
abundantly toward the end of this past summer.

The Palo Verde Valley records include: seven miles north of
Blythe, 1 9 , July 23, 1946 (Barr) . Blythe, 1 9 , June 24, 1945

88

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 2

(Linsley) ; 1 9 , July 21, 1946 (Barr). Ripley, 1 9 , August 19,
1946 (Barr) ; 2 9 9 , August 28, 1946 (Hurd). Palo Verde, 1
9 , August 10, 1946 (MacSwain) .

Dasymutilla heliophila (Cockerell)
Sphaerophthalma heliophila Cockerell, 1900, Entomologist, 33:65.

This species was not taken by the writers, its occurrence in
the Palo Verde Valley is based on the record of MickeP of speci-
mens taken at Blythe.

Dasymutilla arenivaga Mickel

Dasymutilla arenivaga Mickel, 1928, U. S. Nat. Museum Bull.,

143:278.

Arenivaga was quite commonly collected throughout the Palo
Verde Valley at the following localities: seven miles north of
Blythe, 1 9 , July 23, 1946 (Barr and Hurd). Blythe, 1 9 , June
24, 1945 (Linsley) ; 19 , June 25, 1945 (Linsley) ; 1 9 , July 13,
1946 (Barr) ; 2 9 9 , August 3, 1946 (Barr and Hurd) ; 1 9,
August 4, 1946 (Hurd) ; 1 9 , August 5, 1945 (Smith and Mac-
Swain) ; 2 9 9 , August 9, 1946 (Barr and Hurd); 1 9 , Au-
gust 20, 1946 (MacSwain); 1 9 , August 22, 1946 (Barr); 4
9 9 , August 27, 1946 (Barr and Hurd) ; 1 9 , August 28, 1946
(Barr). Ripley, 1 9 , August 14, 1946 (Barr); 2 9 9 , August
28, 1946 (Hurd). Palo Verde, 1 9 , August 27, 1946 (Hurd);
1 9 , August 31, 1946 (MacSwain).

Dasymutilla paranoctuma Barr and Hurd, new species

Female. Length 9 mm. Dark mahogany red, eyes enlarged;
vertex, dorsum of thorax and second abdominal tergite rather
sparsely clothed with erect and recumbent, rather long, ashy-
white pubescence; frontal area of head clothed with recumbent
sienna pubescence; abdominal segments 3-5 densely clothed with
erect, burnt umber pubescence; remainder of insect clothed as
abdominal segments 3-5, but pubescence sparser.

Head very dark mahogany red, mandibles weakly unidentate,
acuminate at apex, basal half dark mahogany red, apical half
black, clothed exteriorly with a few, short burnt umber hairs;
clypeus bidentate medially on apical surface, clothed with a thick
fringe of rather short burnt umber hairs; antennae dark mahog-
any red, scape clothed with numerous, minute burnt umber hairs,

^ C. E. Mickel, 1936, Pan-Pac. Ent., 12(2) :94.

April, 1947]

BARR AND HURD — DASYMUTILLA

89

first segment of flagellum slightly shorter than twice its own
width at apex; antennal scrobes distinctly carinate above, the
Carina extending nearly to the inner eye margin; eyes prominent,
unusually large, the distance between the posterior margin of the
eye and the postero-lateral angles of the head not greater than
one-half diameter of eye; front and vertex with rather large,
confluent shallov/ punctures; gena sparsely punctured with small
non-confluent punctures; frontal area of head densely clothed with
recumbent sienna pubescence; vertex sparsely clothed with a few,
ashy- white recumbent hairs. Thorax dark mahogany red, slightly
broader than long; dorsum sculptured with quite large, shallow
confluent punctures, sparsely clothed with erect and recumbent
ashy- white pubescence; scutellar scale evident; propleuron with
large irregular punctures, clothed with a few, short, erect burnt
umber hairs; anterior half of mesopleuron nearly glabrous, bounded
caudally by a dorso- ventral fringe of very long burnt umber hairs;
posterior half of mesopleuron with coarse, irregular and some-
what scattered punctures; dorsal surface, sides, and posterior
surface of propodeum sculptured with rather large confluent punc-
tures, dorsal surface clothed rather sparsely with mostly erect,
rather long ashy-white hairs, some of which are tinged with yel-
low; legs dark mahogany red, clothed with erect burnt umber
hairs. Abdomen dark mahogany red, first tergite glabrous except
at apical and lateral margins where bordered by a row of small,
confluent circular punctures, apex clothed with transverse row of
short, erect sienna hairs, sides sparsely clothed with a few, erect
rather long hairs ; second tergite densely sculptured with confluent
punctures, sparsely clothed with erect and recumbent ashy-white
hairs, except at apex and sides where glabrous; tergites 3-5
densely clothed at bases with erect burnt umber pubescence; sec-
ond sternite sculptured with rather small non-confluent punctures
which are more or less transversely arranged, sparsely clothed
with a few, short burnt umber hairs; remaining sternites simi-
larly clothed as the corresponding tergites; pygidium distinctly
longitudinally rugose.

Holotype, 9, (No. 5619, California Academy of Sciences, En-
tomology) from Blythe, Riverside County, California, July
6, 1946, collected by W. F. Barr. One paratype, 9, from San
Felipe Creek, Imperial County, California, June 17, 1940,
collected by R. G, Dahl.

D. paranocturna is known only from two female specimens
and structurally appears to be most closely related to D. noc-
turna Mickel and runs to that species in Mickel’s key^. It differs
from nocturna by possessing shorter, ashy-white and burnt umber

^Mickel, C. E., 1936, New species and records of nearctic mutillid wasps of
the genus DasymvtUlw. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 29 : 29-35.

90

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 2

pubescence on the dorsal surfaces instead of the long, contrasting
black and white pubescence. Paranocturna further differs in that
the coloration of the integument is distinctly reddish, not tending
toward black as does nocturna.

The paratype of this species is somewhat larger than the holo-
type, measuring 14 mm. in length.

Dasymutilla megalopthalma Mickel

Dasymutilla megalopthalma Mickel, 1928, U. S. Nat. Museum Bull.,

143:282; 1936, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 29(1) :60.

Megalopthalma was not commonly encountered in either year.
In 1945, E. G. Linsley collected a male at Blythe on June 24
and R. F. Smith and J. W. MacSwain collected another male on
August 5 at the same locality.

The writers collected but two males, one of which was taken
in an alfalfa field at Blythe on August 7, the other was collected
at Ripley on August 14.

International Congress of Entomology

The eighth International Congress of Entomology will be held
in Stockholm, Sweden, August 9-15, 1948. The fact that all steam-
ship sailings are currently booked to capacity for months in ad-
vance makes it seem necessary for those expecting to attend the
congress in 1948 to arrange for passage as early as possible.
Steamship companies have not issued sailing lists for 1948, but
expect to do so in the early fall. A number of lines have listed
sailings for the present season, among them, the Cunard, French,
Belgian, Swedish, Norwegian, Gdynia (Polish), Holland- American,
etc., the first mentioned expecting soon to have two new steamers
in service. It is understood that the Thirteenth International Con-
gress of Zoology will be held in Paris some time in July, 1948, and
it is hoped that all entomologists going to Stockholm will plan to
attend the Zoological Congress also' in order that the interests of
the entomologists may be fully represented before the more com-
prehensive body. Should a sufficient number of individuals indi-
cate that they expect to sail about mid June, it may be feasible to
engage passage on the same steamer. Early information as to the
probable number of participants is especially desired in order that
the housing committee in Stockholm may make the necessary ar-
rangements. The undersigned, as member of the executive com-
mittee, would appreciate it if he be kept informed as early as
possible as to plans of those expecting to attend the sessions. —
0. A. JoHANNSEN, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.

April, 1047]

ALEXANDER— TIPULirvAE

91

UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OF TIPULIDAE FROM THE
WESTERN UNITED STATES

(Diptera)

PART III

BY CHARLES P. ALEXANDER
Massachusetts State College, Amherst

The preceding part under this title was published in the Pan-
Pacific Entomologist, 21 :91-97 ; 1945. At this time I am describ-
ing three new species of the genus Tipula from the San Bern-
ardino Mountains, California. In July, 1946, Mrs. Alexander
and I spent three days camping at East Barton Flats, on the
East Fork of the Santa Ana River, at a general altitude of about
6250-6300 feet. This was close to the mountain cabins of the
Melander and Sperry families, of Riverside, California, and we
enjoyed and profited greatly by this visit with our good friends.
On one occasion, Noel Crickmer, Melander, Sperry and I col-
lected up the slopes of Sugarloaf Mountain, to the Little Cienaga,
altitude about 7400 feet. During the remainder of the summer
and fall, to the first snows about mid-October, the Sperrys con-
tinued to collect Tipulidae, chiefly at the lanterns operated at the
Sperry Cabin. I am vastly indebted to all my friends above in-
dicated for their many kindnesses, including the large series of
Tipulidae that has been presented to me.

Tipula (Trichotipula) subapache Alexander, new species

Allied to apache; g'eneral coloration of thorax gray, the prae-
scutum with a central paler gray stripe, the posterior sclerites of
the notum with a yellow central line; antennae black, the scape
chiefly yellow; femora brownish yellow, the tips narrowly black-
ened; wings with a strong blackish tinge, cell Sc and the stigma
darker brown; obliterative areas conspicuous; macrotrichia in
outer ends of cells Rs and Mi; abdomen brownish black, the basal
tergal rings narrowly yellow; male hypopygium with the notch of
the tergite V-shaped, provided with long cylindrical blackened
spines; outer dististyle nearly twice as long as broad, with long
black setae; inner dististyle with its main body nearly parallel-
sided, the beak short and stout, slightly upturned; outer basal lobe

92

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 2

larg’e and conspicuous, flattened, exceeding’ one-half the length of
main body of style.

Male. Length about 12.5-13 mm.; wing 11-11.5 mm.; antenna
about 4 mm.

Female. Length about 14-15 mm.; wing 14-15 mm.

Frontal prolongation of head black, more chestnut brown basally
above; nasus elongate, black; palpi black. Antenna with scape
obscure yellow, narrowly darkened at apex; pedicel brownish
black, flagellum black; flagellar segments very gently incised.
Head above yellow, the sides of the posterior vertex and the genae
infuscated, pruinose.

Pronotum yellow, with a dark spot on either side of the midline.
Mesonotal praescutum with a broad light gray central stripe that
is more or less divided by a capillary darkened median vitta;
lateral stripes narrow, more brownish gray, remainder of praescu-
tum brownish black; posterior sclerites of notum black, more or
less pruinose, with a continuous yellow stripe, broader and more
testaceous yellow on scutellum, very narrow on the mediotergite;
scutal lobes with the gray areas more or less distinctly ringed
with black. Pleura with the propleura and mesepisternum more
blackened, pruinose, the mesepimeron, meron and pleurotergite
paler. Halteres with the stem blackened, its base and the apex
of knob yellow. Legs with the coxae blackened, pruinose; tro-
chanters brownish yellow; femora obscure brownish yellow, the
tips narrowly blackened; tibiae and tarsi obscure brownish yellow,
the outer tarsal segments passing into black. Wings with a strong
blackish tinge, cell Sc and the stigma darker brown; pale areas
before and beyond stigma and as a disconnected band at cord, the
latter crossing the base of cell 1st Mz; further pale longitudinal
streaks in several of the cells, especially on either side of vein M
and as a V-shaped area in cell 1st A; less evident pale streaks in
some of the outer cells; veins brown. Macrotrichia in outer ends
of cells Rs and Mi. Venation: Sci persistent; Rs arcuated, shorter
than m-cu; m longer than petiole of cell Mi.

Abdominal tergites brownish black, at least on sides, in cases
paler brown medially, the basal rings narrowly but conspicuously
light yellow; basal sternites more uniformly brownish yellow, the
outer segments, with the hypopygium, more infuscated. Oviposi-
tor with both cerci and hypovalvae compressed-flattened, their tips
obtusely rounded. Male hypopygium having the posterior border
of the ninth tergite with a deep V-shaped notch that is provided
with several long cylindrical blackened spines with blunt tips; at
ends of the obtuse lobes with a small group of more conical spines.
Outer dististyle moderately broad, the length nearly twice the
breadth, provided with long black setae, the longest on outer
margin fully as long as the width of the style. Inner dististyle
with the main body nearly parallel-sided, the beak short and stout,
slightly upturned; outer basal lobe large and conspicuous, flat-

April, 1047]

ALEXANDER— TIPULIDAE

93

tened, exceeding: one-half the leng’th of main body of style. Phal-
losome more or less rolled into an open tube.

Habitat. California (San Bernardino County),

Holotype, $ , East Barton Flats, San Bernardino Moun-
tains, altitude 6300 feet, September 22, 1946 (John and Grace
Sperry). Allotopotype, $, with the type. Paratopotypes, 11 ^
August 19, September 27, 1946.

This fly is closest to Tipula (Trichotipula) apache Alexander,
of northern New Mexico, differing in details of coloration and
in the structure of the male hypopygium, especially the tergite
and both dististyles, particularly the large outer basal lobe of
the inner style. The rather numerous California species of Tri-
chotipula have been revised recently by the writer (Bull. So.
California Acad. Sci., 45:1-16; 1946).

Tipula (Oreomyza) graciae Alexander, new species

Belong’s to the marmorata (fragilis) group; general coloration
gray, the praescutum with four brownish gray stripes; femora
brownish yellow, the tips broadly and conspicuously blackened;
wings whitish subhyaline, with a pale grayish brown marbled pat-
tern, especially pale in the costal and apical portions heavier in
the medial and anal cells; abdomen brown the lateral and caudal
borders of segments yellow; male hypopygium wffh the tergite
having a low V-shaped notch, the outer angles only slightly pro-
duced; outer dististyle with the upper margin at base blackened
but very obtuse; inner dististyle with the apex blackened, rela-
tively stout, simple; eighth sternite with the caudal border pro-
duced into a low median lobe that bears about a score of long
black setae,

Male. Length about 12-13 mm.; wing 13-15.5 mm.; antenna
about 2. 5-2. 7 mm.

Frontal prolongation of head dark brown, heavily pruinose, es-
pecially above; nasus distinct; palpi black. Antennae short, scape
and pedicel yellow, flagellum black; flagellar segments simple, a
little longer than the verticils. Head gray, with indications of a
delicate darker line on the low vertical tubercle,

Pronotum gray, the scutellum light yellow. Mesonotum gray,
the praescutum with four brownish gray stripes, the intermediate
pair more pruinose on anterior portions; lateral margin below the
humeri blackened; posterior sclerites of notum light gray, each
scutal lobe with two separate brownish gray areas; a delicate
broken central dark vitta on scutellum and mediotergite. Pleura
gray, with darker gray areas, most evident on the ventral sterno-
pleurite and meron; dorsopleural region yellow. Hal teres yellow.

94

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 2

knobs dark brown. Leg's with the coxae gray pruinose; trochan-
ters brownish yellow; femora obscure yellow basally, more dark-
ened outwardly, the tips broadly and conspicuously blackened;
tibiae brownish yellow, the tips more narrowly infuscated; tarsi
brownish yellow, passing into black; claws (male) toothed. Wings
whitish subhyaline, with a pale grayish brown marbled pattern,
distributed about as in other members of the group, especially pale
in the costal and apical portions of wing, heavier in the medial
and anal cells, especially 1st A', stigma paler brown; veins brown.
Venation: Rs about one-half to three-fourths longer than m-cu;
basal section of Rm short to very short; Ma-n very short to punc-
tiform.

Abdomen brown, the lateral and caudal borders of the tergites
yellow, the latter more distinct and becoming more extensive on
the outer segments; sternites generally similar, the bases of the
eighth and ninth sternites extensively blackened. Male hypopy-
gium having the ninth tergite with a low V-shaped notch on
caudal margin, the outer angles only slightly produced, not spi-
nous; margin of notch with a few small spinous points and setae.
Outer dististyle flattened, the upper margin at base blackened but
very obtuse, not at all toothed; surface of style with coarse black
setae. Inner dististyle heavily blackened at apex and along mar-
gins; apex relatively stout, simple; outer basal lobe a low cushion,
set with several erect stout black setae, the basal portion with a
small blackened lobule that is provided with microscopic blackened
setulae. Eighth sternite moderately sheathing, the caudal border
produced into a low inconspicuous median lobe that bears about
a score of long black setae, the marginal setae of the remainder
of sternite similarly long but yellow; center of disk glabrous.

Habitat. California (San Bernardino County).

Holotype, S , 1000 Springs Meadows, San Gorgonio Trail,
San Bernardino Mountains, altitude 7700 feet, September 21,
1946 (John L. Sperry). Paratopotypes, 10 $ $, altitude 7500-
7700 feet, September 20-21, 1946 (John and Grace Sperry and
Noel Crickmer) .

This very distinct fly is named for Mrs. John L. Sperry (Grace
Herreshoff Sperry) , of Riverside, California, who specializes on
a study of the Lepidoptera. The Sperrys have camped and col-
lected in hundreds of places in the West and many entomologists
are greatly indebted to them for invaluable insect materials in
many orders. The discovery of a member of this group of Tipula
so far to the south was very surprising. The only other species
at present known from Western North America are Tipula
(Oreomyza) fragilina Alexander, Alaska to Colorado, along the

April, 1947]

ALEXANDER — TIPULIDAE

95

Rocky Mountains, and T. (0.) phoroctenia Alexander, from
British Columbia, eastward to Maine, in the Canadian Zone. All
three species are on the wing in the autumn. The species are
well distinguished among themselves by hypopygial characters,
particularly the dististyles and eighth sternite.

Tipula (Lunatipula) dido Alexander, new species

Mesonotum chiefly gray, the praescutum with four entire red-
dish brown stripes, the intermediate pair narrow; antennae rela-
tively short, basal three segments yellow, remainder of flagellum
black; flagellar segments only moderately incised; femora yellow,
weakly darkened at tips; wings with a weak brownish tinge, the
obliterative area before cord conspicuous; abdomen, including hy-
popygium, dull yellow, scarcely patterned; ninth tergite almost
divided medially by pale membrane, the lower outer angle of each
lobe produced into a stout blackened spine; inner dististyle with
beak long and slender, widely separated from the small lower
beak; posterior crest of style produced into a triangular point;
phallosome consisting of four rods in pairs of two each; eighth
sternite sheathing, each outer angle with a strong fasciculate
bristle; a broad median plate that suddenly narrows into a stout
fingerlike lobe, the whole outer portion with a fringe of unusually
long setae.

Mole. Length about 15-17 mm.; wing 15-15.5 mm.; antenna
about 3.5-4 mm.

Female. Length about 18 mm.; wing 17 mm.

Frontal prolongation of head yellow; nasus stout; palpi ob-
scure brownish yellow, the outer half of terminal segment black-
ened. Antennae relatively short; basal three segments yellow, re-
mainder of flagellum black; flagellar segments only moderately
incised, a trifle shorter than the longest verticils. Head yellow,
sparsely pruinose, especially on the scarcely developed vertical
tubercle and the posterior orbits.

Pronotum brownish yellow. Mesonotum chiefly gray, the prae-
scutum with four entire reddish brown stripes, the intermediate
pair narrow; posterior sclerites of notum more heavily pruinose.
Pleura yellow, sparsely pruinose; dorsopleural membrane clear
yellow. Halteres with stem dusky, pale at base, knob more dark-
ened. Legs wth the coxae and trochanters yellow; femora brown-
ish yellow, narrowly and weakly darkened at tips; tibiae and basi-
tarsi yellowish brown, the remainder of tarsi passing into black;
claws (male) toothed. Wings with a weak brownish tinge, heavier
in the prearcular and costal fields; stigma small, darker brown;
a diffuse brown cloud over m-cii; obliterative area before cord con-
spicuous, extending to the basal third of cell M^‘, nO' post-stigmal
brightening; veins brown. Venation: Rs arcuated to weakly angu-
lated at origin, nearly twice 7n<-cu; R 1+2 preserved; m and petiole

96

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XXIII, NO. 2

of cell Ml subequal in leng’tb; M3+4 subequal to or a trifle long’er
than the basal section of M1+2.

Abdomen dull yellow, scarcely patterned. Ovipositor with the
cerci long’ and relatively slender, only gently upcurved to the sub-
acute tips. Male hypopygium with the ninth tergite relatively
small, divided medially by pale membrane; lower outer angles
produced caudad and ventrad into stout blackened spines; poste-
rior border mesad of these spines less heavily blackened. Ninth
sternite with its appendage long and curved, more or less flat^
tened. Basistyle entire, unarmed. Outer dististyle with outer half
dilated into a weak spatula. Inner dististyle with the beak long
and slender, widely separated from the small more blackened
lower beak by a large oval notch; dorsal crest low, slightly cor-
rugated, setae small; posterior crest produced into a triangular
point, the entire region with numerous coarse reddish setae; outer
basal lobe elongate-triangular in outline, the posterior portion
fringed with long coarse reddish setae. Phallosome conspicuous,
consisting of four sclerotized toothed rods, arranged in pairs of
two each. Eighth sternite distinctive, sheathing, with a semi-
detached lobe at each outer angle, this tipped with a single strong
fasciculate bristle; a broad median plate that suddenly narrows
at apex into a stout fingerlike lobe, the whole outer portion, in-
cluding the lobe, with a fringe of unusually long setae that appear
as a flattened brush directed caudad.

Habitat. California (San Bernardino County).

Holotype, $ , East Barton Flats, San Bernardino Moun-
tains, altitude 6300 feet, August 17, 1946 (John and Grace
Sperry). Allotopotype, 2 , at light, July 16, 1946. (Sperry and
Alexander). Paratopotypes, 2 $ $, with the allotype.

This fly appears to belong to the unicincta group but is not
typical and its exact relationships are in doubt. Some points of
similarity with species such as Tipula {Lunatipula) mormon
Alexander seem to be indicated.

A European Weevil Newly Introduced Into the San

Francisco Bay Region

While collecting in the outskirts of Mill Valley, Marin County,
on April 4, 1947, D. Giuliani, one of our younger entomologists,
noticed numerous specimens of Barypithes pallucida Boh., crawl-
ing up the curbing along the roadside.

This European weevil has long been esetablished in the East-
ern part of our country but this is, I believe, the first time that it
has been noticed on the Pacific Coast. — Edwin C. Van Dyke.

AGRICULTURAL

CHEMICALS

l^enn Salt agricultural chemicals are nationally-known as quality
products, backed by years of experience and research. New develop-
ments are constantly being perfected at the spacious Whitemarsh
Research Laboratories, so that Penco products may better serve
industry and agriculture.

PENCO DDT ... suitable dust and spray bases are now perfected to be applied as
recommended by local agricultural experiment stations for specific
locality needs.

KRYOCIDE ... the only natural Cryolite. Effectively aids in controlling many chew-
ing insects such as the codling moth, orange tortrix and vegetable weevil.
Safe and easy to handle . . . not acutely toxic to humans or other mammals.

PENCO & RANGER CALCIUM ARSENATE ... recommended to offset the ravages of
the cotton boll weevil, the cotton leafworm and the cotton bollworm.
Economical and efficient.

PENCO GRAIN FUMIGANT ... for the control of certain insects attacking grain in
mills, elevators, box cars and farm storage. It will not harm the germination
or milling qualities of the grain.

PENITE ... a concentrated arsenic weed-killing solution. Available in two quali-
ties, Penite 6 and Penite 35. Both made to Penn Salt’s rigid standards.

AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS DIVISION

PENNSYLVANIA SALT

MANUFAC/TURIN& CO. OF WASHINGTON

TACOMA, WASHINGTON

11

hf' f: '

^ ^ •'^ v**

f --oy V, /-■■

#XII6fieiIC#

jpll&s

# "ORTHO” Pest Control Products represent a combina-
tion of both Experience and Science. They are the product
of combined Field and Laboratory Research. They must
pass rigid technical tests in our plant . . . and broad prac-
tical tests in the field . . .before they are permitted to carry
the "ORTHO” label into your orchard. Call for "ORTHO”
Service direct or through your "ORTHO” Dealer.

California Spray -Chemical Corp.

Richmond Fresno Lindsay Anaheim Pomona San Jose Sacramento

Stockton Modesto Watsonville Whittier Portland Yakima Wenatchee

The LETHANES^ Synthetic contact insecticide concen-
trates.

DI7HANE~~A synthetic organic fungicide for spraying.

YELLOW CUPROCIDE— An electrolytically manufactured
cuprous oxide fungicide for sprays and dusts.

The TRITONS— A group of emulsifying, wetting and
spreading agents.

RHOTHANE D-3 — A synthetic insecticide concentrate of
high killing power, with a toxicity to warm-blooded
animals I/4 to 1/8 that of DDT.

ROHM & HAAS DDT PRODUCTS: D .30 SOLUTION (30%
DDT);25%DDT emulsion CONCENTRATE; D-50DUST
concentrate containing 50% DDT; D -50 WETT ABLE POW-
DER, a water dispersible powder containing 50% DDT,

ROHM & HAAS WELCOMES THE OPPOR-
TUNITY TO COOPERATE WITH WEST COAST
ENTOMOLOGISTS WISHING TO EXPERIMENT
WITH ANY OF THESE PRODUCTS.

iv

Q

^ UALITY CHEMICALS
FOR AGRICULTURE
through . . .

• intensive research

• positive chemical control

of production

• thorough field testing

It is Stauffer's earnest desire to co-operate in any way
possible with the entomologists of the Pacific Coast area
in increasing the effectiveness of the pest control program.

Insecticides • Fungicides • Faraciticides
Sulphur for Dusting, Burning and for the Soil

SAN FRANCISCO SULPHUR DIVISION

636 Caliiomia Street P. O. Box 68 3200 East 26th Street

SAN FRANCISCO 8 NORTH PORTLAND, ORE LOS ANGELES 23

TOBACCO BY-PRODUCTS AND
CHEMICAL CORPORATION

Incorporated

LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY RICHMOND, VIRGINIA

(The World's Largest Manufacturers of
Nicotine Products)

BLACK LEAF 40

BLACK LEAF 155

BLACK LEAF DRY
CONCENTRATE

NICO FUME PRODUCTS

PACmc COAST OmCE

NO. 1 SOUTH PARK
SAN FRANCTSCO 7, CALIFORNIA

Vol. XXIII

July, 1947

No. 3

THE

PAN -Pacific Entomologist

Published by the

Pacific Coast Entomological Society

in co-operation with

The California Academy of Sciences

CONTENTS

ESSIG— A NEW APHID ON PENSTEMON 97

CHAMBERLIN, A NEW MYRMECOPHILOUS MILLIPED 101

BAILEY, THE GENUS ERYTHROTHRIPS 103

De long, a new genus and species of MEXICAN LEAFHOPPER ... 110

CHERMOCK AND FRECHIN, A NEW SPEYERIA Ill

REES. THE LARVAE OF SOME NORTH AMERICAN NOVIINI 113

STALLINGS AND TURNER, A NEW SUBSPECIES OF BUTTERFLY 119

RAY. STUDIES ON NORTH AMERICAN MORDELLIDAE 121

HURD, biology OF AGENIOIDEUS HUMILIS 132

GILLOGLY, A SENSILLUM IN CARPOPHILUS AND HAPTONCUS 134

KNOWLTON, A NEW HOLLYHOCK APHID 137

USINGER, NATIVE HOSTS OF THE MEXICAN CHICKEN BUG 140

TUTHILL, NEW PSYLLIDS FROM COSTA RICA 141

OBITUARY, SOL FELTY LIGHT 144

San Francisco, California
1947

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

EDITORIAL BOARD

E. C. Van Dyke E. C. Linsley, R. L. Usincer E. S. Ross

Associate Editor Editors Assistant Editor

R. C. Miller, Treasurer A. E. Michelbacher, Advertising

Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
phases of entomology are favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on
insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution.

Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be ad-
dressed to the editors, 112 Agricultural Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4,
California. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers, changes of
address, requests for sample copies, and all financial communications should be
addressed to the treasurer, R. C. Miller, at the California Academy of Sciences,
San Francisco 18, California

Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $2. SO per year in advance. Price for single
copies, 75 cents. Make checks payable to “Pan-Pacific Entomologist.”

PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

FOURTH SERIES
VOLUME XXIV

Contributions Toward a Knowledge of the Insect Fauna of Lower California

1. Introductory Account, by A. E. Michelbacher and E. S. Ross. Pp. l-,20, pis. 1-3.

February, 1942 J0.25

2. Coleoptera: Cerambycidae, by E. Gorton Lhisley. Pp. 21-96, pis. 4-5. Feb., 1942 75

3. Coleoptera: Buprestidac, by Edwin C. Van Dyke. Pp. 97-132, pis. 6-7. Mar., 1942 .35

4. Neuroptera : Myrmeleonidae, by Nathan Banks. Pp. 133 152, p!. R. March, 1942 20

5. Symphyla, by A. E. Michelbacher. Pp. 153-160, pi. 9. March, 1942 15

6. Diptera; Culicidae, by Thomas H. G. Aitken. Pp. 161-170. June, 1942 20

7. Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae, by Frank E. Blaisdell, Sr. Pp. 171-288, pis. 10, 11 1.50

Order from CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, SAN FRANCISCO 18, CALIFORNIA

9 «

1* Bear Brand
^ pRODuns SJ

FUNGICIDES

SOIL and GRAIN

INSECTICIDES

FUMIGANTS

CHEMICAL

SPECIALTIES

♦

INSECTICIDES

♦

WEED KILLING

CHEMURGIC

CORPORATION

PREPARATIONS

Giant Road
RICHMOND, CALIF.

GREAT WESTERN DIVISION

THE DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY

Seatlle SAN FRANCISCO Los Angeles

Seal Beach • California

& &

Entered as second class matter, February 10. 1925, at the r-ostoTice at Can
Francisco. California, under Act of August 24. 1912.

The Pan -Pacific Entomologist

Vol. XXIII, No. 3

July, 1947

A NEW APHID ON PENSTEMON IN THE SIERRA

OF CALIFORNIA

BY E. O. ESSIG

University of California, Berkeley

A single specimen of a beautiful little green aphid was first
collected by the writer on a seed bearing shoot of the mountain
pride, Penstemon Newherryi Gray, in the Echo Lake Region of the
Sierra Nevada Mountains, California. Although I had assiduously
collected aphids almost every summer in this area since 1924,

I first encountered this aphid on our cabin site. Upper Echo
Lake, 7500 ft. altitude, on August 11, 1938.

The following year on August 11, 1939, a very large series
of apterous females and a single apterous male were taken at
this same locality. Although a persistent and diligent search
extending over a week was made, no alate individuals could be
found. On August 10, 1946 I made extensive collections at
Upper Echo Lake and secured good series of sexuparae and sexu-
ales. They were feeding chiefly on the ripening seed stalks of
mountain pride.

Aphis sierra Essig, new species

Color. All forms, excepting the males, are deep green, often of
a bluish cast. In life the mature apterae have a dark spot on the
median dorsum of the abdomen. This spot may be due to body con-
tents since it disappears when the specimens are cleared. The
drawings (Fig. 1) show the black markings of the various forms.
When cleared the pigmentation shows up very distinctly.

Apterous viviparous female (sexupara). Very small, somewhat
robust and almost triangular in shape. Smooth and with few hairs.
A pair of lateral tubercles present on prothorax and on abdominal
segments I and VII. Pale or bright green with conspicuous dark
spot on the dorsum in life which does not appear in the cleared and
mounted specimens. Antennae black excepting basal half of seg-
ment III. Cornicles and cauda black (the base of the latter clear) .
Legs pale, dusky and black as illustrated. Antennae scarcely more
than half as long as the body; I, 0.02 mm.; II, 0.02 mm.; Ill, 0.23
mm.; IV, 0.15 mm.; V, 0.15 mm.; VI, 0.28 mm. (base 0.08; unguis
0.20 mm.) ; total 0.85 mm. Secondary sensoria absent. Rostrum

98

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIII, No. 3

slender, extending to the base of the abdomen. Cornicles black;
nearly cylindrical, wider at base and gradually narrowing apically;
imbricated, with slight flange, length 0.23 mm. Cauda rough and
scaly; triangular with wide clear base and bluntly rounded black
apical half; with 3 pairs of flne recurved spines. Length of body

1.5 mm.; width 0.7 mm.

Alate viviparous female (sexupara). Mostly black with green
and dusky abdomen. Rather slender, with few hairs which are
short on the body and antennae and rather long on the legs. An-
tennae a little more than half the length of the body. Length of
segments: I, 0.06 mm.; II, 0.06 mm.; Ill, 0.29 mm.; IV, 0.17 mm.;
V, 0.17 mm.; VI, 0.30 mm. (base 0.08 mm.; unguis 0.22 mm.) ; total

1.05 mm. Secondary sensoria circular, arranged in an uneven row
along the full length of segment III, varying from 11 to 18 in number ;
none to 2 (in a single case) on segments IV, V, and VI. Wing veins
clearly deflned; mediae of fore wings with second fork 0.4 the dis-
tance from margin of wing to the first fork; radial sector only
slightly bent. Rostrum as in apterae. Cornicles black, cylindrical;
heavily imbricated, 0.20 mm. long. Cauda triangular, rather sharply-
pointed as indicated in accompanying drawing. Length of body,

1.5 mm.

Oviparous female (sexual). Apterous; slightly smaller than the
apterous viviparous female and much paler in color and with only
remnants of the dark dorsal markings. Antennae short; length of
segments: I, 0.04 mm.; II, 0.05 mm.; Ill, 0.17 mm.; IV, 0.10 mm.;
V, 0.12 mm.; VI, 0.22 mm (base 0.08 mm.; unguis 0.14 mm.) ; total
0.70 mm. Secondary sensoria absent. Rostrum extending beyond
coxae of the hind legs. Hind tibiae sligLtly swollen and with sen-
soria distributed sparsely over the whole area excepting the basal
and distal portions. Cornicles dusky, short, cylindrical, imbricated.
Cauda dusky, much as in the apterous viviparous female. Length
of body 1.24 mm.

Male (sexual), apterous, almost wholly black with dark green
markings on thorax and abdomen; small, slender active. Antennae
almost as long as the body. Length of segments: I, 0.04 mm.; II,
0.05 mm.; Ill, 0.22 mm.; IV, 0.15 mm.; V, 0.15 mm.; VI, 0.21 mm.
(base 0.08 mm.; unguis 0.17 mm.) ; total 0.86 mm. Small circular
secondary sensoria numerous and variable in numbers. They are
distributed as follows: III, 11 to 25 (in one specimen 4-7) ; IV, 10-
13 (in one specimen 20; in another 4) ; V, 6-12; VI, none. Rostrum
extending well beyond the third coxae. On the hind tibiae of at
least one individual, possibly an intermediate, were a number of
single or paired sensoria-like organs similar to those found on cer-
tain oviparous females. (Fig. 1). Cornicles very short, about same

Fig. 1. Aphis sierra Essig, n. sp. Winged and apterous viviparous
females, apterous oviparous female, apterous male, first instar
young with important characters greatly enlarged. Drawings by
Frieda Abernathy.

July, 1947]

ESSIG— A NEW APHID

99

100

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, No. 3

length as the cauda. Cauda broadly triangular. Claspers and penis
as drawn.

Ova. Regularly oval. Mounted oviparous females appeared to
contain one or possibly not more than two or three ova. These were
being deposited on the plants in late August.

Aphis sierra differs from Aphis pentstemonicola Gillette and
Palmer (1929a) in rarely having secondary sensoria on antennal
segment IV, and without such sensoria on segment V of the
alate viviparous female; with triangular rather than conical cauda;
and with many more sensoria on the hind tibia of the oviparous
females. It differs from Aphis pentstemonis Williams in having
larger sensoria on III in the alates, shorter antennae with rela-
tively shorter segments; and wider and shorter cauda with
fewer hairs.

The specimens studied consist of a large series of individuals
cleared in lactic acid-balsam-alcohol mixture and mounted in
Euparal on 44 microscopic slides. These were mostly apterous
viviparous females and 2 alates, and a goodly number of apterous
oviparous females and apterous males. These have been variously
designated as follows: Holotype — alate viviparous female — wings
not quite perfect, Upper Echo Lake, California, August 10,
1946. Morphotype — apterous viviparous female, Upper Echo
Lake, California, August 10, 1946. Morphotype — apterous ovi-
parous female. Upper Echo Lake, California, August 10, 1946.
Andratype — apterous male, Upper Echo Lake, California, August
10, 1946. Paratypes — all the remaining specimens of various
kinds of all those studied. Collected at Upper Echo Lake, Cali-
fornia, August 11, 1938, August 11, 1939, and August 10, 1946.
All these specimens are in the author’s collection. Paratypes are
to be deposited in the California Academy of Sciences and the
U. S. National Museum.

Literature Cited

Davis, J. J., 1911b. Williams’ “The Aphididae of Nebraska,” a
critical review. Nebraska Univ. Studies, Contrib. Dept. Ent.
No. 5:1-29, pis. I-VIII.

Gillette, C. P. and M. A. Palmer, 1929. New Colorado Aphi-
didae. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 22:1-32.

Williams, T. A., 1910. The Aphididae of Nebraska. Nebraska
Univ. Studies 10:85-175. (1-91) (Written in 1891; published
in 1910; distributed in 1911).

July, 1947] chamberlin— myrmecophilous milliped

101

A NEW MYRMECOPHILOUS MILLIPED FROM MEXICO

BY RALPH V. CHAMBERLIN
University of Utah
Salt Lake City, Utah

Specimens of the new polydesmid diplopod described below
were received recently from Dr. Alfonso Dampf, Professor of
Applied Entomology of the Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Bio-
logicas, Mexico City, D.F. Concerning these millipeds Dr. Dampf
writes: “Diplods marching with military precision in a column
of migrating ants are not often seen. I collected therefore the 15
specimens which I saw during a half hour’s watch in the citrus
grove of Sayula. The ants [a black species of an army ant,
identified by Dr. Neal A. Weber as Eciton (Labidus) praedator
F. Smith] were traveling up hill in the undulating terrain of
the grove in the morning in a fast running stream 4 to 6 individ-
uals deep, some carrying insect remains. The diplopods, plainly
visible on account of their white color, were moving slowly, but
without any stop, in the center of the column. No ant paid any
attention to them. As the ants were running so fast, sooner or
later the last of the ants would pass one by one the slow diplopods
which have then to follow the same trail by smell in case they
were to get to the new nest. Our time was limited and we could
not stay longer to see what would happen to these ant pets.”

The adult male holotype and allotype, and some of the para-
types are retained by the author, the others being returned to
Prof. Dampf.

Yucodesmus dampfi Chamberlin, new species

The dorsum is naturally pale yellow in color, with the venter and
legs white or nearly so; but older individuals may appear brown
from dirt adherent to the granula and tubercles.

Vertex and frons of head densely granulo-tubercular, elsewhere
smooth; antennae with fifth joint large, moderately widening cla-
vately from base to distal end, obviously longer than the fourth and
sixth articles together, these two being relatively small.

Horizontal rim of the collum divided into the usual 12 areas by
radiating sulci, the margin presenting 12 corresponding, low crena-
tures; surface granulo-tubercular, the tubercles arranged in two

102

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIII, No. 3

transverse series, an anterior one across middle composed of six
tubercles, and a posterior one composed of four.

The other tergites also granulo-tubercular, the large tubercles
being arranged in the usual four rows, with three contiguous tuber-
cles in each row. Keels long in the transverse direction; those on
second to fourth segments with three lobes or crenatures, the fifth
and succeeding one with four; the poriferous cone projecting about
the third lobe. Lobes on 19th keels but weakly indicated. Anal ter-
gite deeply notched at middle of caudal margin and with two lobes
on each side toward base.

The gonopods of the male with telopodite as shown in the accom-
panying figure 1. Its form is distinctive, e.g., in the geniculate
lower prong.

Length, about 6 mm.

Fig, 1. Yucodesmus dampfi Chamberlin, n. sp. Right gonopod of
male, aspect a little ventrad of caudad.

Locality. Mexico: State of Veracruz, about 30 km. west of
the port of Veracruz on the Hacienda Sayula. Fifteen speci-
mens, mostly immature, taken September 24, 1946, by Dr. Alfonso
Dampf.

The Hacienda Sayula is situated “in the flat coastal plain
probably not more than 5 m. above sea level; swampy grass-
land with patches of trees and bushes; the specimens were col-
lected in a citrus grove on the northern side of the hill with
the administration buildings, at 8 o’clock in the morning, the
weather somewhat cloudy, in a stream of army ants which were
migrating up hill.”

July, 1947]

BAILEY— ERYTHROTHRIPS

103

THE GENUS ERYTHROTHRIPS MOULTON

( Thysanoptera : Orothripini )

BY STANLEY F. BAILEY
University of California, Davis

As new genera in the Aeolothripoidea have been described,
various workers (particularly Bagnall, 1913, ’24, ’26, ’30, and ’31
and Hood, 1915) periodically have revised upward the sub-
groups, creating new sub-families and families for a relatively
small number of genera. This super-structure seems rather cum-
bersome considering the small number of species involved, es-
pecially when compared with other orders of insects. These
higher groups have been separated chiefly on the number of
segments in the maxillary palpi as compared with the number
in the labial palpi and the number of terminal antennal segments
that exhibit, more or less, the lack of free articulation. Treherne
(1919), however, separated Erythrothrips from related genera
on the number of segments in the labial palpi. Priesner’s review
(1939) of the aeolothripid subfamilies makes use of other char-
acters such as the armature of the fore legs, the sensory areas,
and the chaetotaxy of the pronotum which de-emphasizes the
above mentioned characters to advantage.

In studying the related genera of aeolothripids one notes a
reduction in the number of segments in the maxillary palpi from
eight in Erythrothrips, seven in Orothrips, Stomatothrips, and
Desmothrips to five or six in Audiothrips, four in Eucerathrips,
and three in Aeolothrips. In the genus Erythrothrips alone, the
number of maxillary segments varies from five in nigripennis to
nine in some individual specimens of fasciculatus. If then, for
convenience, one draws the line at five maxillary segments, the
genera falling into the tribe Orothripini Pr., 1939, are Allelo-
thrips Bagn., Audiothrips Mlt., Desmothrips Hd., Erythrothrips
Mlt., Orothrips Mlt., and Stomatothrips Hd.

What appear to be thirty valid species in the Orothripini have
been described in these genera and it is now possible to better
evaluate the generic characters. A key to these genera is given
below.

104

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [ VOL. XXIII, No. 3

Key to the Genera of Orothripini Priesner, 1939

1. All antennal segments articulated. Antennal segments III and
IV each with two similar sensory areas. Fore wings slightly

broadened towards tip Orothrips Moulton, 1907

(No. America and India)
-. Terminal antennal segments more or less shortened and united.
Antennal segments III and IV with a single sensory area on

each segment 2

2. Fore wings markedly constricted in basal third 3

-. Fore wings not so constricted 4

3. Sensory areas on antennal segments III and IV linear, similar,

and parallel with length of segment, that on IV hooked at distal
end Stomatothrips Hood, 1912

-. Sensory areas on antennal segments III and IV sinuately vermi-
form, that on IV reaching to the basal third of joint

AUelothrips Bagn., 1932

4. Antennal segments V to IX closely united. Sensory areas on an-

tennal segments III and IV not alike; that on segment III long,
narrow and parallel with segment, sensory area on segment IV
near tip, expanded at distal end and partly encircling segment
at an oblique angle Desmothrips Hood, 1915

(Australia)

Antennal segments VIII and IX short and not clearly articulated.
Sensory areas on antennal segments III and IV similar 5

5. Sensory areas on antennal segments III and IV extending full

length of segments Audiothrips Moulton, 1930

( So. Africa)

-. Sensory areas on antennal segments III and IV not extending
more than two-thirds the length of the segments and lying in

the distal portion ErythrothHps Moulton, 1911

(No. and So. America and India)

The genus Erythrothrips was described by Moulton in 1911,
based on the species arizonae. Since this time eight additional
species have been described of which one is from India, three
from South America, and one from Mexico. Only three species
are known from California (Bailey, 1935, 1937).

A tabulation of all characters of the described species of
Erythrothrips was made in this study but, since not all nine
species were available for study, especially in series, the key
given below is partly based on the descriptions only. The species
durango, hishoppi, and stygicus each was based on an unique
female. The latter, a South American species, is strikingly dis-
tinct with its black wings and antennae. The writer has four
female specimens of durango from Texas and its clear yellow
third antennal segment readily separated it from the other North

July, 1947]

BAILEY— ERYTHROTHRIPS

105

American forms. These specimens were compared with Watson’s
type. Moulton’s hishoppi is very difficult to separate from
arizonae. The writer has studied the type of hishoppi and found
it very difficult to accurately count the number of segments in
the maxillary palpi. In comparing the antennae of arizonae,
hishoppi, and fasciculatus (see figures 4, 5, and 6) it can be
seen that hishoppi is between the two in length of segments and
size of sensory areas. Until a series of this species is collected,
it (the holotype) can best be told from arizonae by the shorter
head. The types of arizonae, fasciculatus, and keeni also have
been examined.

Erythrothrips. Antenna of: 1, nigripennis (redrawn from Hood
1937a, fig. lb) ; 2, keeni; 3, durango; 4, arizonae; 5, fasciculatus;
6, hishoppi; 7, mature larva of fasciculatus. Fore wing of: 8, keeni;
9, durango. Figure 10, Maxillary palpus of durango. Figure 11,
front tarsus of keeni. Figure 12, dorsum of head of arizonae. Scale:
Figure 7, line equals 0.1 mm. Figure 8, line equals 0.1 mm. Figures
10 and 11, line equals 0.01. mm.

The males of arizonae, asiaticus, (see Ayyar, 1934, page 3),
fasciculatus, keeni, and costalis only are known. Species dif-
ferentiation in this sex is readily made on the basis of the chaeto-
taxy of the terminal abdominal segments.

Erythrothrips Moulton, 1911

Head (figure 12) usually longer than wide, cheeks arched. Ocelli
present. Postocular and interocular bristles nearly always weak.

106

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIII, No. 3

Compound eyes rounded dorsally and produced in an angular man-
ner ventrally. Antennae nine-segmented with the last two segments
closely joined and their length together less than segment VII. One
sensory area on segments III and IV (see figures 1-6). Maxillary
palpi geniculate (figure 10), the basal segment usually as long as
remaining four to seven segments. Labial palpi four-segmented.
Mouth cone blunt and not projecting beyond posterior margin of
prothorax. Prothorax small, about as long as wide and but little
shorter than head, with all setae small. Legs slender, fore femora
thickened. Fore tarsi with finger-like hook (figure 11). Wings (fig-
ures 8 and 9) large, bluntly rounded with typical aeolothripid vena-
tion. Abdomen in female robust, terminal segments long and
abruptly pointed. Ovipositor upturned. Male much smaller than
female; sensory areas on antennal segments smaller and abdomen
very slender.

Genotype: E. arizonae Moulton, 1911 by monotypy.

The larva of E. arizonae was illustrated by Moulton (1911,
Plate I, fig. 7) and described briefly (page 36) as follows —
“The larva of this species is uniformly light brownish-yellow
and has conspicuous red pigment bands across the dorsal plates
of mesothoracic and metathoracic segments and all segments of
abdomen.” The larva of E. fasciculatus is very similar in colora-
tion and appearance. For comparison with the adult, we have
illustrated the antenna of a mature larva (figure 7). The larvae
of the other species are unknown.

Key to the Species of Erythrothrips

1. (2) Fore wings uniformly dark blackish brown 2

-. Fore wings with posterior half with blackish brown longitu-
dinal band 3

2. (1 ) Third antennal segment black stygicus Hood, 1938

-. Third antennal segment golden yellow.... nigripennis Hood, 1937

3. (1) Fore wings with dark band along distal two- thirds of poste-
rior margin only (scale black) (figure 8) keeni Moulton, 1929

(see also Moulton, 1927)
-. Fore wings with dark band extending the entire length of poste-
rior margin (figure 9) 4

4. (3) Segment III of antenna light yellow 5

Segment III of antenna bicolorous, yellow at base and shading
to dark brown in outer portion 6

5. (4) All tibiae and tarsi lemon yellow in color. .asiaticus A. and M.

1930-1931

-. All tibiae and tarsi dark brown durango Watson, 1923

6. (4) Segment III of antenna very long (200 microns). Distal

three-fifths of segment II yellow costalis Hood,1937

-. Segment III of antenna much shorter. Segment II uniformly
dark brown 7

July, 1947]

BAILEY— ERYTHROTHRIPS

107

7. (6) Sensory area on antennal segment III very short (about 16
microns) and often oval (figure 5) ....fasciculatus Moulton, 1929

(see also Moulton, 1927)
Sensory area on antennal segment III extending at least one-
third the length of segment, narrow and often curved 8

8. (7) Head longer than wide. Sensory area on antennal segment
III about 60 microns (figure 4). Maxillary palpi 8-segmented.

arizonae Moulton, 1911

Head about as long as wide. Sensory area on antennal segment
III about 33 microns (figure 6) bishoppi Moulton, 1929

Large or wide-spread collections of Erythrothrips have not
been reported. This is probably not because of their scarcity
but because of their limited hosts, their appearance for a short
seasonal period in the blossoms, and occurrence almost entirely
at high altitudes. There is only one generation a year (Bailey,
1940) at least in the case of the species found in California.
This is similar to nearly all other aeolothripids in this region.
The life history of none of the Erythrothrips species has been
previously reported. The details of the life history of E. fascicu-
latus Moulton only, are known to the writer, but this species is
doubtless typical of the majority of the members of the genus.

The adults emerge from the soil beneath the host plant as it
comes into bloom in late spring or early summer. The eggs are
inserted into the flower parts and green stems and the larvae
hatch about the time the petals fall. There are two larval instars
and this stage develops in about 10 days. When mature, the
larvae drop to the ground beneath the host, penetrate the soil,
crawl down among rocks, leaf debris, etc. and, when a suitable
niche is found they spin a cocoon (Bailey, 1940) . The time of
the year at which they transform to pupae is not known but is
doubtless in the fall.

During their period of life on the host plants, the California
species, at least, are extremely active in both the larval and adult
stages. These thrips appear to be plant feeders although they
may be predacious on occasion (Treherne, 1921) and are limited
to a very small number of hosts, usually one preferred host being
indicated in a locality. None of the principal hosts are crops.

The distribution of the genus, with the exception of E. asiaticus
A. and M., is limited at present to the Pacific Coast, the south-
west, Mexico, and Peru. Further collecting will almost certainly
extend this genus to the mountainous areas of Canada, Central
America, and other western states of the United States.

108

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIII, No. 3

Catalog of the Species of Erythrothrips Moulton, 1911

1. arizonae Moulton, 1911. Genotype. North America. Arizona:
Phoenix. Nevada: Las Vegas. California: Oroville, Tehachapi
Pass, Mt. Springs (Panamint Mts.), Palm Canyon, Onyx, Fur-
nace Crk. Camp (Death Valley), Mazorka Can. (Inyo Mts.).
Blossoms of orange, olive, Rhamnus purshiana, a legume, Stan-
leya, creosote bush, cat’s claw, Joshua tree flowers. April to
June, depending on elevation.

2. asiaticus A. and M., 1930-31. Southern India: Coimbatore,
Bangalore, No. Salem, and Salem. Grass sweepings, cocoanut,
mango leaves, sandal, and Canthium didymum.

3. 6^8/10232^ Moulton, 1929. North America. Texas: Sonora. Black
walnut. April.

4. costalis Hood, 1937b. South America. Peru: Chachapayas and
Almirante (Departamento Amazonas) . Spartium junceum fiow-
ers and on a dead branch. 2000 meters elevation. December.

5. durango Watson, 1923. North America. Mexico: Tlahualilo
(Durango). Texas: El Paso (Summit Mt.), Del Rio. Agave
flowers, live oak. May.

6. fasciculatus Moulton, 1929. North America. California: Bear
Crk. (Lake County), Mix can. (Solano County), Mt. Diablo,
Briceburg, Indian Flat (Mariposa County), Arbuckle. Adeno-
stoma fasciculatum flowers, yellow clover, California sage. May
to July, at low elevations, chiefly in coast range of mountains.

7. keeni Moulton, 1929. North America. Oregon: Bly. Utah:
Logan Canyon. Nevada: Wells. California: Markleeville and
Ebbett’s Pass (Alpine County), Convict Lake, Rock Creek,
Sonora Pass, Bishop Creek (Inyo County). Chrysothainnus vis-
cidifiorus, Mentzelia laevicaidis, white yarrow blossoms, Ceano-
thus, wild buckwheat. July and August at high elevations up to
9000 feet.

8. nigripennis Hood, 1937a. South America. Peru: Vicinity of
Celendin (in Andes). Departamento de Cajamarca. Cassia lati-
petiolata D. and Delostoma dentatum Don. Flowers. May-June.

9. stygicus Hood, 1938. South America. Peru: Almirante (De-
partamento de Amazonas). In flower of unidentifled plant. De-
cember. 1900 meters elevation.

References

Ayyar, T. V. Ramakrishna, 1934. Entomological Investigations on
the Spike Disease of Sandal (21), Thysanoptera. Indian Forest
Rec. (Ent. Ser.) 20 (part 4) :3, Plate I, flg. 1.

Ayyar, T. V. R., 1934, and V. Margabandhu, 1930-31. Notes on
Indian Thysanoptera with brief descriptions of new species,
Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 34(4) :1029-1030.

Bagnall, R. S., 1913. A synopsis of the Thysanopterous family
Aeolothripidae. 2nd Intern. Congr. Ent., Oxford, 1912. Pages
394-397. October.

July, 1947]

BAILEY— ERYTHROTHRIPS

109

1924. The genus Melanothrips, with description of a new species.
Ent. Mo. Mag., Ser. 3, 10:9-11.

1926. The family Franklinothripidae, nov., with description of a
new type of Thysanopteron. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9)17 : 168-170.

1930. Further considerations in regard to the classification of the
order Thysanoptera. Ibid. ser. 10, 5:571-575. May.

1931. On the Aeolothripid-complex and the classification of the
sub-order Terebrantia (Thysanoptera). Bui. Mensuels de la Soc.
des Nat. Luxembourgeois, No. 7, pp. 115-118.

1932. Description of some new genera and species of African
Aeolothripoid Thysanoptera. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 10(10) :287-
294. September.

Bailey, S. F., 1935. A list of the Thysanoptera of California. Pan-
Pacific Ent. 11 (4) : 163. October.

1937. Notes on the distribution and hosts of some Western Thy-
sanoptera. Ent. News 48:43. February.

1940. Cocoon-spinning Thysanoptera. Pan-Pac. Ent. 16 (2) :78.

Hood, J. D., 1912. New genera and species of North American
Thysanoptera from the South and West. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.,
25:63-66. April.

1915. An outline of the subfamilies and higher groups of the in-
sect order Thysanoptera. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 28:57. March.

1937a. Studies in Neotropical Thysanoptera IV. Rev. de Ent.
7(2-3) :255-257. Fig. 1, a-b. July. Rio de Janeiro, Brazil,

1937b. Studies in Neotropical Thysanoptera V. ibid. 7(4):487-
492. Fig. la. October.

1938. Studies in Neotropical Thysanoptera VII. ibid. 9(1-2):
218-219. September.

Moulton, D., 1907. Contribution to our knowledge of the Thysa-
noptra of California. U.S.D.A., Bur. Ent., Tech. Ser. No. 12,
part 3, pages 45-46. April.

1911. Synopsis, Catalog, and bibliography of North American
Thysanoptera. U.S.D.A., Bur. Ent., Tech. Ser. No. 21, pages
21, 34-36. Plate 1, figs. 1-7. December.

1927. Thysanoptera — New species and notes. Bull. Brook. Ent.
Soc. 22 (4) : 181-182. October.

1929. Contribution to our knowledge of American Thysanoptera.
Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. 24(4) :224-227, 1 fig. October.

1930. Thysanoptera from Africa. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 10,
5:195-196. February.

Priesner, H., 1939. Thysanopteren aus dem Belgischen Congo (6
Beitrag) . Rev. Zool. et Bot. Afr. 32 (2) :155-157. June.

Treherne, R. C., 1919. Notes on the Aeolothripidae. Proc. Ent. Soc.
British Columbia. No. 12. Systematic Ser. pp. 27-29. Feb., 1918.

1921. Notes on the Aeolothripidae (2), ibid. No. 16. pp. 7-10.

Watson, J. R., 1923. Synopsis and catalog of the Thysanoptera of
North America. University of Fla., Agric. Exp. Sta., Bull. 168,
pages 8, 24, 74-75. December.

110

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, No. 3

A NEW GENUS VS ANUS AND NEW SPECIES OF MEXICAN
LEAFHOPPER RELATED TO CHWROTETTIX

BY DWIGHT M. DeLONG
Dejjartment of Zoology and Entomology
Ohio State University
Columbus, Ohio

A bizarre species of leafhopper from the standpoint of both
the color pattern and unique genitalia has been collected in
Mexico at Iguala. A new genus and species is being erected to
accomodate this insect.

Genus Usanus DeLong, new genus

In form resembling- a broad headed Chlorotettix. The vertex is
short, broadly rounded and broadly rounding to the front. The vena-
tion of the elytra is simple and reduced. There are no costal vein-
lets. The cross vein forming the first apical cell is just anterior to
the cross vein forming the second apical cell. The third apical cross
vein is more anterior than either of the others. The clypeus is
broader at the apex than at the base.

Usanus stonei DeLong, new species

A broad blunt headed species with a pair of oblique black dashes
on the margin and a pair of large round black spots on the prono^
turn. Length, 6 mm.

Vertex short and broad and broadly rounded between the eyes;
more than four times as wide between eyes as median length;
broadly rounded to the front. Pronotum almost four times as long
as vertex.

Color: Vertex cream with a pair of heavy oblique black marks
extending over margin to just above apex and enlarged where they
converge at the median line just above apex. A small black spot
on the base next each eye. Pronotum gray with a large round black
spot about the middle each side on the posterior portion of the disc.
Scutellum brownish anterior to median impressed line; white on
posterior portion. Elytra whitish subhyaline; veins black.

Genitalia: Male plates elongate, triangular, apices narrow but
blunt. Style elongate, tapered, apical half narrow, curved inwardly
and basally at apex. Aedeagus rather robust with a basal dorsally
directed process. At the apex there is a broad quadrate process
which bears a rather long finger -like dorsally directed spine both
anteriorly and posteriorly on each side.

July, 1947]

Belong— MEXICAN leafhopper

111

Holotype, male, and male paratypes collected at Iguala, Gro.,
Oct. 22, 1941 (K. 188, Mexico City, Acapulco Road) by E. E.
Good and D. M. DeLong.

Usanus stonei DeLong, n. sp. Fig. 1, dorsal view of head, pro-
notum and scutellum; Fig. 2, ventral view of male genitalia; Fig.
3, lateral view of male genitalia.

A NEW SPEYERIA FROM WASHINGTON

BY F. H. CHERMOCK AND D. P. FRECHIN
Butler, Penn., and Bremerton, Wa>sh.

Speyeria cybele pugetensis Chermock and Frechin, new race

Mean expanse of series, 70-80 mm. Average, 75 mm.

Both sexes resemble leto (Behr.), (Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci.,
vol 2, pp. 172-177), but are at once separable by several diagnos-

112

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIII, No. 3

tic characters. Above, pugetensis is noticeably melanic. The males
show an accentuated bold dark pattern, especially noticeable in the
dark marginal markings. The basal and discal areas show a heavy
suffusion of very dark fuscous, often completely obliterating the
discal black pattern. The same areas under surface are also cor-
respondingly much darker than normal leto. The brown marginal
bands of the under surface are accentuated and unbroken. This
results in a noticeable reduction in the width of the dull yellow belt
of the secondary. The submarginal crescents are usually imper-
fectly formed and reduced in size, with less silvering than in the
general run of leto. The secondary belt is seldom straw yellow,
and is usually overcast with light brown scaling.

The females also show all dark markings accented, with these
markings intense black. Pugetensis never exhibits the brownish-
black washed-out appearance demonstraed by leto and letona. On
the upper surface the basal and discal areas are so completely suf-
fused with black fuscous that the normal leto pattern is completely
obliterated. An occasional example shows the yellow bar in the
cell of the fore wing. The under surface shows the diagnostic pat-
tern of the male, with the brown markings replaced by black to
brownish-black. The submarginal lunules are usually well-formed
and distinct.

Holotype, male, July 12, 1945, Stimson Creek, near Belfair,
Mason County, Wash. Allotype, female, August 4, 1945, Stimson
Creek, near Belfair, Mason County, Wash. Paratypes 1-390,
various localities in Mason, Kitsap, Thurston and Clallam counties,
Wash. Paratypes 391-400, Portland and McMinnville, Oregon.

The holotype, allotype, and paratypes will be deposited in the
collection of the American Museum of Natural History. Paratypes
will also be distributed to other museums, specialists, and private
collections.

Pugetensis represents a leto dispersal to the extreme Northwest,
culminating in this large, melanic population, indicative of the
humid environment. East of the Cascade Crest, leto is again found
in near typical form, but showing a slight tendency towards letona
dos Passos and Grey (Am. Mus. Nov., No. 1297, 1945) . In ex-
treme northeastern Washington, the junior author has taken ex-
amples of letona that match topotypes nicely.

We wish to acknowledge the aid of Mr. L. P. Grey, who kindly
compared our material with the types of letona and topotypes of
the other western races of cyhele.

July, 1947]

REES— LARVAE OF NOVIINI

113

TAXONOMY OF THE LARVAE OF SOME NORTH
AMERICAN NOVIINI

(Coleoptera, Coccinellidae)

BY BRYANT E. REES*

Fresno State College, Fresno, California

Of the numerous species of Coccinellidae named and de-
scribed, Rodolia cardinalis (Mulsant) has received a major
portion of publicity. The quantity of literature regarding this
species is great, but too little deals with the morphology and
taxonomy of its larva in relation to the larvae of closely related
species. Although a comprehensive study of the approximately
55 known species of the tribe Noviini is desirable, owing to
the lack of study material this paper deals only with the larvae
of the species occurring in America north of Mexico.

As proposed by previous authors and now accepted. Exoplec-
tra subaenescens Gorham is placed in the Exoplectrini, and Novius
koebelei Coquillett is transferred to the genus Rodolia. Such
being the case, the tribe Noviini is represented in North America
principally by two genera: Rodolia, through the introduction
of R. cardinalis and R. koebelei into California from Australia,
and Anovia, native to the southwestern states and represented
by its single species, A. virginalis (Wickham). Another mono-
basic genus of the tribe is represented in Mexico by Vedalia
seiboldi Mulsant.

The larvae of Rodolia cardinalis and R. koebelei were described
by Coquillett in 1889 and 1893, respectively. Following this
author, others have redescribed the larva of R. cardinalis, but
the descriptions are inadequate for practical taxonomic pur-
poses. It seems desirable, then, to redescribe and compare the
larvae of the species in question and to formulate a key by means
of which they may be distinguished. The descriptions herein
given are based upon larvae taken with associated adults or
upon reared material. The identifications of the adults were
made or verified by E. A. Chapin, United States National Museum,
Washington, D. C.

*Formeiiy with the Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine where this work
was done.

114

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIII, No. 3

Fig. 1, antenna, Anovia virginalis (Wickh.) ; 2, asperities of body
wall; 3, antenna, Rodolia cardinalis (Muls.) ; 4, lateral struma, R.
koebelei (Coq.) ; 5, larva, R. cardinalis; 6, lateral struma, R. cardi-
nalis; 7, dorsal struma, R. koebelei; 8, ventral mouthparts, R.
cardinalis; 9, dorsal struma, R. cardinalis.

July, 1947]

REES— LARVAE OF NOVIINI

115

Since the larvae of the Coccinellidae exhibit a great variation
in structure, some of them may be confused with the few chry-
somelid larvae they closely resemble. They may be distinguished,
however, from the chrysomelid and other larvae by the posses-
sion of various characters. In the larvae of the Coccinellidae
the head always possesses three ocelli on each side and usually
a depression located anteriorly on each frontal suture. The man-
dible is broad at its base, narrowed distally, usually with simple
or bidentate apex, and generally possessing a distinct retinaculum.
If the mandible is multidentate and bears a retinaculum, the
teeth are small; if the mandible is multidentate and without a
retinaculum, the teeth are large and digitiform. The stipes is
fused with its corresponding cardo, and the hypopharyngeal
bridge is present.

Tribe Noviini Ganglbauer

The tribe Noviini, as here interpreted, is based on the study
of the three North American species and Rodolia bellus Black-
burn from Australia. Its members may be distinguished from
other coccinellid larvae by the fusion of the cardines, submentum
and mental area into a solid, sclerotized and pigmented structure
possessing a slender anterior extension on each side. The exten-
sions pass anteriorly and laterally about the labial palpi and
then converge in the buccal area. The entire structure assumes
the appearance of an egg cup in which are encompassed the
labial palpi. (See fig. 8.).

The close similarity of the larvae of the four species permits
a further characterization of the tribe and general description
applicable to all.

Body (fig. 5) ovoid, with greatest width at second and third ab-
dominal segments; strongly convex dorsally, slightly convex ven-
trally ; abdomen in general view with longitudinal series of strumae^ ;
pleura protuberant. Pronotum trapezoidal, lateral and anterior
margins rounded, sparsely setiferous and with chalazae,^ setae of
chalazae long, pale yellow; tergite longitudinally divided by broad,
semi-membranous, non-pigmented line, with dark area immediately
on each side of midline, densely asperate and with each postero-
lateral angle elevated into struma. Mesonotum and metanotum each

^Chalaza, a distinct, frequently slight, pimplelike projection of the body wall
bearing a seta. Struma, a distinct, moundlike projection of the body wall upon which
are situated a few chalazae.

116

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [ VoL. XXIII, No. 3

incompletely divided transversely by shallow depression; tergites
distinct, small, situated dorsolaterally, asperate and with setae and
chalazae; mesopleura and metapleura each with small anterior and
large posterior struma. Abdominal segments 1-8 each with inter-
segmental pore, a dorsal, dorsolateral, and lateral struma on each
side; pleura protuberant; ninth abdominal segment semicircular,
broader than long, setiferous and with chalazae. Body membrane
and sclerites, including strumae, with seta-like asperites. Legs well
developed, slender, sclerotized and darkly pigmented; coxae of cor-
responding legs widely separated; tibia slightly longer than femur,
with distinct, setiferous, semimembranous and non-pigmented, ven-
tral surface or “sole”; terminal setae of tibia abruptly enlarged
distally; claw gradually and evenly curved, base simple, broad.

Head small, pigmented, transversely subrectangular ; epicranial
suture lacking; frontal sutures indicated posteriorly by broad, non-
pigmented, straight lines, indistinct and obsolete anteriorly; sutural
fossae of head distinct, linear; head adorned with few long setae,
principally about ocelli. Labrum, when viewed from above, sub-
rectangular, broader than long, posterior and lateral marginal areas
darkly pigmented, mesal and anterior areas non-pigmented and semi-
membranous. Antenna composed of one or two segments, if two-
segmented, second segment small. Mandible apically simple, base
enlarged, retinaculum present. Maxillary palpus two-segmented
and with distinct, sclerotized and pigmented, narrow palpifer; first
segment prominent, large, broader than long; second segment small,
about one-half length and diameter of first. Mala bluntly subconical,
proximally sclerotized and pigmented, distally non-pigmented and
membranous. Labial palpus two-segmented, second segment longer
but of less diameter than first. Premental sclerite lacking.

Key to Genera and Species

1, Antenna composed of two segments; second segment small, short

and broad (fig. 3) Rodolia....2

Antenna composed of a single segment (fig. 1)

Anovia virginalis (Wickham)

2. Lateral strumae of abdominal segments 1-8 each with two

chalazae of which the setae are conspicuous and long (fig. 6) ;
head capsule without asperities R. cardinalis (Mulsant)

-. Lateral strumae of abdominal segments 1-8 each with four
chalazae of which the setae are conspicuous and long (fig. 4) ;
head capsule with few short, spine-like asperities immediately
lateral to each frontal suture R. koebelei (Coquillett)

Genus Rodolia Mulsant

The genus Rodolia is represented in this study by R. cardi-
nalis and R. koebelei, but a third species, R. bellus, although

July, 1947]

REES— LARVAE OF NOVIINI

117

not included in this treatment of the genus, has been studied.
If the larvae of these species are typical of the genus, the follow-
ing characters may be considered applicable:

Antenna composed of two segments; first segment large, with
stout, colorless, acute, sensory process on ventral terminal area and
small second segment on dorsal terminal area; second segment about
one-third or less size of first, terminally with slender, acute sensory
process and several minute, acute, sensory papillae. Body with fine,
seta-like asperities, asperities of membrane finer than of sclerites,
those of membrane fine to extremely fine, sometimes lacking in
dorsal areas. Strumae asperate and setiferous.

Rodolia cardinalis (Mulsant)

Body sparsely setiferous, setae short; membrane and sclerites,
including strumae, densely covered with fine, seta-like asperities
and few fine, pale yellow setae (fig. 2). Pronotum with chalazae and
fine setae; each posterolateral angle with three chalazae of which
the setae are about three-fourths as long or as long as pronotum;
mesothoracic and metathoracic tergites sparsely setiferous, each
with single mesal and two lateral chalazae the setae of which are
stout, stiff, and brown. Anterior struma of each mesopleurum and
metapleurum with fine, pale, short setae and single chalaza with
long, brownish-yellow seta; each posterior struma setiferous and
with two chalazae, one anterodorsal to other, setae of chalazae
about as long or longer than segment. Dorsal and dorsolateral
strumae of abdominal segments 1-8 darkly pigmented, each with
fine, brownish-yellow setae and single prominent chalaza with stout,
stiff, brown seta, seta about one-third length of segment (fig. 9) ;
each lateral struma of abdominal segments 1-8 bearing two chalazae
(fig. 6), one anterodorsal to other, setae of chalazae one and one-
half to two times leng-th of segment, seta of anterodorsal chalaza
one-half to three-fourths length of other, longer on posterior seg-
ments. Head uniformly pigmented, smooth, sparsely setiferous.

Material studied: Numerous specimens from California, Lou-
isiana, and Mexico.

Rodolia koebelei (Coquillett)

Body with few, fine, pale yellow setae; membrane and sclerites,
including strumae, very densely covered with fine, seta-like asperi-
ties, asperities of sclerites slightly coarser than of membrane, Pro-
notum with chalazae and fine setae; each posterolateral angle with
three chalazae of which the setae are about as long as pronotum;
mesothoracic and metathoracic tergites sparsely setiferous, each
with single mesal and two lateral chalazae of which the setae are
slender, slightly curved, brownish-yellow, prominent. Anterior

118

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIII, No. 3

struma of each mesopleurum and metapleurum with fine, pale setae
and single chalaza with long, pale yellow seta; posterior strumae
each similarly setiferous and with four chalazae, one situated an-
teriorly, one posteriorly, one dorsally, and one ventrally, setae of
chalazae about one and one-half times as long as segment, anterior
seta shortest of four. Dorsal and dorsolateral strumae of abdominal
segments 1-8 darkly pigmented, each with fine, pale setae and
chalazae of various sizes of which the seta of one is long, brownish-
yellow and about one-third as long as segment (fig. 7) ; each lateral
struma of abdominal segments 1-8 bearing four chalazae (fig. 4),
two horizontally and two vertically situated, setae of chalazae about
one and one-half times length of segment, seta of anterior chalaza
shortest of four, progressively longer to subequal on posterior seg-
ments. Head uniformly pigmented, setiferous, with small spine-
like asperities lateral to each frontal suture.

Material studied: One specimen from California; three from
Brisbane, Australia.

Genus Anovia Casey

The genus Anovia is represented by its single species, A. vir-
ginalis (Wickham) . It is listed as occurring in Utah and Texas,
but it has been taken in other southwestern states.

A. virginalis larvae can be distinguished from members of
Rodolia principally by the number of antennal segments. In this
species the antenna (fig. 1) is composed of a single segment as com-
pared with the two-segmented antenna found in the species of
Rodolia. Terminally, it possesses a stout, acute, colorless, sensory
process, a similar but shorter sensory process, and several minute,
acute, sensory papillae. The short, slender process appears to be
homologous with that possessed by the small, second antennal seg-
ment of the Rodolia.

Anovia virginalis (Wickham)

Body sparsely setiferous, setae pale yellow; membrane and scler-
ites, including strumae, uniformly covered with fairly coarse, seta-
like asperities, asperities separated by a distance approximately
one-half to three-fourths length of one of the asperities. Prono-
tum with chalazae and setae, each posterolateral angle with twO'
chalazae, setae of chalazae longer than surrounding setae. Meso-
thoracic and metathoracic tergites sparsely setiferous, setae of
various sizes, each tergite with one mesal and two lateral cha-
lazae each with long, brownish-yellow seta. Anterior struma of
each mesopleurum and metapleurum with setae of various sizes and
single chalaza with long seta; posterior struma similarly setiferous.

July, 1947] stallings & turner— a new butterfly

119

with two chalazae, one anterodorsal to other, setae of chalazae long
and prominent. Dorsal and dorsolateral strumae of abdominal seg-
ments 1-8 pigmented, each with fine, pale setae and chalazae of
various sizes, seta of one prominent, brownish-yellow, about one-
third as long as segment (see fig, 7) ; each lateral struma of ab-
dominal segments 1-8 with chalazae of various sizes of which the
setae of two are conspicuous, each about as long as segment or
slightly longer. Head setiferous, uniformly pigmented, with few,
small, spine-like asperities lateral to each frontal suture.

Material studied: Five specimens from New Mexico.

References

CoQUiLLETT, D. W., 1889. The imported Australian Ladybird, Veda-
lia cardinalis. Insect Life 2:70-74, 2 figs.

1893. Report on Some of the Beneficial and Injurious Insects of
California. U. S. Dept. Agr. Ent., Bui. 30:9-33.

A NEW SUBSPECIES OF BUTTERFLY

BY DON B. STALLINGS AND J. R. TURNER
Caldwell, Kansas

While collecting in the vicinity of Folsom in northeast New
Mexico, we took a series of a new subspecies of Strymon Ontario
which we describe in this paper. Collecting in this area was of
particular interest because nearly all of the species of butter-
flies that we collected showed basic subspecific differences*,
most of which (in our opinion) have not developed sufficiently
to merit names at this time.

Strymon Ontario violae Stallings and Turner, new subspecies

Resembles Strymon Ontario antolycus on the upper surfaces ex-
cept that the ground color is a dark gray-brown rather than a red-
brown. On the upper surfaces of the fore wings the males have
four fulvous (orange) spots, while the females have two such spots.
The hind wings in both sexes have two (sometimes three) restricted
fulvous spots in the anal area. The fulvous spots in both sexes are
of a more yellowish color than the fulvous in autolycus and the
fulvous in viola has a tendency to be faded on the inner side of the
spot.

♦It being our opinion that one of the basic characters of valid subspecies of Lepid-
optera on continental areas is change of ground color.

120

THE PAN-pacific entomologist [Vol. xxiii, No. 3

The males have one short stubby tail tipped with white. The
females have two tails tipped with white, the second (top) tail be-
ing’ so short that it hardly merits the title. The tails of violae are
less developed than in either autolycus or ilivia.

On the under surfaces the markings of violae are similar to awto-
lycus. It is the ground color that is distinctive, in that it is gray-
black rather than the reddish-brown to black of autolycus and
Ontario. At certain angles it appears silvery-gray which was the
reason that we first confused specimens in flight with Strymon
melinus. The gray in the ground color is more dominant in the
females.

Violae averages about the same size as autolycus and is slightly
larger than ilivia. The shape of the hind wing is like autolycus in
not having the sharp outer angle like ilivia.

In some respects violae appears to be an intergrade between auto-
lycus and ilivia but the difference in ground color {ilivia has a light
ground color but it shows the reddish influence of autolycus) estab-
lishes it as a separate subspecies.

Size: male, expanse 25 mm.; female, expanse 28 mm.

Holotype: Male. Folsom, N. Mexico June 15, 1946. Eleva-
tion 5600 ft. Allotype: Female. Same data. Paratypes: 10
males, 12 females, same data, except one female caught at 5700
ft. Type series collected by Mr. and Mrs. Don B. Stallings and
sons. Dee and Jack. Named for Viola N. Stallings, wife and
sister of the authors, who caught the first specimen. The holo-
type and allotype will be retained in our collection for the time
being. Paratypes will be distributed to various museums and
private collections.

For the present the range of this subspecies can only be guessed
at. However, it is evident that it does not extend east as far as
Shamrock, Texas, where we have collected specimens of autolycus.
Nor can it be expected as far south as Globe, Arizona, where we
have collected ilivia.

We have compared these New Mexico specimens with a series
of Strymon Ontario ilivia collected near Globe, Ariz., at 5700
feet and with specimens of typical Ontario and the subspecies
autolycus in our collection from: Lancaster, Mineral Wells, Sham-
rock, Hondo and Palo Pinto, Texas; Cache and Tulsa, Okla. ;
Eureka and Caldwell, Kansas; St. Louis, Mo.; Quitman, Ark.;
Marquette, 111.; Augusta, Ga.

Our New Mexico specimens were collected in association with
Strymon melinus and at first we were unable to distinguish the
two while in flight.

July, 1947]

RAY— MORDELLIDAE

121

STUDIES ON NORTH AMERICAN MORDELLIDAE,

(Coleoptera)

BY EUGENE RAY
Chicago, Illinois

This is the fifth of a series of papers dealing with North
American members of the family. Two species are described
from Arizona, two from Oregon (one also from Kansas), and
one each from Tennessee, Michigan and Florida. Notes have
been added for ten previously known forms.

Mordella quadripunctata (Say)

Anaspis quadripunctata Say, 1824. Joum. Ac. N. S. Phila., 3:276.

One specimen: Methow, Washington, May 3, 1941, on rose
buds (M. H. Hatch). This is the first West Coast record for
this Eastern species. Previous records indicated its distribution
from New York west to Colorado and Manitoba.

Mordellistena wenzeli Liljeblad

Mordellistena wenzeli Liljeblad, 1946. Misc. Publ. Mus. Zool., Univ.

Mich., 62:79.

One specimen: Charleston, South Carolina, May 2, 1945, in
light trap (R. L. Wenzel). This species has hitherto been known
only from Tybee Island, Georgia.

Mordellistena fenderi Ray, new species
(Figs. 1, 15)

Form elongate, moderately narrow, sides subparallel along basal
two-thirds of elytra, derm black, front, maxillary palpi, four basal
segments of antennae, basal angles of pronotum, a broad humeral
vitta that narrows abruptly and ends before middle, legs (except
posterior femora) and apical margins of abdominal segments, casta-
neous, anal style and hypopygium fuscous. Body densely covered
with fine, recumbent, flavocinereous pubescence.

Eyes densely covered with short, fine, erect hairs. Antennae
slender, filiform, 1.45 mm. long, reaching to base of abdomen, seg-
ments 1-2 robust, equal; 3 as long as 2, but much narrower; 4 one-
half longer and distinctly broader than 3 ; 5-10 each as long as 4 but

^Studies on North American Mordellidae, IV. Pan-Pac. Ent., 22 :121, 1946.

122

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIII, No. 3

broader, sides parallel; 11 oval, one-half longer than 10, sides and
apex rounded. Terminal segment of maxillary palpi enlarged, form
of a rather broad scalene triangle, inner margin but slightly longer
than apical edge, sides and angles rounded.

Pronotum distinctly broader than long (1.16 x .95 mm.), anter-
ior margin and sides rounded, broadest before base, the latter arcu-
ate, midbasal lobe moderately long, rounded. Scutellum small, broad,
triangular, rounded at tip.

Elytra more than two and one-half times as long as broad (2.7 x 1
mm. ) , narrower at base than pronotum, sides subparallel on basal
two-thirds, thence broadly rounded to apex, apices individually
rounded. Anterior and intermediate tibiae about as long as their
tarsi, penultimate segment of the latter slightly broadened. Poste-
rior tibiae with two equal, oblique, parallel ridges (excluding sub-
apical one), each extending half way across outer face; basi tarsi
with two, second segment with one ridge, all near apex and strongly
indicated. Anal style slender, a slight constriction before middle,
attenuate to apex, two and one-third times as long as hypopygium
(1.15 X .5 mm.) .

Length: to apices of elytra, 3.65 mm.; to tip of anal style, 4.8
mm.

Holotype, male, Pea VINE Ridge near McMinnville, Oregon,
August 6, 1945, and allotype, female, type locality, July 29,
1945 (K. M. Fender) ; holotype in collection of Eugene Ray,
allotype in collection of Kenneth M. Fender, to whom this species
has been dedicated.

This species is allied to the eastern limhalis (Melsheimer) ^
but may be separated adequately by its different antennae, in
which the fourth segment is one-half longer than the third, the

2Proc. Acad. N. S. Phila., 1846, 2:315.

Fig. 1, Antenna of Mordellistena fendeH Ray. Fig. 2, Antenna
of MordetUstena mcdkini Ray. Fig. 3, Antenna of Mordellistena
arizonensis Ray. Fig. 4, Antenna of Mordellistena suturalis Ray.
Fig. 5, Antenna of Mordellistena pilosella Ray. Fig. 6, Antenna of
Mordellistena hihirsnta Ray. Fig. 7, Antenna of Mordellistena
y-notata Ray. Fig. 8, Pronotum of Mordellistena y-notata Ray.
Fig. 9, Maxillary palpus of Mordellistena y-notata Ray. Fig. 10,
Maxillary palpus of Mordellistena bihirsuta Ray. Fig. 11, Maxil-
lary palpus of Mordellistena pilosella Ray. Fig. 12, Maxillary pal-
pus of Mordellistena arizonensis Ray. Fig. 13, Maxillary palpus of
Mordellistena suturalis Ray. Fig. 14, Maxillary palpus of Mordel-
listena molkini Ray. Fig. 15, Maxillary palpus of Mordellistena
fenderi Ray.

July, 1947]

RAY— MORDELLIDAE

123

fourth to tenth being equal in length, with no noticeable narrow-
ing distally, by the triangular terminal segment of the maxillary
palpi (in limhalis this segment is boat-shaped) and by the dif-
ference in the color of the pronotum.

The frontal spot of the male is absent in the female. In the
latter sex the broad humeral vitta darkens gradually and ends
about one-third from the tip of the elytra.

124

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [ VOL. XXIII, No. 3

Mordellistena suturalis Ray, new species
(Figs. 4, 13)

Form, narrow, elongate, sides narrowing, but slightly cuneate.
Derm fuscous or fuscopiceous, head fuscous in male with apical half
of front fuscobrunneous, entirely fuscobrunneous in female with a
dorsal cloud on vertex; maxillary palpi fuscobrunneous, antennae
varying from fuscobrunneous at base to fuscopiceous at apex; pro-
notum fuscous in male, fuscous in female with basal margins and
angles fuscobrunneous, the angles broadly so; elytra fuscous in
male, fuscous in female with a broad fuscobrunneous vitta covering
base, except narrowly along suture and margins and abruptly nar-
rowing one-fourth from base, extending therefrom in a narrow sub-
sutural line to within one-fifth of apex ; anterior legs fuscobrunneous
in male, legs completely fuscobrunneous in female except for the
posterior femora, which are fuscous. Surface densely covered with
fine, recumbent pubescence, partaking of ground color, except on
light parts, where it is golden.

Head strongly convex, eyes entire, densely covered with short,
erect hairs. Antennae 1.06-1.43 mm. long, reaching base of prono-
tum; segment 4 twice as long as 3 in male, one-half longer in female,
and one-half broader in both sexes ; 5-10 each slightly broader than
4, but slightly shorter; 11 equal in length to 10, broadest subapically,
sides and apex rounded. Terminal segment of maxillary palpi en-
larged, form of a scalene triangle, apical edge rounded, intermediate
in length between the inner and outer sides.

Pronotum convex, distinctly broader than long (1.06-1.36 x .94-
1.21 mm. ) , apex and sides rounded, basal angles obtuse, base arcu-
ate, midbasal lobe broad, short, but rounded. Scutellum broad,
triangular, sides and apex rounded.

Elytra two and-one-third times as long as broad (2.49-3.25 x 1.06-
1.36 mm.), sides subcuneate to within one-fifth of apex, thence
strongly curved, apices individually rounded. Anterior and inter-
mediate tarsi equal in length to their tibiae. Posterior tibiae with
two equal, oblique ridges, each extending across almost one-half
width of outer face; basitarsi with three ridges, second segment
with two. Anal style slender, acuminate to apex, three times length
of hypopygium in male (1.17x.38 mm.), three and one-half times
length of hypopygium in female (1.47 x .42 mm.) .

Length: to apices of elytra, 3.43-4.46 mm.; to tip of anal style,
4.64-5.93 mm.

Holotype, male, allotype, female, and two paratypes, both
males. Great Smoky Mountains National Park, Gatlinburg,
Tennessee, June 13-19, 1942 (H. S. Dybas) ; holotype and allotype
in the collection of Eugene Ray, paratypes in the collection of
the Chicago Natural History Museum.

July, 1947]

RAY— MORDELLIDAE

125

This species is allied to egregia Liljeblad^ and may be sep-
arated by the broad basal vitta of the elytra, which abruptly
narrows one-fourth from base and extends in a narrow sub-
sutural line almost to apex, by the shorter antennae with the
fourth segment slightly longer than the fifth, by the uniformly
fuscopiceous color of the ventral surface, by the shorter, broader
maxillary palpi, by the longer, narrower posterior tibiae and by
the broader form. Comparisons have been made with the types
of egregia, as well as with argenteola Liljeblad^ and syntaenia
Liljeblad®, with which this species is also allied.

Mordellistena bihirsuta Ray, new species
(Fig-s. 6, 10)

Form moderately slender, narrow, sides subparallel on basal half
of elytra, derm black, four basal segments of antennae fuscobrun-
neous, front, mouthparts, anterior legs and middle femoi-a casta-
neous to fuscous. Body densely covered with fine, recumbent pubes-
cence, sericeocinereous, except on pronotum and elytra, where it is
flavocinereous, with the elytral suture and apex broadly and the
apical half of lateral margin narrowly covered with dark pubes-
cence that appears to be purple in certain lights.

Eyes densely covered with short, fine, erect hairs. Antennae 1.1
mm. long, extending to base of pronotum, segments 1-2 robust, equal;
3 distinctly longer but narower than 4; 5-10 each longer than 3 and
one-half broader, subserrate; 11 slightly longer than 10, o val, sides
and apex rounded. Terminal segment of maxillary palpi enlarged,
form of a moderately elongate scalene triangle, distinctly longer
than broad, inner and apical margins straight, angles rounded.

Pronotum one-half broader than long (1.26x.8 mm.), anterior
margin and sides broadly rounded, base arcuate, midbasal lobe
moderately produced, broad, rounded. Scutellum small, broad, tri-
angular, broadly rounded at tip.

Elytra short, slightly more than twice as long as broad (2.7 x
1.16 mm.), narrower at base than pronotum, broadest at base, sides
subparallel on basal half, thence curved to apex, apices individually
rounded. Anterior and intermediate tibiae shorter than their tarsi,
the latter filiform, penultimate segment shortest. Posterior tibiae
with two equal, oblique, parallel ridges (excluding subapical one),
each short, extending no more than one-third distance across outer
face; basitarsi with three, second segment with twO' short ridges.
Anal style short, robust, attenuate to apex, but twice length of
hypopygium (1.16 x .58 mm.) .

Length: to apices of elytra, 3.5 mm.; to tip of anal style, 4.66 mm.

^Misc. Publ. Mus. Zool., Univ. Mich., 1946, 62 :107.
*Misc. Publ. Mus. Zool., Univ. Mich., 1946, 62 ;104.
®Can. Ent., 1921, 53:184.

126

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, No. 3

Holotype, male, Malheur Lake, Oregon, June 10, 1940 (K.
M. Fender) ; allotype, female, Boardman, Oregon, June 26, 1941
(K. M. Fender) ; two paratypes, Othello, Washington, June 18,
1932 (M. H. Hatch) ; one paratype, Topeka, Kansas, June 10,
1941 (H. S. Dybas) ; holotype in the collection of Eugene Ray;
allotype in the collection of Kenneth M. Fender; paratypes in
the collection of the Chicago Natural History Museum, Melville
H. Hatch and Eugene Ray.

This species is closest to syntaenia Liljeblad® and has been
compared with the type of the latter. It differs in its broader
form, in the broad, laterally placed yellowish vitta on the elytra,
which in syntaenia is double and medially placed on each elytron,
by the antennae, which have the third segment longer than the
fourth, and by the shorter anal style.

Mordellistena arizonensis Ray, new species
(Figs. 3, 12)

Form narrow, elongate, sides subparallel to middle of elytra.
Derm black, except for a narrow, rufocastaneous line along caudal
margins of abdominal segments, clypeus, labrum and mesal half of
mandibles rufocastaneous. Surface densely covered with fine, re-
cumbent pubescence, partaking of ground color, except for the fol-
lowing whitish areas: head, pronotum, scutellum, base and basal
fifth of elytral margins broadly, single scattered hairs elsewhere on
disc, meso- and metasternum and basal halves of abdominal seg-
ments.

Head strongly convex, but little narrower than pronotum; eyes
entire, densely covered with fine, erect hairs. Antennae short,
robust, 1.1 mm. long, extending only to basal third of pronotum;
segments 1-2 large, equal; 3-4 equal in length, 4 distinctly broader
than 3; 5-10 each one-third longer and broader than 4, subser-
rate, each broadest subapically, mesal edges rounded, lateral edges
straight; 11 distinctly longer than 10, sides straight, angles obtuse.
Terminal segment of maxillary palpi enlarged, form of a broad
scalene triangle, apical edge shortest, lateral margin almost straight,
angles rounded.

Pronotum moderately rounded, distinctly broader than long (1.21
X 1.02 mm.), completely and finely margined, apex, sides and basal
angles rounded, the latter obtuse, base arcuate, midbasal lobe short,
broad, rounded. Scutellum moderately large, broadly triangular,
sides and apex rounded.

Elytra narrow, elongate, two and one-half times as long as broad

“Can. Ent., 1921, 53 :184.

July, 1947]

RAY— MORDELLIDAE

127

(3.02x1.21 mm.), sides subparallel on basal half, thence strongly
curved caudad, apices individually rounded. Anterior and inter-
mediate tarsi filiform, as long as their tibiae, penultimate segment
shortest. Posterior tibiae with two short, oblique, equal, parallel
ridges near the tip (excluding subapical one) ; basitarsi with four
oblique ridges, second segment with two. Anal style but twice length
of hypopygium (1.17x.64 mm.), robust, acuminate to apex, the
latter truncate.

Length : to apices of elytra, 4.04 mm. ; to tip of anal style, 5.21 mm.

Holotype, female, Huachuca Mountains, Arizona, August 18,
1938 (J. N. Knull) ; in the collection of Ohio State University.

This species is allied to both pullata Liljeblad^ and nigella
Liljeblad®. Comparison with the types of these two species reveals
the following differences: a larger size, broader form, broader
terminal segment of the maxillary palpi, the whitish color of the
body pubescence, particularly on the meso- and metasternum
and basal margins of the abdominal segments, the bicolored
elytral pubescence with single, shining, whitish hairs among
others of dermal color, except along base and basal half of
lateral margins, where they are more numerous but not dense
enough to be considered a fascia, and the shorter antennae, which
reach only to basal third of pronotum.

Mordellistena egregia Liljeblad

Mordellistena egregia Liljeblad, Misc. Publ. Mus. Zool., Univ. Mich.,

1946, 62:107.

One specimen: Seaview, Washington, July 25, 1932. This
species was described from two specimens taken in Mariposa
County, California.

Mordellistena pilosella Ray, new species
(Figs, 5, 11)

Form narrow, linear, sides subparallel. Derm black; labrum,
palpi, anterior and intermediate legs and six basal segments of
antennae flavocastaneous, intermediate femora and tibiae darker,
antennal segments seven to eleven fuscous. Surface covered with
fine, recumbent pubescence, sericeocinereous everywhere, except on
light areas, where it has a yellowish tinge.

Head strongly convex, almost as broad as the pronotum, eyes
entire, densely covered with fine, erect hairs. Antennae 1,51 mm.

^Misc. Publ. Mus. Zool., Univ. Mich., 1946, 62 :115.

sibid, 62:116.

128 the PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIIIj No. 3

long, reaching beyond base of pronotum ; segments 1-2 large, equal ;
3-4 short, equal; 5-10 equal, each two-thirds longer and slightly
broader than 4, not, however, serrate, but slightly broadened to apex ;
11 one-half longer than 10, flattened, broadest at apical third, sides
and corners rounded. Terminal segment of maxillary palpi enlarged,
moderately robust, with the form of a scalene triangle, apical edge
distinctly longer than inner margin, sides and angles rounded.

Pronotum convex, slightly broader than long (.72x.68 mm.),
completely and flnely margined, apex and sides rounded, basal angles
obtuse, base arcuate, midbasal lobe broad, short, truncate. Scutellum
large, triangular, sides rounded, apical angle broadly so.

Elytra narrow, elongate, two and seven-tenths times as long as
broad (1.96 x .72 mm.), sides subparallel to within a fourth of apex,
thence strongly curved, apices individually rounded. Anterior and
intermediate tarsi distinctly longer than their tibiae, subflliform,
penultimate segment slightly broadened at apex. Posterior tibiae
with two oblique, parallel ridges, anterior one extending entirely
across outer face; basitarsi with three oblique ridges, second seg-
ment with two. Anal style distinctly more than twice length of
hypopygium (.91 x .41 mm.), slender, acuminate from base to apex.

Length : to apices of elytra, 2.64 mm. ; to tip of anal style, 3.55 mm.

Holotype, male, Patagonia Mountains, Arizona, August 20,
1940 (D. J. and J. N. Knull) ; in the collection of Ohio State
University.

This species is most closely allied to hlatchleyi Liljeblad® and
may be separated by the more elongate form, larger size, longer
pronotum, larger, more rounded scutellum, shorter anal style, the
castaneous anterior and intermediate legs, with their tarsi longer
than the tibiae, the longer, bicolored antennae, with the six basal
segments flavocastaneous and the remainder fuscous and the dif-
ference in the relative lengths of these segments, the fifth being
two-thirds longer than the fourth.

Mordellistena subfucus Liljeblad

Mordellistencu subfucus Liljeblad, Misc. Publ. Mus. Zool., Univ.

Mich., 1946, 62:134.

Four specimens: Forest Hill, Rapides Parish, Louisiana, Sep-
tember.

®Misc. Publ. Mus. Zool., Univ. Mich., 1946, 62 :133.

July, 1947]

RAY— MORDELLIDAE

129

Mordellistena testacea Blatchley
Mordellistena testacea Blatchley, Col. Ind., 1910, 1321.

One specimen: Forest Hill, Rapides Parish, Louisiana, Sep-
tember 17-21, 1945, light trap (R. L. Wenzel). This is an ex-
treme southern record, the species having hitherto been recorded
only from Indiana.

Mordellistena nunenmacheri Liljeblad
Mordellistena nunenmacheri Liljeblad, Can. Ent., 1918, 50:157.

Three specimens: one, Virden, Washington, May 4, 1935
(Hatch- Wilson) and two, Metiolus River, Oregon, June 1, 1936
(H. Lanphere) . This species is now known to be found in the
three Pacific Coast States.

Mordellistena y-notata Ray, new species
(Fig-s. 7, 8, 9)

Form narrow, elongate, subparallel, but slightly subcuneate.
Derm black, head castaneous, vertex black; antennae black; prono-
tum castaneous, basal margin narrowly black, a fuscous, Y-shaped
spot on posterior half of disc, the stem at the midbasal lobe and the
arms extending to middle of disc. Basal two- thirds of anterior and
intermediate femora castaneous, remainder black. Surface densely
covered with fine, recumbent pubescence, partaking of ground color,
except on head and pronotum, where it is yellowish and on ventral
surface, where it is whitish.

Head strongly convex, eyes entire, densely covered with fine,
erect hairs. Antenna 1.06 mm. long, reaching to middle of prono-
tum; segments 3-4 equal in length, the latter slightly broader; 5-10
each one-half longer and broader than 4, fiattened, subserrate, broad-
est at apex; 11 one-third longer than 10, broadest subbasally, sides
and apex rounded. Terminal segment of maxillary palpi enlarged,
form of a broad isosceles triangle, sides distinctly rounded.

Pronotum convex, broader than long (1.09 x .89 mm.), apex and
sides rounded, basal angles obtuse, base arcuate, midbasal lobe
broad, long, strongly rounded. Scutellum small, triangular, sides
and apex rounded.

Eltyra narrow, two and six-tenths times as long as broad (2.83
X 1.09 mm.), sides subparallel to beyond middle, thence strongly
curved, apices individually rounded. Anterior and intermediate
tarsi filiform, as long as their tibiae. Posterior tibiae with three

130

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIII, No. 3

equal, oblique ridges, each extending about one-third across outer
face; basitarrd with three ridges, second segment with two. Anal
style twice length of hypopygium (1.09 x .53 mm.), broad on basal
half, narrow and acuminate from middle to apex.

Length: to apices of elytra, 3.81 mm.; to tip of anal style, 4.9 mm.

Holotype, female, Decatur, Michigan, July 18, 1942 (E. Ray) ;
in the collection of Eugene Ray.

This species is most closely allied to tantula Liljeblad^° and
may be distinguished by the presence of a Y-shaped, fuscous
area on the basal half of pronotum, the castaneous head, the
black antennae, the bicolored legs and the peculiar antennae,
which have segments three and four equal, five to ten much
broadened and flattened and almost twice as wide as four. In
tantula four is as long as two and three together, five to ten are
not flattened and are not much broader than four.

Mordellistena ambusta LeConte

Mordellistena ambusta LeConte, Proc. Acad. N. S. Phila., 1862,

14:50.

One specimen: Seattle, Washington, July 16, 1927 (T. Kincaid) .
This is the first West Coast record for this Eastern species.

Mordellistena conformis Smith

Mordellistena conformis Smith, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc., 1883, 6:4.

Four specimens: Forest Hill, Rapides Parish, Louisiana, Au-
gust 10-September 7, 1945, light trap (R. L. Wenzel) . This species
has hitherto been recorded only from Texas.

Mordellistena malkini Ray, new species
(Figs. 2, 14)

Form narrow, elongate, sides subparallel on basal half of elytra.
Derm black, except two basal segments of antennae, which are fus-
cocastaneous. Surface densely covered with fine, recumbent pubes-
cence, cinereous everywhere, except on elytra, where it is mixed
with black.

Head convex, distinctly narrower than pronotum; eyes entire,
densely covered with short, erect hairs. Antennae 1.38 mm. long.

^'’Misc. Publ. Mus. Zool., Univ. Mich., 1946, 62:159.

July, 1947J

RAY— MORDELLIDAE

131

reaching base of proiiotum; segments 1-2 large, equal; 3-4 equal in
length, the latter distinctly broader; 5-10 somewhat flattened, each
one-fourth longer and slightly broader than 4; 11 one-third longer
than 10, broadest postmedially, sides and angles rounded. Terminal
segment of maxillary palpi enlarged, form of a broad, scalene tri-
angle, mesal margin shortest, sides and angles rounded.

Pronotum as long as broad (1.32 mm.), finely but distinctly mar-
gined, apex and sides strongly rounded, basal angles right angles,
base arcuate, midbasal lobe broad, short, rounded. Scutellum small,
broad, subtriangular, sides and apex rounded.

Elytra elongate, narrow, two and six-tenths times as long as
broad (3.4 x 1.32 mm.), sides parallel on basal half, thence broadly
rounded to apex, apices individually rounded. Anterior and inter-
mediate tarsi longer than their tibiae, penultimate segment shortest,
distinctly broader than preceding segment and emarginate on apical
margin. Posterior tibiae with three oblique, parallel ridges, middle
one extending completely across outer face, others extending less
than half this distance; basitarsi with five oblique ridges, second
segment with three. Anal style elongate, more than three times
length of hypopygium (2.14x.7 mm.), abruptly narrowing one-
third from base, thence narrow and attenuate to apex, the latter
acute.

Length : to apices of elytra, 4.72 mm. ; to tip of anal style, 6.86 mm.

Holotype, male, allotype, female, and a paratype, female.
Tarpon Springs, Florida, April 18, 1943 (B. Malkin) ; holotype
and allotype in the collection of Eugene Ray; paratype in the
collection of Borys Malkin, to whom this striking species is
dedicated.

This species is allied to husseyi Lilejblad^^, described from
Michigan, but may immediately be separated by the narrower
form, larger size, the larger number of ridges on the posterior
tarsi, the longer anal style, the black palpi and anterior femora
and the narrower terminal segment of the maxillary palpi.

Naucles tibialis Champion

Nancies tibialis Champion, Biol. Centr. Amer. Col., 1891, 4, 2:257.

One specimen: Forest Hill, Rapides Parish, Louisiana, Sep-
tember 24-29, 1945, light trap (R. L. Wenzel). This species
has hitherto been recorded only from Guatemala and California.

*^Misc. Publ. Mus. Zool., Univ. Mich., 1946, 62 :176.

132

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIII, No. 3

REDESCRIPTION OF AGENIOIDEUS HUMILIS (CRESSON)
WITH NOTES ON ITS BIOLOGY

( Hymenoptera, Pompilidae)

BY PAUL D. HURD, JR.
University of California, Berkeley

The recent discovery of Agenioideus humilis (Cresson) on Mt.
Diablo, Contra Costa County, California, by J. W. MacSwain
and G. E. Bohart of the University of California is of particular
interest because it sheds some light on the biology of the species.
In addition, the discovery places this widely distributed species
for the first time on our California faunal list.

Humilis was described by Cresson (1867:91) on the basis
of a single female collected in New York (State?). The male
was known to Ashmead (1902:85) when he erected the mono-
basic genus, Agenioideus, since characters of both sexes were
enumerated in the description. However, Viereck (1906:304),
apparently unaware of Ashmead’s treatment of the species, re-
corded a male from New Haven, Connecticut which he believed
constituted the first record of the male and characterized it
as such.

The four male and two female specimens which form the
basis for the following redescription of the species were reared
from pupal cases collected at Rock City, Mt. Diablo, California
by MacSwain and Bohart on January 12, 1947. The pupal cases
were found singly in pulverized sandstone detritus which had
accumulated in small, weathered recesses at the base of a cliff.
Of the eleven pupal cases uncovered and brought into the labor-
atory for rearing, six yielded adult wasps by early April, one
pupal case was found to be parasitized by a bombyliid larva,
another by a mutillid larva, and the remaining three were empty.

Agenioideus humilis (Cresson)

Pompilus htcmilis Cresson, 1867, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 1:91, $.
Agenioideus humilis, Ashmead, 1902, Can. Ent., 34:85, $ 2.
Anoplius humilis, Viereck, 1906, Ent. News, 17:304, $ .
Sericopompilus humilis. Banks, 1911, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 19:229.

July, 1947]

HURD— AGENIOIDEUS

133

Agenoideus [sic!] humilis, Banks, 1917, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,

Harvard College, 61:107; Banks, 1919, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,

Harvard College, 63:239.

Male. Length, 4-6 mm. Head black, distinctly wider than thorax,
clotlied with numerous recumbent, silvery, pubescent hairs on face
and clypeus and erect, silvery, pubescent hairs on vertex and hind
margins of head; vertex sculptured with a few scattered punc-
tures; eyes large, reaching to posterior margin of head, slightly
convergent above; ocelli prominent; posterior ocelli much closer to
inner eye margins than to each other; anterior ocellus about one
and a quarter times diameter of a posterior ocellus; face medio-longi-
tudinally traversed by a weakly impressed line extending from ante-
rior ocellus to antennal bases ; antennae black, clothed densely with
minute, erect, black hairs; clypeus broadly and evenly rounded,
swollen medially, anterior margin in some with a few scattered
punctures; mandibles black shading to dark amber on apex (vari-
able) , clothed exteriorly with a few, erect, rather stout, black hairs;
malar space between bases of mandibles and eyes distinct. Thorax
black (pruinose in certain lights), clothed with recumbent, silvery,
pubescent hairs particularly on propodeum; posterior margin of
pronotum angulate; propodeal surface scarcely arched posteriorly;
legs black, except for a dull white spot on upper posterior surface
of each hind tibia; claws pale brown, unidentate within; intermedi-
ate and posterior tibiae armed with a few short, stout spines ; inner
posterior tibial spur nearly three-fourths length of basitarsus.
Wings whitish-hyaline, refulgent with green, copper and rose violet
iridescence (in certain lights), clothed with numerous, minute, black
hairs; fore wing bifasciately fumose, outer fascia in form of an
exterior marginal band, inner fascia more diffuse occupying area
immediately below stigma ; second submarginal cell nearly rectangu-
lar, first recurrent vein meeting the cell a little beyond the middle ;
third submarginal cell trapezoidal, second recurrent vein meeting
cell about two-thirds from the tip; marginal cell acute at apex;
hind wing with exterior marginal band similar to that of fore wing,
inner fascia absent. Abdomen black (pruinose in certain lights)
with a dull white spot on terminal tergite (though absent in some),
subpetiolate, arched posteriorly, laterally compressed. Sub genital
plate brownish-black, spatulate, attenuated basally, median portion
elevated, forming a rather broad medio-longitudinal, carinate keel
which when viewed in profile describes an arc extending from basal
portion of plate nearly to apex; apical margin of plate rounded,
armed with a fringe of rather long, stout, black bristles.

Female. Length, 4 mm. Similar to male in coloration and vesti-
ture, though dull white markings on hind tibia and on terminal ab-
dominal tergite obscure or missing. Anterior tarsal comb com-
posed of five rather long, stout spines, about equal in length except
for most distal spine which is about three-fourths the length of the
others. Third antennal segment fully twice as long as scape, instead

134

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, No. 3

of being subequal as in the male. Tip of abdomen noticeably clothed
with short, erect, ashy- white hairs (black in some lights).

Pupal case cigar shaped, smooth, papery, pale brown, except for
smaller end which is black owing to the presence of a hard packed,
grayish black deposit within that end of the case. Length, 4-6 mm.
Emergence is effected by a complete excision of the large end of the
case.

Ty 2 )e locality. New York.

Recorded distribution. New Haven, Connecticut, 1 S , June 9,
1905 (Viereck, 1906). Revelstoke, Selkirk Mts., British Colum-
bia, July 8-13 (Banks, 1919). Banks (1919:239) states, “But
one species known which occurs across the northern part of
North America.”

New records. Mt. Diablo, Contra Costa County, California, 4
$ S, 2 ? $, reared from pupae collected on January 12, 1947, by
MacSwain and Bohart.

Humilis is readily recognized by the bifasciate character of
the fore wing, the dull white marking on each hind tibia, and the
nature and color of the vestiture.

A SENSILLUM IN CARPOPHILUS AND HAPTONCUS

(Ooleoptera, Nitidulidae)

BY L. R. GILLOGLY

State Department of Agriculture
Sacramento, California

The chitinous invagination of the terminal segment of the an-
tennae of certain Nitidulidae reported herein should properly and
descriptively be referred to as a sensillum ampulaceum. The organ
has been found in only two genera, Haptoncus and Carpophilus,
although several genera in this family have been examined. It was
clearly observed in all species of these genera examined with the
single exception of C. pallipennis (Say.)

This sensillum was first noticed in slide material prepared dur-
ing the description of a new species of Haptoncus. Although it can
be observed with fairly low magnification, it is necessary to mount
the segment upon a slide and use transmitted light because the
organ is enclosed within the segment.

In the Nitidulidae the antennae are eleven segmented with a
three segmented somewhat flattened club. The terminal segment is

July, 1947]

GILLOGLY— SENSILLUM

135

generally roughly pentagonal in outline and often under low mag-
nification has the appearance of two articulated segments. Upon
the lower surface of the segment at the line of this apparent fusion
is the circular or oval opening of the sensillum. The main part or
body of the organ rests inside of the segment and is extended to-
ward the base of the antennae. The structure is chitinous and might
easily have been formed during the evolution of this antenal seg-
ment by the telescoping of a primitive twelfth segment into the
eleventh.

Figures show the outline of the terminal segment and its sensil-
lum ampulaceum. 1, Cct7-pophihis sp.; 2, Car'po'philus discoideus Lee.;
3, Ca'rpophilus humeralis (Fabr. ); 4, Hajotonciis ochraceus Er.-;
5, CarjJojyhilus h^'achyjoteriis (Say) ; 6, Carpophilus antiquus Melsh.;
7, Haptoncus luteolus (Er.) ; 8, Haptoncus californicus Gillogly, in-
set of an abberant form of the sensillum in H. californicus.

In different species the shape and appearance of the sensillum
may vary greatly. It sometimes extends for nearly two-thirds of
the length of the segment as in Carpophilus hrachypterus (Say)
(fig. 5) or for less than one-fourth of that distance as in C. antiquus
Melsh. (fig. 6). Although it is usually a simple pear-shaped flask,
it may be clubbed, convoluted, or even divided at the base as in
Haptoncus ochraceus Er. (fig- 4). The neck of the flask is often
ringed or reticulate for all or part of its length and these markings
sometimes extend over the entire surface of the sensillum. This va-
riation in the organ is often greatest between closely allied species
and is very helpful in such cases as a specific character. Haptoncus
luteolus (Er.) (fig. 7) and H. ochraceus Er. (fig. 4) are very simi-
lar in appearance but the sensilla quickly and definitely separate
them. Carpophilus humeralis (Fabr.) (fig. 3) and Carpophilus sp.
(fig. 1) can scarcely be separated on the basis of existing descrip-

136

THE PAN-pacific entomologist [Vol. xxiii, No. 3

tions but the sensillum of the latter is so remarkably different from
the former as well as from all other species examined as to be
definitely recognizable without examining the rest of the insect. In
Haptoncus calif ornicus Gillogly one antenna of one specimen had
the sensillum bent to form a right angle. An inset of this sensillum
is included although it is not typical of this or any other species
examined. While this new character will be very helpful in many
cases it must be remembered that in some species the sensilla are
very similar in shape and appearance and it would be difiicult, if
not impossible, to identify all species merely by this character alone.

The genus Haptoncus was first placed in the Nitidulariae by
Erichson (1843) when he described the species {Epu-

raea) luteolus (Er.) ; then Murray (1864) and Sharp (1891)
placed the genus in Carpophilidae ; and finally Parsons (1943)
returned the genus to the Nitidulinae. It appears to me that there
can no longer be any doubt as to the true position of this genus
because the new character discussed in this paper appears only in
the two genera Carpophilus and Haptoncus. Moreover, as Murray
(1864) and Sharp (1891) have each separately commented, the
genus actually keys out to the Carpophilinae in fresh material and
the terminal abdominal segments only become retracted in dried
specimens. Sharp (1891) writes, “no species of Epuraea has the
elytra so short as Haptoncus^’ and adds, “that no good line of
demarcation between the two groups, as at present defined, exists.”
I submit that the presence of the antennal sensillum in Haptoncus
and its absence in Epuraea and the other Nitidulinae, indicates that
the former genus is allied to Carpophilus and the other Carpophi-
linae.

Literature Cited

Erichson, W. F., 1843. Versuch einer systematischen Eintheilung
der Nitidularien, in Cermar, Zeitschrift fiir die Entomologie,
4, pp. 225-361.

Murray, Andrew, 1864. Monograph of the family Nitidulariae,
Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 24, 211-414, pis. 32-36.

Sharp, David, 1891. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Coleoptera, 2,
pt. 1, Nitidulidae, pp. 265-288, pis. 8-12.

Parsons, Carl T., 1943. A Revision of Nearctic Nitidulidae, Bul-
letin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard Col-
lege, Vol. XCII, No. 3, pp. 121-278, pis. 1-13.

July, 1947]

KNOWLTON— HOLLYHOCK APHID

137

A NEW HOLLYHOCK APHID

BY GEORGE F. KNOWLTON^

Utah Agricultural Experiment Station, Logan, Utah

A maroon-red to reddish-brown aphid of the genus Macro-
siphum has been observed to infest hollyhock, Althaea rosea,
each season for a number of years, at Logan and elsewhere in
Utah. Usually by late May the aphid had become so abundant
as to be damaging. Some decrease in numbers ordinarily occur-
red during August; the aphid again became extremely abundant
during early September and remained in damaging abundance
until frosts had destroyed the foliage. Most of the individuals
were observed to feed head downward, beneath the surface of
leaves, on petioles, stems and beneath ovaries of flowers. They
sometimes occurred from the apex of the plant to within an inch
or two of the ground and were usually most abundant on the
upper third. This species has been collected in injurious abund-
ance by the writer, from Cedar City, in southern Utah, to as far
north as Lethbridge, Alberta, Canada. When encountered, usually
it has been present on at least some plants in conspicuous
abundance.

The writer is indebted to Professors E. 0. Essig and M. A.
Palmer for their opinions concerning this pest, and to Merlin
W. Allen who in correspondence called attention to its undes-
cribed condition.

Macrosiphum eoessigi Knowlton, new species

General body color of living' material, reddish-brown to maroon-
red (occasionally a slight greenish or brighter red). Head, an-
tennae except for small area at base of III, cornicles, cauda, anal
plate, and most of legs beyond middle of tibiae black, or at least
fuscous. Most dorsal abdominal hairs have a distinct blackish area
surrounding the base; these sometimes tend to form a broken band
across dorsum of segment preceding cauda. The dark areas become
faded or lost when specimens are cleared too long in caustic. A dark
area usually occurs behind each black cornicle. Cuticula of thorax
and abdomen have tendency to be somewhat rugulose; minute
spinose pattern often occurs along many of the ventral abdominal
lines in apterous forms, especially noticeable in males. Ocular
tubercles present; antennal tubercles prominent. Hairs on vertex
moderately prominent and flattened at apex.

Stem mothers or fundatrices : Body 2.24 to 3.15 mm. long and 1.5

^Research professor of Zoology and Entomology.

138

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, No. 3

to 1.62 across abdomen; antennae 3.32 to 4.19 mm. long; antennal
III, .80 to .98 mm. long with 3 to 10 rounded sensoria of various sizes,
mostly in irregular line on basal half of segment; IV, .65 to .9; V,
.58 to .68; VI, .17 to .2 plus .97 to 1.11; rostral IV + V slenderly
obtuse, .174 to .188, usually reaching abdomen; hind tibiae 1.98 to
2.48; hind tarsi .17 to .19; cornicles strong, .95 to 1.25 long with
distal .26 to .32 mm. reticulated; total length of cauda, .54 to .57
long with 4 to 7 lateral hairs on each side, usually conical (rarely
with slight constriction before base).

Alate: Winged females become abundant with maturity of the
second generation, decreasing in number by mid-summer and scarce
in fall. Spring alates have body 2.3 to 3.1 mm. long; antennae 3.66
to 4.26; antennal III, .83 to .91 with 8 to 19 sensoria; IV, .78 to .9;
V, .65 to .74; VI, .17 to .19 plus 1.02 to 1.18; rostral IV + V, .18 to
.19, usually reaches abdomen; hind tibiae 2.24 to 2.51; hind tarsi
.18 to .19; cornicles black, .95 to 1.1 with distal .27 to .34 mm. reticu-
lated ; cauda .45 to .5 long with 4 to 8 lateral hairs, somewhat conical
but not sharp at tip.

Aptera: Spring and summer aptera resemble fundatrices; body
3 to 3.25 mm. long; filament of antennal VI, .99 to 1.21; hind tibiae
2.33 to 2.81. Small fall sexuparae, which occur together with larger
aptera, have body about 2.12 to 2.37 mm. long; antennae 2.78 to
3.12; antennal III, .64 to .68 with 1 to 5 sensoria; IV, .53 to .54;
V, .47 to .49; VI, .14 plus .90; cornicles .72 to .85 with distal .17
to .2 reticulated; cauda .38 to .41 mm. long.

Males: Small apterous males occur during late September and
October at Logan. Body 1.67 to 2.02; antennae 2.42 to 2.95; anten-
nal III, .54 to .695 with 25 to 43 sensoria; IV, .49 to .6 with 13 to 25
sensoria; V, .43 to .57 with 9 to 15 secondary sensoria; VI, .1 to .14
plus .63 to .87 mm. long; rostral IV + V, .158, slenderly obtuse,
reaching abdomen; hind tibiae 1.43 to 1.77; hind tarsi .14 to .16;
cornicles .39 to .52 with distal .06 to .08 reticulated; cauda .19 to
.252 mm. long.

Ovijmrae: Body 2.21 to 2.33 mm. long; antennae 2.56; antennal
III, .68 to .77 with 1 to 8 sensoria; IV, .63 to .66; V, .52 to .56; VI,
.15 to .17 plus .84; rostral IV + V, .16; hind tibiae, 1.78 to 1.91 with
basal half somewhat swollen and armed with about 20 to 35 small
rounded sensoria; hind tarsi .16 to .173; cornicles .73 to .82 with
distal .11 to .22 reticulated; cauda .33 to .4 with 4 to 7 lateral hairs,
usually without constriction before base.

Type: In the collection of the writer, the slide containing
four alates, collected at Logan, Utah, May 25, 1946, G. F. Knowl-
ton. Paratypes in the collection of Utah Agricultural Experi-
ment Station, Professors E. 0. Essig and M. A. Palmer, Doctors
C. F. Smith and A. N. Tissot, and in the U. S. National Museum.
Approximately 175 slides were available for the above study,
containing more than 1000 mature individuals.

July, 1947]

KNOWLTON— HOLLYHOCK APHID

139

Taxonomy: Alate Macrosiphum eoessigi n. sp. runs to M.
kiowanepus (Hottes) in Gillette and Palmer’s key (Ann. Ent.
Soc. Amer. 27:169, 1934) from which it differs in body having
more of a maroon-red color and lacking pruinose covering, in
having larger body and shorter antennae and cornicles. The
hind tibiae of the eoessigi oviparae contain fewer and smaller
sensoria than other Macrosiphum species infesting plants of the
Mallow family.

Collections : Described chiefly from material collected at
Logan, Utah, throughout 1946 and in fall of 1945. Type locality,
Logan, Utah. Collections include: at Logan, Utah, October 16
and 17, 1945 (Knowlton), oviparae and males; September 9,
1945 (M. W. Allen — these in the E. 0. Essig collection) ; May
1, 4, 6, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 25, July 14, August 30, September 4,
12, 15, 17, 18, October 22, November 8, 17, 1946 (Knowlton) ;
May 24, 1946 (Knowlton and W. P. Nye). Collected elsewhere
in Utah, during 1946 at: Farmington, May 16; Hyde Park,
May 13 and October 22; Murray, June 28; Provo, July 16 and
September 12; Aurora, July 5; Joseph, July 14; Cedar City,
July 3 (Knowlton) . Previous to 1945 specimens were taken at
Salt Lake City, June 21, 1925, (Knowlton) and July 7, 1936
(C. F. Smith and P. T. Rigby) ; Ogden, July 31, 1935 (C. F.
Smith) ; American Fork, June 29, 1936 (Knowlton), and Logan
July 2, 1933 (Knowlton) , in Utah. Collections also were made
at Hollister, Idaho, July 27, 1936 (Knowlton) ; Franklin, Idaho,
June 30, 1946 (Knowlton) ; Twin Falls, Idaho, July 20, 1946
(K. E. Evans) ; St. Marys, Montana, July 28, 1946 (Knowlton) ;
Lethbridge, Alberta, Canada, July 26 and 27, 1946 (Knowlton) ;
and Waterton National Park, Alberta, Canada, July 23, 1946
(Knowlton) , all collected from common garden hollyhock.

Biological notes: Numerous reddish M. eoessigi nymphs were
found on hollyhock at Logan during April of 1946. The first
mature stem mothers appeared about May 1st. By May 6, num-
erous mature fundatrices and nymphs were present on apical
growth and leaves. Parasitized individuals were found on the
writer’s back yard hollyhock plants, from May 10 until late
October when frosts destroyed most of the leaves; some aphids
survived until late November on leaves protected from freezing
by snow and other cover. On May 10, a mature female Nahis
alternatus Parsh. was observed feeding on a mature M. eoessigi
female, which it killed. Two-spotted ladybird beetles also were

140

the pan-pacific entomologist [VoL.XXIIIjNo. 3

present on the same plant; this beetle later fed on an aphid.
The first alate eoessigi were collected at Logan on May 13, 1946,
and were fairly numerous for the next three weeks. At this
time, 3 Hippodamia convergens Guerin were observed to feed
on this aphid, one of them for approximately 12 minutes, while
mating. On May 25, a mature Anthocoris melanocerus Reuter
was observed at Logan, feeding on a nymph on the lower sur-
face of a leaf. At Logan, Provo, Cedar City, and Lethbridge,
Deraeocoris brevis Uhler were abundant on infested hollyhocks,
where they fed on eoessigi. Other predatism was observed by
syrphid larvae, adult and larval Chrysopa, and by other species
of ladybird beetles and larvae. Such seemed sufficient to account
for much of the seasonal reduction observed in these aphids
during hot weather.

NATIVE HOSTS OF THE MEXICAN CHICKEN BUG,
HAEMATOSIPHON INODORA (DUGES)

(Hemiptera, Cimicidae)

BY ROBERT L. USINGER
University of California, Berkeley

This rather common pest of poultry in the southwestern United
States and Mexico has never been recorded from a native host.
Since the bug is evidently native to this section of the Western
Hemisphere and since the chicken is not, the source or native host
of the bugs has long been a matter for speculation.

I am now able to record a fine series of this species from a nest
cave of the California Condor, Gymnogyps calif ornianus (Shaw) in
Ventura County, California, Sept. 16, 1939, collected by A. H. Miller
and C. B. Koford. Records are more numerous from the nests of
owls as follows: Many nymphs and one adult male, Caliente Cr., 25
miles S. E. of Bakersfield, California, May 18, 1941, G. E. Bohart
collector; Several specimens. Corona, California, in an abandoned
tunnel formerly inhabited by owls, April 25, 1939, L. E. Wilson
collector, sent by R. C. Dickson; Many specimens in two lots. Free-
dom, Oklahoma, alt. 3000 ft., October 31, 1940, Bubordorf and
Howell, Great horned owl. Bubo virginianus (Gmelin).

Chickens might easily become infested from these birds of prey
but the occurrence of related genera of Cimicids (e.g. Hesperocimex,
Cimexopsis and Synxenoderus) on swifts and martins suggests that
a passerine host may yet be found for Haematosiphon from which
it may be picked up by birds of prey.

July, 1947] tuthill— psyllids from costa rica

141

THREE NEW PSYLLIDS FROM COSTA RICA

( Psyllidae : Homoptera )

BY LEONARD D. TUTHILL

University of Hawaii, Honolulu

The three previously undescribed species of psyllids treated
here are from a small group of Central American specimens bor-
rowed from the United States National Museum some time ago.
All three species belong to the subfamily Psyllinae.

Psylla bipartita Tuthill, new species
(Fig-s. 1, la, 2, 3)

Length to tip of folded wings, 2.5 mm.

Color: Uniformly yellowish green. Antennae dark. Membrane
of fore wings yellow.

Structure: Head small, narrower than thorax, strongly de-
flexed, nearly vertical. Vertex concave posteriorly, bulging anter-
riorly over median ocellus. Genal processes 0.66 as long as vertex,
blunt, slightly separated, with numerous, large setae. Antennae
2.5 to 3 times as long as width of head. Thorax strongly arched.
Pronotum nearly vertical, long. Forewings 2.5 times as long as
wide, broadly rounded apically; prominent setae on costa, Rs
slightly sinuate, pterostigma short, broad. Hind tibiae with small
basal spur.

Male proctiger flask shaped, flexed caudad in apical third.
Forceps bipartite, lateral lobe spatulate, in lateral view sharply
bent cephalad near base, parallel-sided to rounded apex, inner
lobes arising near base, slender, sharply incurved apically, sharp
apically, longer than lateral lobes. Female genital segment 0.5 as
long as rest of abdomen; dorsal valve sinuate to attenuate spinose
apex; ventral valve shorter than dorsal, deep narrow notch at
apex.

Holotype, male, no. 58220, United States National Museum,
allotype, female, 7 male and 5 female paratypes collected at
Paso Ancho de San Sebastian, Costa Rica, on Inga laurina
Willd., December 1, 1935, by C. H. Ballou. Holotype, allotype
and paratypes in United States National Museum, paratypes in
author’s collection.

This species is quite typical of the genus in general appear-
ance, having somewhat the facies of P. striata Patch but is dis-

142

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIIT, No. 3

tinct from all previously described species known to the author
in the peculiar male genitalia.

Psylla multiplex Tuthill, new species
(Figs. 4, 5)

Length to tip of folded wings, 3 mm.

Color: Unicolorous, yellow. Wings hyaline. Veins of forewings
yellow.

Structure : Head short, narro wer than thorax, strongly de-
flexed. Vertex broad, slightly emarginate on caudal margin,
strongly bulging anteriorly, with numerous short heavy setae.
Genal processes 0.5 as long as vertex, blunt, strongly divergent.
(Antennae broken on unique specimen at hand). Eyes large,
prominent. Thorax strongly arched. Pronotum strongly inclined,
nearly vertical anteriorly, setate. Forewings 2.5 times as long
as wide, broadly rounded apically, costa sparsely setate toward
base, Rs slightly sinuate, pterostigma very small, marginal cells
large. Hind tibiae with small basal spur.

Male proctiger straight, narrowed in apical third. Forceps
short, covered with long slender setae, bilobed; outer lobe broad
and flattened, in lateral view broad, cephalic margin straight,
caudal margin rounded, apex black, sharply bent mesad, second
black projection below apex; inner lobe very flat, broad, twisted
mesad apically to sharp tip, caudal and apical margins black.

Holotype, male, no. 58221, United States National Museum,
Villa Quesada, San Carlos region, Costa Rica, taken from
Crotalaria retusa L., March 26, 1934, hy C. H. Ballou.

This species is similar to P. bipartita but is somewhat larger,
the genal processes are markedly shorter and more divergent
and the male genitalia are distinctive.

Euphalerus certus Tuthill, new species
(Figs. 6, 7)

Length to tip of folded wings, 4 mm.

Color: Ground color yellow, profusely spotted with small brown
dots. Forewings hyaline except maculations as flgured.

Structure: Entire body flnely rugose. Head much narrower
than thorax, strongly deflexed. Vertex twice as wide as long, with
deep transverse sulcus, overhanging large median ocellus ante-
riorly. Genal processes 0,5 as long as vertex, rounded, contiguous,
somewhat depressed from plane of vertex, with numerous large
setae. Antennae slender, slightly more than 2.5 times as long as
width of head. Eyes large. Thorax large, strongly arched. Pro-
notum vertical medially, nearly horizontal at lateral margins.

July, 1947]

TUTHILL— PSYLLIDS FROM COSTA RICA

143

Fig. 1 — Psyllm bijjartita, lateral view of female genitalia.

Fig. la — Psylla hipartita, ventral view of tip of ventral valve
of female genital segment.

Fig. 2 — Psylla bipartita, lateral view of male genitalia.

Fig. 3 — Psylla hipartita, caudal view of male forceps.

Fig. 4 — Psylla multiplex, lateral view of male genitalia.

Fig. 5 — Psylla multiplex, caudal view of male forceps.

Fig. 7 — Euphalerus certus, forewing.

144

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, No. 3

Mesosternum very strongly developed, produced an tero -laterally
as prominent lobes. Metatibiae with small, blunt, basal spine.
Forewings large, 2.5 times as long as wide, somewhat oblique
apically, venation as figured, pterostigma large.

Male proctiger long, slender, tapered. Forceps large, nearly as
long as proctiger; in lateral view stout, spatulate, with prominent
caudal protrusion near base; in caudal view broad basally, in-
curved in apical half to touching apices, caudo-apical margin
black, irregularly serrate. Female genital segment large; dorsal
valve attenuate to acute tip, with scattered long setae over sur-
face and numerous very short stiff retrorse setae on apical half;
ventral valve shorter than dorsal, ventral margin almost straight
from base to blunt apex, apical portion thickly set with small
heavy spines.

Holotype, female, no. 58222, United States National Museum,
allotype, male, Manzanillo, Costa Rica, Chaperno, April 29,
1933, Juan Bello.

This species resembles Euphalerus gallicola Ferris but the
latter differs in color and structure as follows:

The general ground color cinereous, dorsum of thorax orange
medially, legs and abdomen brown, veins of forewings almost
uniformly brown; vertex impressed each side of medial suture
but without transverse sulcus, pronotum quite flat, long, scarcely
depressed anteriorly, spur at base of metatibiae larger and
sharper, pterostigma smaller, about half as long, male forceps
more slender, tapered to narrow apex, basal projection broader,
less prominent, valves of female genital segment without retrorse
spines and setae.

No indication of host accompanies these specimens.

Holotype and allotype in United States National Museum.

SOL FELTY LIGHT

Dr. Sol Felty Light, Professor of Zoology at the University of
California, died at Clear Lake, California, June 21, 1947. He was
61 years old.

Dr. Light was a general zoologist with a broad knowledge of the
comparative anatomy and ecology of all invertebrates. However,
his greatest contributions to science were in the fields of taxonomy,
biology and caste development of termites.

A full account of Dr. Light’s entomological work will appear in
an early issue of this journal.

AGRICULTURAL

CHEMICALS

enn Salt agricultural chemicals are nationally-known as quality
products, backed by years of experience and research. New develop-
ments are constantly being perfected at the spacious Whitemarsh
Research Laboratories, so that Penco products may better serve
industry and agriculture.

PENCO DDT . . . suitable dust and spray bases are now perfected to be applied as
recommended by local agricultural experiment stations for specific
locality needs.

K1IYOCIDE . . . tbe only natural Cryolite. Effectively aids in controlling many chew-
ing insects such as the codling moth, orange tortrix and vegetable weevil.
Safe and easy to handle . . . not acutely toxic to humans or other mammals.

PENCO & RANGER CALCIUM ARSENATE . . . recommended to offset the ravages of
the cotton boll weevil, the cotton leaf worm and the cotton bollworm.
Economical and efficient.

PENCO GRAIN FUMIGANT . . . for the control of certain insects attacking grain in
mills, elevators, box cars and farm storage. It will not harm the germination
or milling qualities of the grain.

PENITE ... a concentrated arsenic weed-kilting solution. Available in two quali-
ties, Penite 6 and Penite 35. Both made to Penn Salt’s rigid standards.

AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS DIVISION

PENNSYLVANIA SALT

MANUFAC/fURlK^ CO. OF WA^INOTON

TACOMA, WASHINGTON

11

|^I3eISi&S7 IfIwUkiSI Jr ^

9 "ORTHO” Pest Control Products represent a combina-
tion of both Experience and Science. They are the product
of combined Field and Laboratory Research. They must
pass rigid technical tests in our plant . . . and broad prac-
tical tests in the field . . . before they are permitted to carry
the "ORTHO” label into your orchard. Call for "ORTHO”
Service direct or through your "ORTHO” Dealer.

California Spray -Chemical Corp.

Richmond Fresno Lindsay Anaheim Pomona San Jose Sacramento

Stockton Modesto Watsonville Whittier Portland Yakima Wenatchee

Ill

'-' fcr^s#r7l«!'5l<?55 md Eyss^kld^^

The LETHANES — Synthetic contact insecticide concen-
trates.

DITHANE—A synthetic organic fungicide for spraying.

YELLOW CUPROCtDE—An electrolytically manufactured
cuprous oxide fungicide for sprays and dusts.

The TRITONS — A group of emulsifying, wetting and
spreading agents.

RHOTHANE D-3 — A synthetic insecticide concentrate of
high killing power, with a toxicity to warm-blooded
animals I/4 to lf8 that of DDT.

ROHM & HAAS DDT PRODUCTS: D-SO SOLUTION (30%
DDT);25%DDT emulsion CONCENTRATE; D-50DUST
concentrate containing 50% DDT; D-50 WETTABLE POW-
DER, a water dispersible powder containing 50% DDT.

ROHM & HAAS WELCOMES THE OPPOR-
TUNITY TO COOPERATE WITH WEST COAST
ENTOMOLOGISTS WISHING TO EXPERIMENT
WITH ANY OF THESE PRODUCTS.

iv

Q

^ UALITY CHEMICALS
FOR AGRICULTURE
through • • •

• intensive research

• positive chemical control

of production

• thorough field testing

It is Stauffer's earnest desire to co-operate in any way
possible with the entomologists of the Pacific Coast area
in increasing the effectiveness of the pest control program.

Insecticides • Fungicides • Paraciticides
Sulphur for Dusting, Burning and for the Soil

SAN FRANCISCO SULPHUR DIVISION

636 California Street P. O. Box 68 3200 East 26th Street

SAN FRANCISCO 8 NORTH PORTLAND, ORE LOS ANGELES 23

TOBACCO BY-PRODUCTS AND
CHEMICAL CORPORATION

Incorporated

LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY RICHMOND, VIRGINIA

(The World's Largest Manufacturers of
Nicotine Products)

BLACK LEAF 40

BLACK LEAF 155

BLACK LEAF DRY
CONCENTRATE

NICO FUME PRODUCTS

PACIFIC COAST OFnCE
NO. 1 SOOTH PARK
SAN FRANCISCO 7, CALIFORNIA

/

Vol. XXIII

October, 1947

No. 4

THE

Pan-Pacific Entomologist

Published by the

Pacific Coast Entomological Society

in co-operation with

The California Academy of Sciences

CONTENTS

CALDWELL. NEW SPECIES OF OLIARUS 145

DOUTT, THE GENUS STETHYNIUM IN CALIFORNIA 152

VAN DYKE, NEW SPECIES OP COLEOPTERA 155

BARR AND LINSLEY, NOTES ON MELANOPHILA 162

JAMES, THE ORIENTAL SPECIES OF OPLODONTHA 167

WIND, A NEW SUBSPECIES OF MELITAEA 171

MOULTON, THYSANOPTERA FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC AND ORIENT 172
KESSEL AND KARABINOS, THE BALLOON FLY, EMPIMORPHA

GENEATIS 181

INDEX, TABLE OF CONTENTS AND MAILING DATES 193

San Francisco, California
1947

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

EDITORIAL BOARD

E. C. Van Dyke E. G. Linsley, R. L. Usinger K S. Ross

Associate Editor Editors Assistant Editor

R. C. Miller, Treasurer A. E. Michelbacher, Advertising

Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
phases of entomology are favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on
insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution.

Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be ad-
dressed to the editors, 112 Agricultural Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4,
California. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers, changes of
address, requests for sample copies, and all financial communications should be
addressed to the treasurer, R. C. Miller, at the California Academy of Sciences,
San Francisco 18, California

Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $2.50 per year in advance. Price for single
copies, 75 cents. Make checks payable to “Pan-Pacific Entomologist.”

PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

FOURTH SERIES
VOLUME XXIV

Contributions Toward a Knowledge of the Insect Fauna of Lower California

1. Introductory Account, by A. E. Michelbacher and E. S. Ross. Pp. 1-20, pis. 1-3.

February, 1942 $0.25

2. Coleoptera: Cerambycidae, by E. Gorton Linsley. Pp. 21-96, pis. 4-5. Feb., 1942 75

3. Coleoptera: Buprestidae, by Edwin C. Van Dyke. Pp. 97-132, pis. 6-7. Mar., 1942 .35

4. Neuroptera: Myrmeleonidae, by Nathan Banks. Pp. 133-152, pi. 8. March, 1942 20

5. Symphyla, by A. E. Michelbacher. Pp. 153-160, pi. 9. March, 1942 15

6. Diptera: Culicidae, by Thomas H. G. Aitken. Pp. 161-170. June, 1942 20

7. Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae, by Frank E. Blaisdell, Sr. Pp. 171-288, pis. 10, 11 1.50

Order from CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, SAN FRANCISCO 18, CALIFORNIA

■ •

It BiuBhaud Z§

\% reODUCTS St

Vv

FUNGICIDES

SOIL and GRAIN

INSECTICIDES

FUMIGANTS

CHEMICAL

SPECIALTIES

♦

INSECTICIDES

♦

WEED KILLING

CHEMURGIC

CORPORATION

PREPARATIONS

Giant Road
RICHMOND, CAUF.

GREAT WESTERN DIVISION

THE DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY

Seattle SAN FRANCISCO Los Angeles
Seal Beach e California

• •

Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the postoffice at San
Francisco, California, under Act of August 24. 1912.

The Pan -Pacific Entomologist

VOL. XXIII, No. 4 October, 1947

NEW SPECIES OF OLIARUS STAL FROM SOUTHWESTERN
UNITED STATES AND MEXICO

(Homoptera: Cixiidae)

BY JOHN S. CALDWELL
Circleville, Ohio

The following is a report on two small collections of cixiids;
one received from the California Academy of Sciences through
the courtesy of Dr. Edward S. Ross, the other from the Ohio State
University through the courtesy of Prof. Josef N. Knull. The let-
ters CAS after type desigation signify that the types are deposited
in the California Academy collection at San Francisco, California;
OSU denotes that the types concerned are deposited in the Ohio
State collection at Columbus, Ohio.

Oliarus eximus Caldwell, new species

Length, male 6 mm.; female 6.3 mm. Black with carinae faint
orange in m.ale, deep orange in fem.ale. Elytra and m^ain veins white
in male with the following markings black; all punctations, junction
of cubital veins with commissural margin, all cross veins, stigma,
radius and cross strut to media including furcation of media and
termination of all veins. Elytra in female with dark markings of
male broadened often forming irregular dashes apically.

Frons deeply inserted into clypeus. Vertex of broad type, broader
in female than in male; lateral margins parallel in basal half, con-
vergent apically. Intermediate carinae of pronotum not reaching
posterior margin. Mesonotum with median tablet very broad; lat-
eral carinae as well as intermediate carinae slightly curved.

Male pygofer with lateral margins produced extremely far
caudad; medioventral process greatly enlarged, rounded in outline.
Forceps very long, curved around medioventral process of pygofer;
broadened apically with inner and outer angles equally produced
in ventral aspect. Anal segment long, somewhat flattened apically.

Aedeagus of reduced type as found in the placitus group; peri-
andrium with three long and one short basal process.

Male holotype from Santa Rosa Mts., California, June 15,
1946; female allotype same loeality. May 27, 1946; paratypes
May 27, 1946, June 15, 1946, June 25, 1946 (D. J. & J. N. Knull) ,
OSU.

146

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIII, No. 4

Resembling placitus Van D. but differing by the lack of bifur-
cate processes on the periandrium and other phallic characters as
noted in the description.

Oliarus eximus teximus Caldwell, new subspecies

Length, male 5.3 mm.; female 7.3 mm. Dark brown with lighter
carinae. Elytra milky with brown veins in male. Elytra in female
with a tendency for fuscous color to spread over the entire surface.

Male pygofer not produced as far caudad as in typical form;
medioventral process proportionately larger. Forceps with inner
apical angles produced more than outer. Anal segment hood-like,
not flattened apically. Periandrium wtih all basal processes about
equal length or with medioventral process a little longer than others.

Male holotype from Bastrop N. P., Texas, May 1, 1941; female
allotype and male paratype, Uvalde County, Texas, May 3, 1941;
female paratypes, Uvalde County, May 11, 1946, and Brownsville,
Texas, May 8, 1935 (D. J. & J. N. Knull), OSU.

Lighter colored than typical form with more markings on
female; slightly different phallic characters in male as noted in the
description.

Oliarus forcipatus Caldwell, new species

Length, male 5 mm.; female 5.5 mm. General color black with
all carinae light brown to deep yellow. Mesonotum with area be-
tween lateral and intermediate carinae deep yellow; lateroposte-
rior margins edged in yellow. Elytra whitish hyaline; veins light
brown, darkening apically.

Vertex elongate; lateral margins greatly elevated; facets almost
half as long as vertex. Intermediate carinae of pronotum reaching
posterior margin. Intermediate carinae of mesonotum close to lat-
eral carinae, especially basally.

Male pygofer with lateral margins greatly produced caudad,
acute; medioventral process short, stout. Forceps long, broadened
and recurved apically. Anal segment elongate, hood-like. Aedeagus
with two apical processes, caliper-like. Periandrium with left ven-
tral process very broad, trifid apically; right ventral process slender,
straight; a slender, straight process present dorsally.

Male holotype and paratypes, July 23, 1946; female allotype
and paratypes, June 2, 1937, from Davis Mts., Texas (D. J. & J. N.
Knull), OSU.

Differing from other oliarids by the phallic characters as noted
in the description.

October, 1947]

CALDWELL— OLIARUS

147

Oliams abacus Caldwell, new species

Length, male 7 mm.; female 7.6 mm. General color light fuscous
with all carinae and median tablet of mesonotum light brown. Veins
light brown with dark brown punctations. Female with most cross
veins and furcation of main veins broadly blackened, giving a
mottled appearance.

Vertex longer than broad, broadly trough-like; facets short, tri-
angular. Intermediate carinae of pronotum far from posterior
margin. Carinae of mesonotum prominent; intermediate carinae
evenly arcuate, slightly nearer lateral carinae than median. Post-
tibiae each vdth one or two spurs well basad. Punctations on veins
very small.

Male pygofer with lateral margins produced well caudad on
either side; medioventral process elongate, roughened apically. For-
ceps not greatly broadened apically (left and right of different
shape in type) ; inner teeth very elongate. Anal segment asym-
metrical apically; left apex produced ventrad. Aedeagus with very
elongate subapical process ; right basal portion of periandrium with
slender elongate process. Anal segment of female broadly elliptical
with either end truncate.

Male holotype, female allotype, and thirteen paratypes from
“Real de Arriba, Temascaltepec, Mexico,” May 22, 1933
(Hinton & Usinger) , CAS.

Abacus resembles any other medium sized oliarid but differs
by the phallic structure as noted in the description.

Oliarus catus Caldwell, new species

Length, male 5.6 mm.; female 5.9 mm. Black over all with red
carinae. Elytra whitish hyaline with brown veins.

Vertex short, broad, more apparent in female because the lat-
eral margins are less elevated. Frons much widened apically, con-
cave on either side of prominent median carina; clypeus strongly
convex. Intermediate carinae of pronotum not reaching posterior
margin. Lateral and intermediate carinae of mesonotum slightly
arcuate, not prominent. Posttibiae each with one large spur and
several small basal spurs.

Male pygofer with lateral margins acutely produced caudad on
either side; medioventral process short, thick. Forceps elongate,
broadened and recurved apically. Anal segment hood-like. Aedeagus
without direct apical processes; periandrium produced into a very
large lobe on either side ventrally; lobes acute apically, divergent.

Male holotype “Carr Cyn. Arizona, Huachuca Mts.,” June
23, 1932. Female allotype “Cave Crk. Arizona, Chiricahua Mts.,”
June 20, 1932 (J. O. Martin), CAS.

148

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIII, No. 4

Differing from other oliarids by the phallic structure as noted
in the description.

Oliarus retentus Caldwell, new species

Length, male 4.5 mm.; female 5.4 mm. General color black.
Median facial carina and mesonotal carinae red, in male. Inter-
mediate carinae of mesonotum and space between intermediate
and lateral carinae yellowish in female. Elytra v/hitish hyaline
with yellow veins; apical cross veins broadly fuscous; punctations
brown; stigma lightly embrowned.

Vertex elongate, narrow, acute apically. Basal fork of median
facial carinae almost obsolete. Intermediate carinae of pronotum
not reaching posterior margin though appearing to because of color.
Intermediate carinae of mesonotum almost obsolete. Posttibiae with
three preapical spurs diminishing in size toward base of tibia.

Male pygofer with lateral margins angularly produced caudad
on either side; medioventral process short, triangular. Forceps
long, slightly enlarged apically; apices recurved. Anal segment
flap-like. Aedeagus with two apical and one subapical processes;
periandrium with one long, straight process at right base and
two curved processes at left apex.

Anal segment of female small, ovate, broader than long.

Male holotype, female allotype, and 11 paratypes from Noga-
les, Arizona, September, 1906, (Koebele), CAS.

Differing from other oliarids by phallic details as noted in the
description.

Oliarus rarus Caldwell, new species

Length, male 5.7 mm. Fuscous with exception of brown face,
yellowish legs, orangish mesonotal tablet, and light carinae. Elytra
whitish hyaline with yellowish veins punctate with black.

Vertex elongate; median carina present for three-fourths length;
apical facets short. Intermediate carinae of pronotum not reaching
posterior margin. Intermediate carinae of mesonotum strongly
arcuate. Posttibiae each with one large and one medium preapical
spur. Furcation of Sc and E. at about center of elytron.

Male pygofer with lateral margins broadly produced caudad on
either side; medioventral process elongate, broadly rounded apically,
keeled ventrally. Forceps broadly spatulate apically; inner tooth
highly developed and bifid on right forcep, small and single on left.
Anal segment broad, flap-like. Aedeagus with one apical and two
subapical processes; periandrium with long basal process on right
projecting to left and a subapical process projecting straight
caudad, a small subapical spur present dorsad projecting cephalad.

October, 1947]

CALDWELL— OLIARUS

149

Male holotype from Ceralbo Island, Gulf of California,
June 8, 1921 (Chamberlin), CAS.

Differing from other oliarids by phallic characters as noted in
the description.

Oliarus isolatus Caldwell, new species

Length, male 5 mm. Brownish fuscous with all cranial carinae
and pronotal carinae light yellow; apex of mesonotum yellowish.
Veins yellow becoming fuscous apically; punctations black, promi-
nent; few light fuscous spots scattered over elytra.

Vertex narrow for full length, rounded rather than acute api-
cally; lateral margins almost perpendicular. Intermediate carinae
of mesonotum obsolete, median carina very fine. Fork of Sc and R
in basal half of elytra,

Male pygofer with lateral margins greatly produced caudad on
either side; medioventral process hemispherical, tipped with a small
acute spur. Forceps short, stout, recurved apically. Anal segment
hood-like. Aedeagus with one long apical process and two small sub-
apical processes (one dorsal and one ventral). Periandrium with
two large basal processes and two slender apical processes; no
dorsal process present at apex.

Male holotype, from Maria Madre Village, Tres Marias Is-
lands, Mexico, May 21, 1925 (Keifer), CAS.

Differing from most oliarids by the obsolete intermediate meso-
notal carinae and from all others by the phallic characters as noted
in the description.

Oliarus nanus Caldwell, new species

Length, male 4.5 mm. Black with cranial and pronotal carinae
reddish-orange. Elytra slightly yellowed at base; veins brownish-
yellow; punctations concolorous with veins.

Vertex very narrow, deep; facets very elongate. Frons elevated
along median carina; clypeus flatter. Intermediate carinae of pro-
notum reaching posterior margin. Mesonotal carinae very fine.
Posttibiae with one large preapical spur. Sc and R very long.

Male pygofer with opening flared; lateral margins notched on
either side caudad; medioventral process short, stout. Forceps
short, stout, recurved laterally and cephalad at apices in ventral
aspect; with dorsal thumb-like projection in lateral aspect. Anal
segment invert cup-shaped apically, apex split. Aedeagus with one
long apical process at left; periandrium with one large bifurcate
apical process at left, right base broadly lobate.

Male holotype from “Real de Arriba, Temascaltepec, Mex-
ico,” May 23, 1933. Paratype (with tip of abdomen missing)
same locality. May 21, 1933 (Hinton & Usinger), CAS.

150

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [ VOL. XXIII, No. 4

Resembling isolatus but differing by the presence of intermedi-
ate mesonotal carinae and by phallic characters as noted in the
description.

Oliarus aztecus Caldwell, new species

Length, male 5.8 mm.; female 6 mm. Black over all with dark
orange carinae. Legs yellowish. Veins yellowish becoming fuscous
apically, punctations scarcely embrowned.

Vertex narrow, trough-like, more acute in female than male.
Face narrow, m.edian carinae very prominent. Intermediate carinae
of pronotum almost reaching posterior margin. Intermediate cari-
nae of mesonotum little elevated, slightly nearer lateral carinae
than to median. Posttibiae each with two large and several small
preapical spurs, the latter near the base. Elytra narrow, elongate;
punctations scarcely visible.

Male pygofer with lateral margins truncate caudad; medio-
ventral process elongate. Forceps very elongated, greatly broad-
ened apically, recurved; inner teeth elongate. Anal segment flap-
like, straight, bifid apically. Aedeagus with three long and one short
apical processes, a short process present at base of apical portion;
periandrium with bifurcae apical process.

Male holotype, female allotype, and three paratypes from
“Tejupilco, Temascaltepec, Mexico,” June 17, 1933 (Hinton
& Usinger), CAS.

Differing from other oliarids by the phallic characters as noted
in the description.

Oliarus bispinus Caldwell, new species

Length, male 4.4 mm. General appearance black; median frontal
Carina faintly orange; spots on vertex next to either eye white;
pronotal carinae gray; tibiae and tarsi dusky yellow; elytra milky
colored; veins brownish-yellow becoming fuscous apically.

Face greatly curved in profile. Vertex elongate; impressed on
either side of short, basal, median carina. Intermediate carinae of
pronotum not reaching posterior margin. Lateral and intermediate
carinae of mesonotum very thin. Punctations on veins few, regular.

Male pygofer with lateral margins produced caudad, acute;
medioventral process short, ovate. Forceps long, recurved, little
expanded apically. Anal segment short, hood-like. Aedeagus with-
out apical processes; periandrium with bifurcate process at dorsal
apex in addition to three ventral processes.

Male holotype from Chisos Mts., Texas, July 17, 1946 (D. J.
& J. N. Knull) , OSU.

October, 1947]

C ALD W ELL— OLI ARUS

151

Bispinus differs from the other oliarids by the bifurcate process
on the dorsal surface of the periandrium in addition to other phal-
lic characters as noted in the description.

Oliarus uncatus Caldwell, new species

Length, male 4.8 mm. Face light brown with yellowish carinae.
Vertex and mesonotum black. Carinae of mesonotum orange; area
between outer and intermediate carinae orange. Elytra milky with
yellow veins becoming darkened apically.

Face evenly ovate; median carina prominent. Vertex narrow,
trough-like. Intermediate carinae of mesonotum broken, irregular.
Punctations on veins regular, not prominent; stigma long, narrow.

Male pygofer with lateral margins acute caudad; medioventral
process long, slender. Forceps spatulate apically, slightly recurved,
appearing coiled. Anal segment relatively short, hood-like. Aedea-
gus with one apical and one subapical process; periandrium with
short spur dorsally; with three processes ventrally, left process
broad and slightly bifid apically.

Male holotype from Prescott N. F., Arizona, June 20, 1947
(D. J. & J. N. Knull),OSU.

Differing from other oliarids by the phallic characters as noted
in the description.

Oliarus sylvaticus Caldwell, new species

Length, male 3.5 mm.; female 4 mm. General color black; all
carinae brownish-yellow. Elytra whitish hyaline ; veins black except
costa; cross veins broadly fuscous; stigma in male yellow, black in
female.

Face angulate in profile, strongly convex. Vertex about twice as
long as broad, lateral margins parallel in basal two-thirds. Inter-
mediate carinae of pronotum not reaching posterior margin. Median
tablet of mesonotum broad, carinae equidistant apart. Punctations
on veins close, evenly spaced, not prominent.

Male pygofer with lateral margins broadly rounded caudad;
medioventral process short, acute. Forceps spatulate apically;
apices appearing rectangular in ventral aspect. Anal segment flap-
like. Aedeagus with three apical processes; periandrium produced
into large plate-like process on left, right process thin; a long spine-
like process present near dorsal apex.

Female valvulae very short, flat; anal segment small, rounded.

Male holotype and paratype, and female allotype from Oak
Grove, California, June 3, 1946 (D. J. & J. N. Knull), OSU.

Differing from other oliarids by the phallic characters as noted
in the description.

152

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIII, No. 4

THE OCCURRENCE OF THE GENUS STETHYNIUM IN

CALIFORNIA

(Hymenoptera: Mymaridae)

BY RICHARD L. DOUTT^

University of California Agricultural Experiment Station

Albany, Calif oimia

The mymarid genus Stethynium has previously been repre-
sented in North America only by a single species {f annum Girault)
from Illinois. The finding of annulatum n. sp. is the first record of
the genus occurring in California. No host records are available
for this group, but the species are presumed to be parasitic in the
eggs of other insects.

Stethynium annulatum Doutt, new species

Readily distinguished from faunum and the European triclava-
tum by the antennal characters, particularly the relative lengths of
the funicle segments. In addition the basal dilation of the caudal
margin of the fore wing is not so pronounced as in faunum and
triclavatum, and there are fewer fines of (fiscal cilia. The general
body color and the presence of circular concavities on the scape
further separate annulatum from the only other known American
species, faunum. The posterior wings are not broadened as in the
Australian species, peregrinum.

Female. Length 0.62 mm. General body color dark brown, the
head, thorax, and posterior two-thirds of abdomen concolorous. Basal
third of abdomen yellow. Legs very pale yellow except for apical
tarsal segments which are dusky. Scape honey yellow; pedicel and
funicle pale yellow, the same as the legs; club dusky. Compound
eyes and ocelli very deep red, appearing black in transmitted light.
Wings hyaline.

Fore wings somewhat narrow for the genus; not densely ciliate
and bearing 9-12 lines of discal cilia across widest portion. Longest
marginal cilia slightly longer than distance across greatest wing
width. Marginal cilia short at apex of fore wing (Fig. 1, c).

Posterior wings narrow (about as in the type species, triclava-
tum). Single row of discal cilia placed somewhat caudad of wing

^Junior Entomologist in the Experiment Station.

October, 1947]

DOUTT— STETHYNIUM

153

Fig. 1. Stethynium annulatum, n. sp. A. Antenna. B. Thorax,
dorsal view. C. Fore wing. D. Posterior wing.

154

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[Vol.xxiiIjNo. 4

blade center. Longest marginal cilia approximately four times
greatest wing width (Fig. 1, d).

Antennal scape with about 10 distinct circular concavities. The
specific name, annulatum, is derived from the ringed appearance of
the sclerotized ridged areas between the concavities. Scape equal
in length to pedicel and first two funicle segments combined. Pedicel
longer than broad, subequal to funicle 3, the longest segment of the
funicle. Funicle 1 barely longer than wide, the smallest funicle seg-
ment. Funicle 2 rectangular. Joints 4, 5, and 6 subequal in length.
Segment 6 subovate. Club indistinctly three segmented. Club seg-
ment 2 distinguishable only with careful magnification. The struc-
ture of the two distal club segments together with the elongate
sensorial areas of the third segment give the club a lamellate ap-
pearance. Antennal characters shown in Fig. 1, a. Pubescence in-
conspicuous. Mandibles quadridentate.

Thorax subequal in length to abdomen. Mesoscutum with reticu-
late sculpturing in anterior portion becoming longitudinally striate
posteriorly. Parapsidal sutures complete, parapsides reticulate. Each
par apsis bearing a single seta. Scutum bearing two setae near
parapsidal furrows. Axillae widely separated, reticulate. Scutel-
lum longitudinally striate. Transscuttellar suture prominent. Meta-
notum with longitudinal median suture. Two distinct dorso-lateral
scutellar areas present just caudad of axillae. Phragma extending
into abdomen ( Fig. 1, b ) .

Abdomen sessile, elongate, showing Anagrine affinities. Oviposi-
tor and attendant valves exserted for a length equal to length of
funicle segment 2.

Tarsi four segmented. Cephalic tibial spur bifid at apex, curved.
Strigil present. Proximal segment of cephalic tarsi slightly longer
than succeeding segment; distal 3 segments subequal in length.

M ale. U nknown.

Described from five specimens mounted in balsam on individual
slides. Holotype, female, collected by sweeping native vegetation
at Hecker Pass near Gilroy, California, August 22, 1947 (R. L.
Doutt) . One female paratype, same locality, August 22, 1947
(R. L. Doutt) . Two female paratypes same locality, September 17,
1947 (R. L. Doutt). One female paratype trapped on yellow
“tanglefoot board” in orange tree, Peralta, California, August 25,
1946 (R. C. Dickson).

Type deposited in the collection of the Division of Biological
Control, University of California. One paratype to be deposited in
the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. One para-
type to be deposited in the United States National Museum.

October, 1947]

VAN DYKE— WESTERN COLEOPTERA

155

NEW SPECIES OF COLEOPTERA FROM WESTERN NORTH

AMERICA

BY EDWIN C. VAN DYKE

California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco

Family Cicindelidae

Cicindela oregona navajoensis Van Dyke, new subspecies

Of the same general size and form as the usual oregona but con-
spicuously cupreous above, the pro-, meso-, and metapleurae bril-
liantly cupreous, the remainder of the ventral surface metallic
green with a bluish tinge here and there; the elytral j’-ellow mark-
ings all rather broad, especially the median which often has the
oblique inner portion as broad as the outer transverse part, the
humeral lunule generally broken and the apical lunule rarely com-
plete. As extreme variants we may have the posterior portion of the
humeral lunule connected with the outer portion of the median.

Holotype, male, allotype, female (Nos. 5864 and 5865, Mus.
Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) and numerous designated paratypes from
a series of forty specimens collected at Kayenta, 15 miles W N W,
Arizona, June 17 and 24, 1933, and other dates in June, 1933, and
at Betatakin and Nova Mt., July 13, 1933, all in Navajo County,
Arizona. These were all collected by H. N. Hultgren of the Ansel
F. Hall Expedition of 1933.

This subspecies resembles the race guttifera of oregona in hav-
ing the pleurae cupreous whereas they are green in typical oregona.
Superficially the cupreous upper surface contrasts with the usual
chocolate brown of oregona as well as guttifera and marks it off
as distinctly as does the brilliant color of the subspecies maricopa.
In its color relationship to oregona it parallels arizonica as com-
pared with carthagena.

Family Meloidae

Lytta nevadensis Van Dyke, new species

Upper surface glabrous, dull blue, antennae, mouthparts, tibiae
and tarsi black, and with a small red frontal spot. Head quadrate
behind antennae and slightly broader than long, smooth, shining
and sparsely punctured. Antennae slightly longer than head and
pro thorax, third segment a bit more than twice as long as broad,
segments 4-10 moniliform, gradually broader or more robust out-
wardly and all somewhat longer than broad, the eleventh fusiform

156

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIII, No. 4

and about three times as long as broad. Pronotum a little narrower
than head, sides rounded, narrowed in front; disc moderately con-
vex, finely alutaceous and somewhat dull, with a feeble median long-
itudinal groove at most and with a few fine punctures, chiefiy to-
wards the sides. Elytra finely rugose and feebly shining. Legs
slender, anterior tibiae of males with two spurs, middle tibiae of
males much bowed and the outer spur of hind tibiae stouter than
inner, broader and concave at tip. Fifth ventral segment of male
truncate, sixth emarginate and pygidium rounded at apex. Length :
male holotype 9 mm., female allotype 11 mm.

Holotype, male, allotype, female (Nos. 5866 and 5867, Mus.
Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.), and numerous designated paratypes from
a series of thirty-nine specimens collected by myself, July 3, 1941,
in Kyle Canyon of the Charleston Mts. of southern Nevada.
Most were feeding on Cowania stansburniana.

This species is related to stygica (Lee.) and runs to that in Fall’s
key (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., XXVII, 1901, p. 299) but it is emi-
nently distinct. The variable stygica in all its color phases is always
more shining, generally much larger, nevadensis varying from 6-11
mm. in length whereas stygica ranges from 7-14 mm., with longer
antennae, the individual segments conspicuously longer, the upper
surface often more or less pilose and the middle tibiae of males less
bowed. The small size and supopaqueness of nevadensis are its
most evident features.

Lytta sonorae Van Dyke, new species

Small, robust, head and prothorax shining, elytra somewhat dull;
orange-yellow with antennae, palpi, eyes, tarsi, claws excepted, four
spots on pronotum and a broad vitta, variable in length, extending
from behind humeri towards the apex of elytra, black. Head quad-
rate behind the antenna, broader than long and sparsely punctured.
Antennae short, slightly longer than head and prothorax, third seg-
ment twice as long as broad, segments 4-10 moniliform, slightly
broader outwardly except that in the male segments 4-6 are some-
what broader than seventh and eighth, the eleventh fusiform and
about twice as long as broad. Pronotum narrower than head, com-
panulate, smooth, sparsely and finely punctured, sparsely and finely
pilose, and ornamented with four small black spots, two in the mid-
dle and one on each side, slightly in advance of the others. Elytra
finely, densely rugose and clothed with a sparse, short pile. Legs
moderately robust, anterior tibiae of males with two spurs, middle
tibiae of males feebly bowed, and the inner spur of hind tibiae short
and sharp, the outer longer, broader and concave at tip. Fifth ven-
tral segment of males truncate, the sixth deeply emarginate. Length
8 mm., breadth 3 mm.

October, 1947]

VAN DYKE— WESTERN COLEOPTERA

157

Holotype, male, allotype, female (Nos. 5868 and 5869, Mus.
Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.), the latter somewhat imperfect, and eight
paratypes, collected at Garbo, Sonora, Mexico, November 24,
1933, by H. S. Gentry and all in the Van Dyke collection of the
California Academy of Sciences.

This species is closely related to scitula Champ., also from Mex-
ico, but differs by being somewhat smaller, the head and pronotum
being finely and sparsely punctured, not coarsely and densely punc-
tured as in scitula, the elytra with but one black vitta to each
elytron whereas in scitula there is both a sub marginal and sutural
black vitta and the males have the fourth and fifth antennal seg-
ments but little more robust than the following. The two species
should be placed close to Lytta higuttata Lee. from our own South-
west though the latter has no vittae, merely a black subapical spot,
andTs much larger.

Pleurospasta mirabilis (Horn)

In the semiarid regions east of the Sierra Nevada mountains
and extending from near Reno, Nevada, south to the Coachella and
Imperial valleys of California and to southern Arizona, typical
specimens of the above-named beetle may be found running over
the desert sands. As defined by Horn in his original description, the
most evident features are that the general color is “pale rufous,
elytra pale yellowish,” and “oblong, broader behind, humeri moder-
ately prominent, margin reflexed, suture elevated, and with four
strongly elevated costae on the disc of each elytron, extending from
base nearly to apex,” and with “four small brown spots at base, ar-
ranged in arc with convexity backwards, an irregular transverse
band at middle interrupted by the costae, and a narrow subapical
band.” These characters will apply to most specimens found in the
territory indicated above. Farther to the east, as in New Mexico,
Texas and Old Mexico, another race exists. This as shown by two
specimens which I have from Loving, New Mexico, collected May
11 and June 3, 1945, by J. W. MaeSwain, one specimen from Pecos,
Texas, collected May 15, 1927, by J. 0. Martin, and two specimens
which I have received on loan from the Chicago Natural History
Museum from Nuevo Laredo, Tamaulipas, Mexico, June 14, 1941
(See vers and Dybas), which have the dominant color of the elytra
almost a pure white, the four basal spots reduced to two, the post
median band red rather than brown and black spots placed here

158

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [ VoL. XXIII, No. 4

and there especially on the anterior and posterior margin of the
bar. The costae as they cross the band are joined by transverse
costae forming an irregular reticulation throughout the area. In ad-
dition the apical band is much more extensive than in typical forms
and the prothorax narrower and with the disc more distinctly
bituberculate and pitted. In the “Biologia Centrali-Americana,”
the illustration is of this race.

This race I believe is worthy of a name, so I will designate it as
Pleurospasta mirabilis reticulata Van Dyke, new subspecies, and
indicate the Loving, New Mexico, specimen collected on June 3,
1945, as the holotype (No. 5870, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.), the
other specimens as paratypes, two in the collection of the California
Academy of Sciences, and the Mexican specimens returned to the
Chicago Natural History Museum.

Family Scarabaeidae

Aphodius inyoensis Van Dyke, new species

Of moderate size, nigropiceous, rufopiceous beneath, smooth and
shining. Head without tubercles, rather evenly convex above, but
little flattened laterally and with narow side margins, the disc finely,
evenly granulate throughout, the clypeus with a broad emargination
in front, bounded laterally by obtuse angles, sometimes by a dis-
tinct tooth, genae prominent, the sides oblique, more or less straight
and divergent. Prothorax one-fifth broader than long, sides arcuate,
narrowing behind, hind angles broadly rounded, base feebly arcuate
and with sides narrowly margined, the margin fading out at hind
angles; disc moderately convex, finely, densely punctured and with
a few larger punctures irregularly scattered though most numerous
laterally. Elytra elongate oval, one-fourth longer than broad, feebly
narrowed towards base, humeri well rounded; disc convex, distinctly
striate, the striae finely punctured, intervals flattened forwards,
feebly convex apically and each interval with a row of small punc-
tures near their margins and a few irregularly scattered between
the rows; wings rundimentary. Beneath finely alutaceous, moder-
ately coarsely punctured in front and finely punctured on the abdo-
men, the punctures mostly placed transversely along the margins
of the sclerites. Mesostemum with an acute carina between the legs
which is laterally bounded by well developed episternal carinae.
Posterior femora finely sparsely punctured; the hind margin of the
tibiae in fresh specimens fimbriate with short equal spinules; first
segment of hind tarsi about equal in length to the two following.
Length 6 mm., breadth 3 mm.

Holotype (No. 5871, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) and numerous
designated paratypes from a series of fifty specimens collected by

October, 1947]

VAN DYKE— WESTERN COLEOPTERA

159

myself, from beneath cow manure, near Big Pine, Inyo County,
Calif., March 27, 1937.

This species belongs in the cadaverinus group of Aphodius and
according to the latest table of the group, that by Saylor (Proc. Biol.
Soc. Wash., 53: 99-103, 1940) would run close to washtuca Robin-
son and rugoclypeus Hinton, both of which are definitely larger and
more robust and with numerous coarse pronotal punctures. The
distinctive features of inyoensis are the granulate head, the finely,
densely punctured pronotum and the flattening of the elytral inter-
vals with the double row of minute punctures. The gross pronotal
punctation so evident in all the other members of the group is
lacking here.

Aphodius fenyesi Van Dyke, new species

Of moderate size, somewhat elongate and convex, piceous above,
legs, under side and portions of head rufous. Antennae and palpi
pale. Head moderately convex, without tubercles but with front
somewhat gibbous, the occiput rather coarsely but not closely punc-
tured, the sides finely and sparsely punctured; the clypeus very
finely, somewhat obscurely punctured, feebly and broadly emar-
ginate in front, the angles at the sides of the emargination distinctly
dentate, the sides explanate, margins oblique, the genae rather
prominent and obtuse angled. Prothorax about one-third wider
than long, as wide in front as behind, sides feebly arcuate, the
margins broadly explanate, a feeble impression near the hind angles
which are well rounded, the base feebly arcuate and without mar-
ginal line ; the disc moderately convex, with coarse punctures rather
numerous over the basal two- thirds, denser at sides, and the apical
portion and a median longitudinal space very finely and sparsely
punctured. Elytra a little narrower at base than prothorax, gradu-
ally wider posteriorly, humeri obtuse; disc with striae well im-
pressed and finely, closely punctured, the intervals flattened in front,
feebly convex apically and finely punctulate. Beneath, the meso-
sternum coarsely, densely punctured, the mesopleurae more finely
punctured, and the abdomen alutaceous and rather shallowly,
sparsely punctured, the mesosternum not carinate. Anterior tibiae
smooth in front, strongly tridentate externally but not crenate
above, the first tarsal segment shorter than second. Posterior femora
sparsely punctate, the hind margins of the tibia fimbriate with
unequal spinules; and the first segment of the hind tarsi almost
equal to the three following. Length 8 mm., breadth 3.5 mm.

Holotype (No. 5872, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) and one para-
type, collected at FLAGSTAFF, Arizona, by Dr. A. Fenyes and now in
theFenves Collection at the California Academy of Sciences.

160

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIII, No. 4

This specimen belongs in the subgenus Platyderides Schmidt and
is apparently somewhat related to depressiusculus Schm. f margi-
natus Lee. ) . The distinctive characters are in the head, especially
the clypeal emargination with its lateral dentate angles and the pro-
notum with base without margin and the disc with its numerous
coarse punctures, simulating in this regard many members of the
cadaverinus group rather than most of its associates in Platyderides.

Polyphylla nubila Van Dyke, new species

Short and robust, reddish-brown, head and pronotum generally
darker, the palpi, antennae and legs rufous, head and pronotum
clothed v/ith long, silky, light brown pile, sparser on basal portion
of pronotum; the elytra irregularly clouded with patches of elon-
gate white scales densely placed and with single scales peppered
over the intervening areas. Head coarsely, densely punctured;
clypeus with reflexed margins, densely, shallowly punctured, sides
straight, diverging forwards, the front margin transverse and
feebly bimarginate and with outer angles well rounded; the anten-
nae (males) with a club that is 5 mm. long, 1 mm. longer than head,
2 mm. wide distally, and very much arched, and the terminal seg-
ments of maxillary palpi fusiform and at least three times as long
as broad. Prothorax convex, apex emarginate, sides subangulate,
the margin entire in front, feebly crenulate behind, the hind margin
broadly lobed, the disc rather coarsely, irregularly punctured, a
moderate longitudinal sulcus at middle, concealed to a certain ex-
tent by the stripe of white scales, and a large irregular impression
on each side, also ornamented with scales, also numerous scales near
the lateral and posterior margins. Elytra one-third longer than
broad, with the surface irregularly, shallowly punctured and rugose
and shining where not covered with scales, the apices broadly
rounded and sutural angles right-angled. Pygidium densely clothed
with white scales mixed with fine, short hairs except for a longitu-
dinal line at middle which is naked and finely, transversely rugose.
Beneath, fore body densely clothed with long, silky, light fulvous
pile, the abdomen with white scales more or less densely disposed
over the surface, especially near the posterior margins of the scler-
ites. Fore tibiae with a blunt tooth, near apex in male (mere knob
in two specimens). Length 22 mm., breadth 10 mm.

Holotype, male (No. 5879, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) and three
male paratypes, collected at light, at Atascadero, San Luis Obispo
County, Calif., May 23, 1946, by George S. Mansfield, and kindly
presented by him to the Academy.

This species stands well apart among Pacific Coast species
because of its irregular, blotch like markings. Its ornamentation is
even more irregular than in variolata Hentz and more pronounced.

October, 1947]

VAN DYKE— WESTERN COLEOPTERA

161

Polyp hy 11a diffracta aiida Van Dyke, new subspecies

Rather small, rufous, head and pronotum g’enerally darker, the
palpi, antennae and leg:s somewhat lighter in color, head and pro-
notum rather sparsely clothed with long, fulvous pile; the pronotum
with the usual three scaly vittae well marked, the elytra with the
sutural vitta narrow and generally complete, the two discal and
lateral vittae always much interrupted, so much in fact that the
usual striped appearance is to a great extent lost, the intermediate
areas irregularly peppered with scales. Head coarsely, densely
punctured ; clypeus with reflexed margins, densely punctured though
punctures generally concealed by densely placed scales, sides straight
or feebly sinuate and divergent, the front margin transverse or
vaguely bimarginate, with the outer angles well defined, blunt or
feebly rounded at most; the antennae (males) with a club that is
4 mm. long, subequal in length with the head, 1 mm. wide distally
and moderately arched, the terminal segment of maxillary palpi
fusiform and about three times as long as broad. Prothorax convex,
apex emarginate, sides subangulate, the margin entire in front,
crenulate behind; the disc rather coarsely irregularly punctured,
the median longitudinal sulcus and lateral impressions well marked
and covered with densely placed scales, the rest of the area with
scattered scales. A dense collar of long fulvous pile also projects
from beneath the hind margin of prothorax as usual. Elytra 3 mm.
longer than broad, with the surface irregularly shallowly punc-
tured and rugose, the naked areas shining and the apices broadly
rounded and sutural angles right-angled. Pygidium transversely
rugose and with a uniform but not dense covering of elongated scales
and fine pile. Beneath, the fore body densely clothed with long,
fulvous pile, the abdomen irregularly covered with scales. Fore
tibiae of males in general with two well developed lateral teeth (in
about half of the specimens the upper tooth is abortive or absent) .
Tarsal claws all armed with a pronounced and acute tooth near base.
Length 20 mm., breadth 9 mm.

Holotype, male (No. 5874, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) and
numerous designated paratypes from a series of twenty-two speci-
mens, all males, collected at Duns Plc., Navajo Mt., alt. 5580 ft.,
San Juan County, Utah, by H. N. Hultgren.

When first examined, I was inclined to consider the above a dis-
tinct species but upon further study have come to believe that it is
only an extreme type or desertphase of diffracta Casey; it is smaller,
lighter in color, rufous as against reddish brown and has the elytral
maculation as irregular as in variolosa Hentz whereas diffracta is
quite regularly vittate in that regard. On the Ansel Hall Expedition,
several quite typical diffracta were taken near Kayenta, Arizona,
not such a great distance from the type locality of arida.

162

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIII, No. 4

DISTRIBUTIONAL AND BIOLOGICAL NOTES ON THE
SPECIES OF THE SUBGENUS MELANOPHILA
OCCURRING IN WESTERN NORTH AMERICA

(Coleoptera: Buprestidae)

BY W. F. BARR AND E. G. LINSLEY
University of California, Berkeley

Melanophila {Melanophila) constitutes a unique group of Bu-
prestidae because adults of this subgenus are attracted to fire,
smoke and acrid fumes, frequently in large numbers and often
from considerable distances. As a result they are popularly known
as smoke beetles. A number of biological observations have been
made on various forms, but since the species have not been easily
distinguished and their distribution not understood, many such
observations have either gone unpublished, or have been made on
incorrectly determined material. Thus many of the early distribu-
tional and biological records concerning Melanophila {Melano-
phila) are questionable or incorrect.

Obenberger (1928) and Sloop (1937) have done much to
clarify the status of the species in this subgenus and it is now
possible to add to the distributional and biological knowledge of
this group, as well as to summarize and correct certain previous
records.

The data used in this report were gathered from material in
the collections of the California Academy of Sciences, the Uni-
versity of California and those of the writers.

Melanophila (Melanophila) consputa LeConte
Melanophila consputa LeConte, 1857, Rep. Pac. Explora,, 12:44.

This species has been previously recorded from Oregon, Cali-
fornia, and Arizona. However, it is apparently rather widely dis-
tributed over western North America, following the range of its
host species of conifers. These hosts are recorded as Pinus pon-
derosa, P. murrayana, P. radiata, P. torreyana, P. attenuata, P.
contorta and Libocedrus decurrens. Sloop (1937) reports a speci-
men “in the larval channel under bark of Eucalyptus globulus,^*
but this record has not since been confirmed. Specimens have been

October, 1947]

BARR & LINSLEY— MELANOPHILA

163

examined from the following new or more exact localities: Chilo-
quin, Klamath County, Oregon, July 23, 1922 (F. C. Clark) ;
Esmeralda County, Nevada, June 12, 1908 (F. W. Nunenmacher)
and Cananea, Dist. Arizpe, Sonora, Mexico.

Burke (1919), Chamberlin (1924), Van Dyke (1926, 1928),
Linsley (1933, 1943), and Keen (1938) record this species as
being attracted to fires and smelters.

Melanophila (Melanophila) notata elegans Sloop

Melanophila notata elegans Sloop, 1937, Univ. Calif. Pub. Ent.,

7(1) :7.

This subspecies was described from specimens collected at
Douglas, Arizona, which is located at the extreme southern border
of the state. A specimen from Cananea, Dist. Arizpe, Sonora,
Mexico, extends the range to the southwest for some 50 miles. Noth-
ing is known of its host plants, but it is believed to breed in pines.

Melanophila (Melanophila) acuminata (De Geer)
Buprestis acnminata De Geer, 1774, Mem, Hist. Ins., 4:133,

Melanophila acuminata has had a number of species confused
with it. It has now been established that M. acuminata is holarctic
in its distribution, breeding only in coniferous trees such as pines,
firs, and spruces. In western North America it ranges from Alaska
at least as far south as Central California. Linsley’s record (1933)
from Douglas, Arizona, was based upon M. occidentalis Oben-
berger (see below) .

Melanophila -(Melanophila) occidentalis Obenberger

Melanophila occidentalis Obenbergrer, 1928, Archiv. Naturg.

92(A) :209.

This species was described from material which was merely
labeled “California,” and has since been recorded more specifically
from Orange County, California (Sloop, 1937) , Southwestern Ore-
gon (Beer, 1940), and Berkeley, California (Linsley, 1943). It
appears, however, to occupy a rather wide range over western
North America as may be seen from the following locality records:

Washington: Heartline, June 30, 1940 (H. P. Chandler).

Oregon: Klamath Falls, July 7, 1934 (Van Dyke) ; Grants Pass,
June 2, 1939 (F. M. Beer).

Utah: Garfield, June 28, 1922 (Van Duzee).

164

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIII, No. 4

California: Siskiyou County; McCloud, Siskiyou County, July
3, 1914 (Van Dyke), July 23, 1918; Castle Crags, Shasta County,
July 19, 1921 (Van Dyke) ; Davis, September 19, 1930 (F. H.
Wymore) ; Antioch, July, 1936 (E. S. Ross) ; Brentwood, July 28,
1936 (Van Dyke); Berkeley, September 27, 1921 (Van Duzee),
November 21, 1911 (J. C. Bridwell) ; San Francisco, October,
1918, October 6, 1931 (J. A. Kusche) ; Carmel, October 25, 1915
(L. S. Slevin) ; Dos Palos, Merced County, July 10, 1946 (K. S.
Hagen) ; Los Angeles County; Claremont, October 22, 1927 (T.
Craig) ; Lytle Creek, San Bernardino County, June 8, 1928 (Van
Dyke) ; Needles, June 12, 1940 (W. F. Barr) ; Herkey Creek, San
Jacinto Mountains, June 20, 1940 (E. G. Linsley) ; Idyll wild, June
29, 1928 (Van Dyke) ; Indio (E. G. Linsley, J. W. MacSwain) ;
Blythe, May 16, 1937 (M. A. Embury) ; June 22-25, 1946 (W. F.
Barr, E. G. Linsley, J. W. MacSwain, R. F. Smith) , August 24,
1946 (W. F. Barr) ; Ripley, Riverside County, July, 1946 (W. F.
Barr) ; Palo Verde, Imperial County, August 17, 21, 1946 (W. F.
Barr, P. D. Hurd) ; Poway, San Diego County (Blaisdell) .

Arizona: Jerome (Bruder) ; Ehrenberg, June 17, 1946 (W. F.
Barr, E. G. Linsley, J. W. MacSwain, R. F. Smith) , Douglas, June
7, 1930 (E. G. Linsley) ; “Arizona” (0. Dietz) .

Lower California: Five miles north of Mission San Vicente,
September 20, 1941 (E. S. Ross and G. E. Bohart) .

Sloop (1937) lists its host as “oak” and the specimen from
Herkey Creek in the San Jacinto Mountains, Riverside County,
California, was collected from Quercus kelloggii. Beer (1940)
records Quercus garryana, Q. calif ornica and Arbutus menziesii as
additional hosts. Linsley (1943) has recorded the species on par-
tially burned eucalyptus. Several of the specimens from Palo
Verde, Imperial County, California, were swept from Larrea gluti-
nosa trideiitata and Tamarix. The specimens from Dos Palos,
Merced County, California, and Ripley, Riverside County, Cali-
fornia, were swept from alfalfa.

Apparently this is the only member of this subgenus known to
breed regularly in broad-leaved trees and shrubs in western North
America. This fact may explain some of the records of Melano-
phila {Melanophila) spp. from non-coniferous areas in this region.
A factor correlated with the numerous hosts of M. occidentalis is
the wide range this species occupies.

M. occidentalis was frequently observed in the Palo Verde Val-
ley in southeastern California during the summer of 1946. On

October, 1947]

BARR & LINSLEY— MELANOPHILA

165

June 21 a stockpile of creosoted railroad ties and poles in the town
of Blythe caught fire and burned and smoldered for several hours
during the afternoon. Large numbers of M. occidentalis were at-
tracted to the area because of the fire and for the next few nights
they were very abundant about lights in the town. At the extreme
southern end of the valley, below Palo Verde, Imperial County, a
number of specimens were taken at light on the nights of August
17 and 21. No known recent fires had occurred at this locality.
Across the Colorado River at Ehrenberg, Arizona, examples were
also occasionally taken at lights throughout the summer. The pre-
dominant trees and shrubs in this valley are Tamarix, Acacia,
Prosopsis, Parkinsonia, Larrea, Pluchea and Atriplex.

Linsley (1933) has recorded this species (as M. acuminata)
about lights at Douglas, Arizona, where it was attracted in con-
siderable numbers by the fumes of a smelter plant.

M. occidentalis and M. acuminata are closely related. However,
the general distribution and hosts of the two are quite distinct.
M. occidentalis apparently occurs most commonly in southwestern
United States although its range extends northward into the state
of Washington; it breeds in broad-leaved trees and shrubs. M.
acuminata occurs throughout the Holarctic Region and breeds in
coniferous trees. The ranges of the two species overlap along the
Pacific Coast from central California to Washington.

Melanophila (Melanophila) atropurpurea Say

Melanophila atropurpurea Say, 1836, Trans. Am. Philos. Soc.

(2)11:213.

Horn (1882) records this species from “Oregon to Texas in the
mountain regions,” Linsley (1933) from the San Francisco Bay
Region, Doane et al (1936) from Kansas to the Pacific States, and
Sloop (1937) from Arizona, Texas and Utah. Horn and Van Dyke
were confusing two and probably three species: the Kansas, Texas
and Arizona ( ? ) specimens were undoubtedly M. atropurpurea
while the others from Oregon and Calif ornia( ? ) were either M.
acuminata or M. occidentalis or both. Linsley’s record also in-
volves one or both of these latter species. The only specimens of
the true M. atropurpurea seen by the writers were from Oracle,
Arizona (Oslar), Texas (0. Dietz), and Fort Sam Houston, Texas.

Sloop lists the hosts of this species as Pinus ponderosa, Douglas
fir and true firs. However, none of these trees extend their range

166

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[Vol,xxiii,No.4

into parts of Texas where M. atropurpurea is known to occur. It
is reasonable to assume that this species has additional hosts and
that some of the above records may be based on incorrectly de-
termined material.

Doane et al (1936) list Monterey cypress, incense cedar, oak,
and mountain mahogany as hosts. However, judging from the
distribution of these plants two different species are probably in-
volved, M. acuminata in the first two cases and M. occidentalis in
the last.

Literature Cited

Beer, F. M. 1940. Notes on some Buprestidae of southwestern
Oregon. Pan-Pac. Ent., 16(1) :13-16.

Burke, H. E. 1919. Biological notes on some flatheaded bark-
borers of the genus Melanophila. Jour. Econ. Ent., 12:105-108.
Chamberlin, W. J. 1924. Notes on the Buprestidae of Oregon
with descriptions of new species. Jour. New York Ent. Soc.,
32:186-195.

Doane, R. W., E. C. Van Dyke, W. J. Chamberlin, and H. E.
Burke. 1936. Forest Insects, xii & 463 pp., McGraw-Hill, New
York.

Horn, G. E. 1882. Revision of the species of some genera of Bu-
prestidae. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 10:101-112.

Keen, F. P. 1928. Insect enemies of California pines and their
control. Calif. Div. Forestry, Bull. 7, pp. 1-113.

1939. Insect enemies of western forests. U.S.D.A. Misc. Pub.
273, pp. 1-209.

Linsley, E. G. 1933. Some observations on the swarming of
Melanophila. Pan-Pac. Ent., 9(3) :138.

1943. Attraction of Melanophila beetles by fire and smoke. Jour.
Econ. Ent., 36:341-342.

Obenberger, j. 1928. Opuscula Buprestologica 1. Archiv. Na-
turg. 42(A) :209-210.

Ricksecker, L. E. 1885. [Habits of some California beetles].
Entom. Amer., 1 : 96-98.

Sloop, K. D. 1937. A revision of the North American buprestid
beetles belonging to the genus Melanophila. Univ. Calif. Pub.
Ent., 7(1) :l-20.

Van Dyke, E. C. 1926. Buprestid swarming. Pan-Pac. Ent., 3 :41.
1928. Melanophila consputa LeC. Pan-Pac. Ent., 4:113.

October, 1947]

JAMES— OPLODONTHA

167

THE ORIENTAL SPECIES OF OPLODONTHA

(Diptera: Stratiomyidae)

BY MAURICE T, JAMES

State College of Washington, Pullman, Washington

The genus Oplodontha^ Rondani apparently has its center of
distribution in tropical Africa, including Madagascar, where at
least fifteen described species are known to occur. Outside this
area, however, the genus is not well represented. Two species, 0.
oasina (Lindner) from North Africa and the widely distributed
0. viridula (Fabricius) are recorded from the Palaearctic Region,
but to date only one Oriental species, 0. rubrithorax (Macquart),
which is also known from tropical Africa, has been referred to this
genus. A second Oriental species, Stratiomys minuta Fabricius, is,
however, clearly congeneric with 0. rubrithorax, and in this paper,
I am describing a third, from the Philippine Islands.

Oplodontha was proposed by Rondani in 1863 for Stratiomys
viridula Fabricius. The character on which the genus was based,
namely, the absence of the “oblique venule (beyond the stigmatic
venules) uniting the marginal and costal veins” seems to be a good
one, provided that it is properly interpreted. The vein to which
Rondani refers is R 2 + 3 , if the “stigmatic venules” are interpreted as
those forming the base and upper edge of the stigma; they cannot
include the one closing the stigma (that is, R2+3) , since that vein is
absent. Pleske^ used the same interpretation (venis subcostali et
radiali junctis), but Lindner^, in adapting his key from Pleske’s
work was apparently confused by that author’s use of the
Schinerian system, although the resulting misstatement (sc und r^
verschmolzen) was corrected in the diagnosis on page 84 (r 2+3 ist
mit ri verschmolzen). In this connection, however, I question the
correctness of Pleske’s assumption that R 2+3 is united with Ri; I
think more probably that Ri and R 5 remain as two undivided
veins, rather than that the anterior branch of Rs coalesces with Ri.

’^The form Hoplodonta, as emended by Kertesz, has been used by most authors.
Nevertheless, it is better to use Rondani’s original spelling, even though it is not bo
desirable from the standpoint of orthography.

-Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad. Sci. Russia, vol. 23, p. 336. 1922.

mie Fliegen der Palaearktischen Region, vol. 18, pp. 80, 84. 1938.

168

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIII, No. 4

Another error into which authors commonly fall is to consider
the vein mentioned by Rondani as R^. Although this vein, like
R2+3, is wanting, its absence is of no diagnostic value, whereas that
of R2+3 seems to be.

Taken alone, this character is not a strong one ; but the general
wing pattern, along with other characters, is sufficiently distinct to
be of generic importance. The following characters apply to all
species known to me.

Genus Oplodontha Rondani

Flagellum of antenna six-segmented, the fifth segment minute
and together with the sixth forming a short, blunt, style. Face pro-
tuberant. Eyes pilose or bare. Proboscis moderately elongated,
when extended at least three-fourths head height, the labella rigid
and slender. Scutellum semi-elliptical, with two distinct, though
sometimes small, spines. Wing longer than abdomen; venation con-
siderably reduced; vein Rs unbranched and distinctly bowed down-
ward on its basal part, making the submarginal cell relatively
broad; r-m sometimes wanting; discal cell sometimes wanting, when
present small, its height less, usually considerably so, than the dis-
tance from its upper comer to the costal margin; vein M3 wanting;
veins Mi, M2, and Cui weak, often reduced to a stump and a fold,
sometimes plainly evident throughout. Size usually small, most
species being no longer than 6 mm.

Key to the Oriental Species

1 . All femora largely black; all tibiae prominently black-ringed;

venter black, except for a large yellow area on the second seg-
ment and narrow yellow posterior margins on the following
segments luzonensis

-. At least front and middle tibiae entirely yellow; venter wholly
yellow, or nearly so 2

2 . Pleura without pale spots; scutellum wholly black; hind femur

and tibia wholly yellow. rubrithorax

-. Pleura with conspicuous pale spots; scutellum yellow, except
base; hind femur and tibia each with a black annulus minuta

Eulalia exigua Lindner,^ from Amboina, may belong to this
genus as Lindner compares it with rubrithorax and minuta', how-
ever, his statement “D wohlentwickelt, mit zwei /n-Asten” makes
this disposition highly doubtful.

*Ani). Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 10, vol. 20, pp. 379-380. 1937.

October, 1947]

JAMES— OPLODONTHA

169

Oplodontha luzonensis James, new species

Female: Head chiefly yellow; a broad band on vertex, including
ocellar triangle, another band above base of antennae, biarcuate on
its upper border and attenuated laterally, but narrowly reaching
each eye, and the occiput, except its broad orbits, black; facial
prominence, a small spot on each side and sometimes connected with
it, and the larger part of the oral margin, brownish to black. Front
rather strongly convex, its sides almost parallel; at vertex very
slightly less and at base of antennae very slightly greater than half
head width. Occipital orbit of moderate breadth, shining, bare.
Eyes with rather dense, short, black hair; pile of head short, erect,
rather dense, uniformly pale. First and second antennal segments,
flagellum excluding style, and style in ratio of 18: 10: 32: 4; first
and second segments yellow, flagellum, including style, brownish.
Proboscis brownish to black.

Mesonotum black; humerus bright yellow; supra-alar callus
brownish yellow; pleura chiefly black, on each side with four callus-
like yellow spots, located one below humerus, one on mesopleuron
anterior to wing base, one on pteropleuron below wing base, and
one on upper part of sternopleuron ; scutellum yellow, its base
broadly black; spines short, blunt, yellow. Pile of thorax erect,
rather dense, whitish; considerable whitish tomentum on meso-
notum.

Coxae and trochanters black; femora black, except apices; each
tibia with apical half mainly black; legs otherwise yellow, the tarsi
darkened somewhat apically. Wing hyaline; stronger veins yellow;
discal cell present; vein r-m wanting; veins Mi, M 2 , and Cui devel-
oped only at base, continued by a mere fold; Cuz and 2nd A weak.

Abdomen dorsally black, the very narrow lateral and apical mar-
gin and a small triangle at each apical angle of segments two, three,
and four yellow; venter black, the narrow lateral and apical margin,
the narrow apices of segments three and four, and a large trape-
zoidal spot occupying about the median half of segment two, yellow.
Pile of abdomen short, inconspicuous, wholly pale.

Length, 4.5 to 6 mm.

Male. Eyes briefly subcontiguous above base of antennae. Oc-
cipital orbit not developed. Head black, except a prominent yellow
triangle adjacent to the eye on each side of and below the facial
prominence. Pile of thorax and abdomen as in the female, but longer
and more conspicuous.

Holotype, female, Mt. Makiling, Luzon, P. 1. (Baker), U. S.
National Museum, No. 58583. Allotype, male, same data. Para-
types, 6 females, 14 males, same data; 1 male, Los Banos, P. 1.
(Baker).

170

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [ VoL. XXIII, No. 4

Oplodontha rubrithorax (Macquart)

Odontomyia rubrithorax Macquart, Dipteres exotiques nouveaux ou
peu connus, vol. 1, pt. 1, p. 185, 1838; de Meijere, Tijd. v. Ent.
vol. 1, p. 224, 1907; Brunetti, Rec. Indian Mus., vol. 1, p. 128,
1907; Brunetti, Fauna of British India, Diptera Brachycera,
vol, 1, p. 67, 1920; Brunetti, Rec. Indian Mus., vol. 25, p. 128, 1923,
Odontomyia immaculata Brunetti, Rec. Indian Mus., vol. 1, p. 130,
1907.

Hoplodonta rubrithorax Lindner, Bui. Mus. royal d’Hist. Nat.
Belgique, vol. 14, p. 24, 1938; Janies, Amer. Mus, Nov., No. 1088,
p, 2, 1940.

This species shows considerable variation in the color of the
legs; the front and middle femora typically have each a median
black band, although the legs may be wholly yellow. The brassy
to reddish pubescence of the thorax, which suggested the specific
name to Macquart, is often obscure, and may be yellowish.

This species is widely distributed. Brunetti has recorded it
from various parts of India, Ceylon, and Thailand, and Lindner
has recorded it from the Belgian Congo. I have seen a number of
specimens from Okinawa, Ryukyu Islands, May, 1945 (Richard
Bohart) ; Mt. Makiling, Los Banos, Davao, and Biliran Is., Philip-
pine Islands (Baker) ; and Bantar, Gebang, Java (Bryant and
Palmer) .

Oplodontha minuta (Fabricius), new combination

Stratiomys minuta Fabricius, Entomologia Systematica, vol. 4, p.
268, 1794; Systema Antliatorum, p. 86, 1805; Wiedemann, Aus-
sereuropaische Zweifliigelige Insekten, vol. 2, p. 74, 1830.
Stratiomys pusilla Fabricius, Entomologia Systematica, vol. 4, p,
271, 1794; Systema Antliatorum, p. 89, 1805; Wiedemann, Aus-
sereuropaische Zweifliigelige Insekten, vol. 2, p. 75, 1830.
Odontomyia minuta Brunetti, Rec. Indian Mus., vol. 1, p. 126, 1907;
Fauna of British India, Diptera, Brachycera, vol. 1, p. 65, 1920;
Rec. Indian Mus., vol. 25, p. 124, 1923.

Odontomyia pusilla Brunetti, Rec. Indian Mus., vol. 1, p. 128, note,
1907.

Odontomyia ochracea Brunetti, Rec. Indian Mus., vol. 1, p. 129,
1907.

Odontomyia submutica Brunetti, Rec. Indian Mus., vol. 1, p. 130,
1907.

Oxycera indica Brunetti, Rec. Indian Mus., vol. 1, p. 119, 1907.

This species, according to Brunetti, is very widely distributed
in India, and is extremely variable in the abdominal markings,
which range from almost wholly yellow to almost wholly black.

October, 1947]

WIND— MELJTAEA

171

A NEW SUBSPECIES OF MELITAEA

( Lepidoptera)

BY ROBERT G. WIND
Livermore, Calif omia

Discovery of a new subspecies of Melitaea leanira (F. & F.) was
made by the author during a collecting trip to the Sierra in 1930.
The butterfly was very local and several subsequent trips had to
be made to obtain even a small series. In June, 1945, the author
and Mr. T. W. Davies of Oakland visited Strawberry Lake, Tuol-
umne County, and managed to net a small series.

I take pleasure in naming this new subspecies after Mr. Davies.

Melitaea leanira daviesi Wind, new subspecies

Male. Fore wing ground color dark brown. Apical area extend-
ing over one-third of the wing bright orange russett, inner costal
margin also bright orange russett. Hind wing as in leanira but with
orange russett areas slightly more extended. Female as in male but
with all colors brighter and slightly more extended. Beneath with
black transverse bands more heavily black.

Holotype, male. Strawberry Lake, Tuolumne County, Califor-
nia, el. 5500 ft., June 26, 1945, and allotype, female. Strawberry
Lake, Tuolumne County, California, el. 5500 ft., June 23, 1945,
and eight male and eight female paratypes from the same locality
and dates, also collected by Mr. Davies and the author.

For easy identification, I offer the following notes: daviesi is
intermediate in coloring between leanira (F. & F.) and wrighti
(Edw.). Leanira has both fore and hind wings of a dark black
brown aspect, while wrighti has considerable orange russett on
both fore and hind wings. Daviesi can be distinguished easily
from these two species by the bright orange russett fore wings and
the very dark black brown hind wings.

The types and some of the paratypes will be deposited in the
California Academy of Sciences and elsewhere, while the balance
of the paratypes will remain in the collections of Mr. Davies and
the author.

172

THE PAN-PAGIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIII, No. 4

THYSANOPTERA FROM NEW GUINEA, THE PHILIPPINE
ISLANDS AND THE MALAY PENINSULA

BY DUDLEY MOULTON
Redwood City, California

This paper is presented as a partial report on the collections of
Thysanoptera made by Dr. E. S. Ross in New Guinea and the
Philippine Islands during 1944 and 1945 while serving in the
Army. Most of the specimens were obtained on or under the bark
of decomposing trees in rain forest areas. These collections are
rich in material and the writer wishes to express his deep apprecia-
tion to Dr. Ross for the opportunity of examining them. There is
also included the description of a new species from the Malay Pen-
insula which has been in the author’s collection for some time.
Holotypes and allotypes of the new species, except as indicated,
are deposited in the California Academy of Sciences. The numbers
following records of specimens refer to slide numbers in the
Moulton Collection.

Family Phlaeothripidae Uzel

Tribe Hoplothripini Priesner

Genus Agnostothrips Moulton, new genus

Body moderately stout, prothorax and fore leg’s heavy. Head
approximately 0.33 longer than wide, flattened and not produced in
front of eyes ; with a distinct emargination between eyes and cheeks ;
cheeks slightly swollen behind eyes and then gradually reduced to
base of head, roughened and bearing several small warts set with
short spines; back of head faintly but distinctly reticulate; eyes
prominent, semi-protruding, with numerous small facets; ocelli
present; with one pair of long postoculars placed well back from
eyes and near side margins of head. Antennae approximate at base,
7-segmented, 7 with a partial suture, segment 3 with three long
sense cones. Mouth cone broad and strong, extending across pro-
stemum, with pointed tip.

Prothorax heavy, 0.85 as long as head, with incomplete median
thickening, sutures complete; all normal setae present, long, with
pointed tips; fore legs strong, fore tarsus with a stout tooth; middle
and hind femora also reasonably enlarged; wings with parallel
sides, double fringes present. Abdomen normal, terga apparently

October, 1947]

MOULTON— THYSANOPTERA

173

without sigmoid setae; tube approximately 0.75 as long as head,
with parallel sides in basal two-thirds and reduced gradually in
apical third; setae on segments 9 and 10 long.

Genot3^pe: Agnostothrips semiflavus, n. sp.

This new genus is most closely related to Symphyothrips Hood
and Williams but in Symphyothrips the cheeks are nearly smooth,
without warts, the prothorax is relatively shorter, the tube shorter
and shaped differently, also the third antennal segment has two
sense cones.

Agnostothrips semiflavus Moulton, new species

Female: Prevailing color brownish yellow, head mostly yellow
through the middle, darkened with brown at sides, prothorax more
deeply shaded with brown, fore legs brownish yellow, middle and
hind femora blackish brown, middle and hind tibiae and ta,rsi clear
yellow; wings clear; antennal segments 1-4 colored like the head,
3 and 4 darkened apically and at sides, 5-7 blackish brown.

With characters as given for the genus; fore wings with 25
double fringe hairs.

Total length 3.8 mm. ; head length 0.485 mm., width across cheeks
0.352 mm.; prothorax length 0.411 mm., width 0.602 mm.; ptero-
thorax width 0.573 mm.; tube length 0.352 mm., width at base 0.117
mm. Antennal segments, length (width). III, 156 (66); IV, 146
(56); V, 120 (50); VI, 100; VII, 103 microns, total length 0.808
mm.; length of seta.e: postoculars 166, on anterior margin of pro-
thorax 100, anterior angles 110, midlateral 166, outer on posterior
angles 123, inner 133; on ninth abdominal segment 294, at end of
tube 266 microns.

Type material and locality: holotype, female, No. 5879 (Calif.
Acad. Sci., Ent.) taken at Maffin Bay, Dutch New Guinea, in
June, 1944, by E. S. Ross (5657) .

Macrophthalmothrips flavafemora Moulton, new species

Female: Prevailing color brown; ocellar area, median portion of
head behind eyes, abdominal segments 8-10 and all coxae black, sides
of head and prothorax lighter, abdominal segments 2-7 each with a
median dark blotch which extends to sides along anterior margin,
otherwise mostly yellow; all femora yellow, middle and hind femora
with a faint brownish shading in the middle, fore tibiae yellow,
middle and hind tibiae yellow but each with a darkened band in the
middle; antennal segments 1-3 yellow, 4-6 g’radually shading darker
but yellowish in basal portions, 7 and 8 blackish brown; wings
nearly clear.

174

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIII, No. 4

With all of the distinct characters of the genus; fore wings with
10 double fringe hairs.

Total length 2.27 mm.; head length 0.308 mm., width 0.191 mm.;
prothorax length 0.191 mm., width 0.264 mm.; pterothorax width
0.338 mm.; tube length 0.147 mm., width at base 0.073 mm. Anten-
nal segments length (width). III, 93 (26) ; IV, 76 (33) ; V, 43 (26) ;
VI, 56 (23) ; VII, 33; VIII, 23 microns, total 0.426 mm.

Type material and locality: holotype, female, No. 5880 (Calif.
Acad. Sci., Ent.), and one female paratype, taken on bark of a
fallen tree, Finschhafen, New Guinea, 1944, by E. S. Ross (5652,
5657).

This species is distinctive in having all femora clear yellow.
The only other known species with all yellow femora, williamsi
Hood, from Trinidad, has a narrower darkened band on middle
and hind tibiae and the antennae are nearly white with segment 2
at the sides, all of 5 except pedicel and 7 and 8 dark brown.

Tribe Haplothripini Priesner

Dolichothrips fuscipes Moulton, new species

Female: Color blackish brown except apical third of antennal
segment 2, all of 3, fore tibiae and tarsi, which are brownish yellow ;
wings and setae clear.

Head 0.4 longer than wide, with straight cheeks, weakly reduced
posteriorly; eyes moderately large, sub-ovate; postoculars long,
pointed; antennae 0.6 longer than head, segment 3 with two sense
cones; mouth cone reaching across prosternum, pointed; prothorax
reasonably small, with an incomplete median thickening, all normal
setae present, these long, pointed; wings narrowed in the middle,
fore pair with 26-29 double fringe hairs; tube slightly longer than
head, with straight sides, reduced gradually to apical end.

Total length 3.4 mm. with abdomen distended; head length 0.367
mm., width 0.259 mm.; prothorax length 0.19 mm., width 0.38 mm.;
pterothorax width 0.47 mm.; tube length 0.41 mm., width at base
0.132 mm. Antennal segments length (width) : III, 116 (46) ; IV,
120 (46); V, 110 (36); VI, 80 (33); VII, 66; VIII, 53 microns,
total 0.676 mm.; length of setae, postoculars 161, on anterior mar-
gin of prothorax 103, anterior angles 83, midlateral 110, outer on
posterior angles 156 microns.

Male: Similar in form and color to the female but with larger
fore femora and fore tarsus with a short triangular tooth.

Type material and locality: holotype, female, No. 5881 (Calif.
Acad. Sci., Ent.), and 14 female paratypes, allotype, and males,
No. 5882 (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.), and 8 male paratypes, taken

October, 1947]

MOULTON— THYSANOPTERA

175

at Maffin Bay and Finschhafen, New Guinea, during April,
May, August and September, 1944, by E. S. Ross (5652, 5654,
5659, 5663 and 5666).

This species belongs in that group having dark brown middle
and hind legs and is distinctive in its larger size, the greater num-
ber of double fringe hairs on fore wings and the relatively long tube.

Tribe Phlaeothripini Priesner
Phlaeothrips claratibia Moulton

This species was described from a single male specimen taken at
Kipapa, Oahu, T. H. (Proc. Haw. Ent. Soc., 9, 3, 414, 1937), and
now the female may be described as follows: general color almost
identical with the male but somewhat darker; as in the male, the
abdomen is nearly clear yellow with only the three terminal seg-
ments darkened, also all tibiae and tarsi are clear yellow; fore
wings with 10 double fringe hairs. One specimen taken on bark,
April 16, 1944, at Finshhafen (5652).

The only other species of Phlaeothrips known from New Guinea,
P. spinipes Bagnall, has a relatively longer head with stronger
spines and the fore femora have strong spines on the outside near
the base, also antennal segments 3-8 are clear yellow.

Genus Ecacanthothrips Bagnall

This genus is richly represented in these collections from New
Guinea and the following species, including two which are new,
were found.

Ecacanthothrips bagnalli Priesner

Three females and two males taken on bark, April 16, 1944, by
E. S Ross. These appear to be true to species as given in the
description by Dr. Priesner (5652). There are two other series
taken at MaflSn Bay, in September, 1944 (5654), and in August
(5659), which should probably be set up as a new variety due to
the prevailing brown coloring of middle and hind tibiae, otherwise
they are like the species.

Ecacanthothrips sanguineus Bagnall
Found in the 5654 series.

176

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIII, No. 4

Ecacanthothrips coxalis Bagnall

Represented by five females and three males in the same series,
along with coxalis var. philippinensis Priesner.

Ecacanthothrips leai Moulton, new species

Female: Color brown, with sides of head, second antennal seg-
ment and margins of all femora blackish brown, fore tibiae brown-
ish yellow, lighter apically, these darker than middle and hind
tibiae which are clear yellow, antennal segments 3-8 grayish brown,
bases of 4 and 5 somewhat lighter, fore wings only faintly washed
with light brownish gray.

Head short, relatively broad, only 0.2 longer than width across
cheeks; cheeks broadened immediately behind eyes, roughened, with
two or three minute spines on either side, these placed on barely
visible warts; postocular setae long and like other prominent setae
with dilated tips; prothorax normal, with all normal setae well
developed; pterothorax approximately as wide as width across fore
coxae; tube short, rather broad, 0.7 as long as head. Antennal
segment 4 longer than segment 3, this with a single row of 12 sense
cones; fore femora enlarged, fore tibiae smooth, fore tarsus with a
narrow, pointed tooth; fore wings with 10 double fringe hairs.

Total length 1.85 mm.; head length 0.28 mm., width 0.235 mm.;
pro thorax length 0.16 mm., width 0.352 mm.; pterothorax width
0.382 mm., tube length 0.22 mm., wndth at base 0.073 mm. Antennal
segments, length (width) ; III, 83 (46) ; IV, 90 (43) ; V, 83 (33) ;
VI, (66) ; VII, 46; VIII, 36 microns. Length of setae, postoculars
113, on anterior margin of prothorax 66, anterior angles 106, mid-
laterals 93, outer on posterior angles 100, inner 140 microns.

Type material and locality: holotype, female, taken at KuALA
Lumpur, Malay Peninsula, by A. M. Lea (No. 3421) . Deposited
in Moulton Collection.

This species resembles E. crassiceps Karny in general form
but the fore femora are unarmed; it differs from E. guineaensis,
new species, in its shorter and broader head, the fourth anten-
nal segment longer than the third and in the darker colored
antennae.

Ecacanthothrips guineaensis Moulton, new species

Female: Color blackish brown including antennal segments 1 and
2, and all femora except apical ends which are cleared to yellow;
tibiae and tarsi clear yellow; antennal segments 3-5 brownish yel-
low, cleared to yellow at bases, 6-8 brown with 6 lighter at base;
fore wings nearly clear, only faintly washed with light grayish
brown.

October, 1947]

MOULTON— THYSANOPTERA

177

Head 0.33 longer than width across cheeks, constricted neck-like
at base, cheeks roughened, with two or three small cheek spines
placed on inconspicuous warts; eyes large, with a distinct emar-
gination at juncture with cheeks, these abruptly wider than width
across eyes; postoculars prominent and like other body setae, with
dilated tips; prothorax normal for the genus, with all regular setae;
abdomen normal, terga 2-7 each with two pairs of sigmoid setae;
tube short, approximately 0.6 as long as head, with straight sides.
Antennal segment 3 with a single row of ten sense cones; fore
femora enlarged, unarmed, fore tibiae unarmed and with almost
smooth inner surface, fore tarsus with a short triangular tooth;
fore wings moderately slender, with 12-16 double fringe hairs.

Total length 2.45 mm.; bead length 0.294 mm., width across
cheeks 0.22 mm.; prothorax length 0.147 mm., width 0.323 mm.;
pterothorax width 0.367 mm.; tube length 0.176 mm., width at base
0.073 mm. Antennal segments, length (width) : III, 106 (50) ; IV,
100 (43); V, 93 (33); VI, 90 (30); VII, 80; VIII, 40 microns;
setae: postoculars 93; on anterior margin of prothorax 53, anterior
angles 80, midlateral 50, inner on posterior angles 100, outer 60
microns.

Type material and locality: holotype, female, No. 5883 (Calif.
Acad. Sci., Ent.), and two paratype females, taken on bark, April
16, 1944, by E. S. Ross at Finschhafen, New Guinea (No. 5652).

This species is distinctive with its unarmed fore femora, smooth
fore tibiae and almost obsolete cheek warts, these being small and
inconspicuous. E. inernis Buffa, also from New Guinea, has anten-
nal segments 3-8 clear yellow; E. inarmatus Kurosawa has brown
middle and hind legs; E. hagnalli Priesner has the fourth antennal
segment longer than the third.

Subfamily Megathripinae Priesner
Tribe Megathripini Priesner

Bactrothrips (Bactridothrips) guineaensis Moulton, new species

Male: Color dark brown, abdomen mostly black; antennal seg-
ments 1 and 2 blackish brown, 3 and 4 grayish yellow with apical
half of enlarged portion brown, 5 light brown with swollen end dark
brown (other segments broken off) all femora blackish brown,
somewhat lighter at bases, fore tibiae mostly yellow, shaded at
sides, middle and hind tibiae like femora but yellowish in apical
third, all tarsi yellow; wings washed with brown, darker along
margins, cleared in apical fourth, median lines dark brown.

Head produced in front of eyes and including this process, 2.67
times as long as width at base; eyes prominent, with a slight emar-

178

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, No. 4

gination at union with cheeks, these narrowed in median portion of
head and widened again before joining with collar at base; anterior
ocellus placed much farther in front of posterior ocelli than these
are separated from each other; a pair of anteocellar setae, 160
microns in length, placed on a line midway between the anterior
and posterior ocelli; postocellar setae (60 microns), placed midway
between posterior ocelli and a line connecting posterior margins of
eyes; first pair of postoculars small (40 microns), placed 23 microns
behind eyes and 96 microns apart, second pair long (133 microns),
placed 76 microns behind fore pair and 93 microns apart; a pair of
cheek spines immediately behind eyes, these short, with blunt tips
and two or three weak spines on either side near base of head. An-
tenna normal for the genus, fore wings with 48 double fringe hairs.
Abdominal segment 6 with a pair of horn-like appendages, 0.514
microns in length, those on segments 7 and 8 about 88 microns in
length. Tube long and slender, approximately eight times longer
than width at base, clothed with numerous hairs standing up at
about 45°.

Total length 6.75 mm.; head length 0.69 mm., width across eyes
0.28 mm., across lower cheeks 0.264 mm.; prothorax length 0.235
mm., width 0.47 mm.; pterothorax width 0.78 mm.; tube length 1.17
mm., width at base 0.16 mm.; antennal segments, length (width) :
III, 470 (50) ; IV, 367 (50) ; V, 338 (43) ; other segments missing.

Type material and locality: holotype, male, No. 5884 (Calif.
Acad. Sci. Ent.), taken May 7, at Finschhafen, New Guinea
(5667).

This species is close to B. furcatus Priesner from the Belgian
Congo, but this species is larger and the wings are clearer with a
dark median line which diffuses at its end into a brown colored
area while in the new species the fore wings are strongly colored
brown with lighter colored areas between the sides and the median
streak.

Tribe Compsothripini Priesner

Rhaebothrips lativentris Karny
One male specimen taken in May, 1944, at Finschhafen, (5666) .

Macrothrips papuensis Bagnall

Mr. R. S. Bagnall described three species in this genus, papuensis,
intermedia and dubius, all from New Guinea, (Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., 8, 1, 359-361, 1908; Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Northumberland,
3, 1, 187-189, 1908). The material available to Mr. Bagnall con-

October, 1947]

MOULTON— THYSANOPTERA

179

sisted of only a few specimens. The present collections made by
Mr. Ross in New Guinea include numerous specimens of all the
species erected by Mr. Bagnall and all of the specimens which
correspond to his papuensis are males while all of those which
correspond to intermedia and dubius are females and we have
concluded that intermedia is the female of papuensis. These speci-
mens which could be referred to Mr. Bagnall’s dubius seem to be
smaller and weaker forms of intermedia. Characters which were
used to differentiate between the two species, the fore coxal pro-
jection, the inner tooth of the fore femora, position of the posterior
ocelli as well as the teeth on the fore tibia show a blending variation
between the stronger and larger intermedia and the smaller dubius
but further material should be studied before including dubius
also as one of the female forms of papuensis (5651, 5652, 5653,
5654).

Machatothrips biuncinatus Bagnall

Four females and 2 males taken April 16, 1944, at Finschhafen
(5652).

Machatothrips artocarpi Moulton

This species was collected in great numbers, both male and
female, at MaflSn Bay, in August and September, 1944 (5654, 5659,
5652, 5653).

Machatothrips quadrudentatus Moulton, new species

Female: Color blackish brown, apical half of antennal segment
2, all of 3, also all tarsi brownish yellow; wings nearly clear at base
and tip, brown through the middle and with a heavy brown line from
near base to middle; prominent spines on head blackish brown, post-
oculars and setae on sides and end of abdomen clear yellow.

Head a little less than 0.5 times longer than wide, weakly nar-
rowed behind eyes and at base; anteocellar setae prominent, approxi-
mately half as long as postoculars, the second pair of postoculars
reduced to minor setae; with three or four strong: genal spines on
either side. Prothorax normal, with an incomplete median thicken-
ing, all normal setae present. Abdominal terga 2-7 each with a pair
of sigmoid setae near posterior margin; tube with straight sides,
narrowed from base to tip, approximately 0.1 times longer than
head. Antennae normal for the genus, segment 3 less than three
times as long as its greatest width and shorter than segment 4,

180

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[Vol.xxiii,No. 4

3 with two and 4 with four sense cones; segment 8 constricted at
base and shorter than 7; legs with thickened fore femora, these
with four teeth on the inside, the first largest, placed just beyond
the middle, the other three reduced gradually; fore tarsus with a
stout triangular tooth; fore wings with 52 double fringe hairs.

Total length 3.85 mm.; head length 0.411 mm., width 0.279 mm.;
prothorax length 0.205 mm., width 0.470 mm.; pterothorax width
0.617 mm.; tube length 0.441 mm., width at base 0.147 mm. Anten-
nal segments, length (width : III, 143 (50) ; IV, 160 (50) ; V, 143
(46) ; VI, 93 (33) ; VII, 60 (30) ; VIII, 56 microns, total 0.779 mm.

Type material and locality : holotype male, No. 5885 (Calif. Acad.
Sci., Ent.), taken in May, 1944, Finschhafen, New Guinea
(5666).

This species is most closely related to M. brevis Bagnall which
however has a much shorter head, this being only slightly longer
than wide and with straight cheeks, antennal segments 7 and 8 are
closely j oined and the fore wings have 30 double fringe hairs. In
this new species the head is relatively longer, antennal segment 8 is
constricted at the base and fore wings have 52 double fringe hairs.

Dinothrips sumatrensis Bagnall

This species is richly represented in these collections and is
apparently one of the most common thrips in New Guinea. The
specimens show many variations in size and the number of double
fringe hairs on fore wings, some are much larger than those in
my collection from India and the Malay Peninsula but there seems
to be no single character that could be used to separate them even
as a variety of the species (5651, 5652, 5654) .

Dinothrips monodon Karny

Six males and one female, taken on bark of a fallen tree at San
Jose, Mindoro, in the Philippine Islands (5655) .

Dinothrips jacobsoni Karny

Nine males taken along with D. monodon Karny on bark of
a fallen tree at San Jose, Mindoro, Philippine Islands (5655).

Mecynothrips wallacei Bagnall

One female taken on bark of a fallen tree April 12, 1944, at
Finschhafen ( 5651 ) .

October, 1947]

KESSEL & KARABINOS— EMPIMORPHA

181

EMPIMORPHA GENEATIS MELANDER, A BALLOON FLY
FROM CALIFORNIA, WITH A CHEMICAL EXAMINATION

OF ITS BALLOONS

(Diptera: Empididae)

BY EDWARD L. KESSEL AND JOSEPH V. KARABINOS
University of San Francisco

On several occasions during March, 1946, a number of conspic-
uous white objects which glistened in the morning sunshine were
observed zigzagging back and forth through the air in small groups
in the immediate vicinity of some Monterey pines ( Pinus radiata
Don) at Mill Valley, California. Scrutiny of the scintillating white
objects from the ground revealed that they were carried by incon-
spicuous black insects which were difficult to observe closely or
capture because they were flying at an altitude of 15 or 20 feet. Only
by tying the net handle to a sturdy surf -casting rod and then mount-
ing the top of a 6-foot stepladder was it possible to bring any of the
specimens to net. They proved to be male flies belonging to the
family Empididae and the v/hite object which each carried was a
delicate, frothy, balloon-like structure which invariably had a
minute dipteran or hymenopteran adhering to its anterior surface.
The flies were never numerous, but persistent collecting during the
1946 season resulted in the capture of about 30 of them, each with
its balloon and prey.

Most of the specimens taken in 1946 were deposited in the collec-
tions of the University of San Francisco and the California Academy
of Sciences, but three of them were sent to Dr. A. L. Melander who
kindly identified them as Empimorpha geneatis, a species which he
had described (Melander, 1902) from a single specimen collected
by Baron somewhere in California. This holotype, a male apparently
taken without a balloon, is now in the American Museum of
Natural History. There seem to be no reports of further captures
of this insect.

Inasmuch as during the 1946 season all the balloon flies possible
were captured for museum specimens without much attempt to

182

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[Vol.xxiii,No. 4

observe their habits, little of interest concerning the biology of the
species was learned at that time. It was resolved, therefore, to carry
on a biological investigation if and when the flies returned in 1947.
In the meantime a survey of the literature brought to light the fol-
lowing facts which are of interest in connection with other species of
Empididae known to carry balloons or comparable structures.

History

The first mention in the literature of the balloon-making habit is
to be found in the observations of Osten-Sacken (1877). During
August, while visiting in the Swiss Alps, he had observed the air
dances of a species which later was named Hilara sartor Becker.
Between 9 and 10 o’clock each morning he noticed small swarms of
this insect dancing in the well-known zigzag style among the sun-
beams which penetrated the dense shadow of the fir forest. What
attracted his attention to the flies was the brilliant white or silvery
reflection which flashed each time one of the insects penetrated the
sunbeam. He caught one of the specimens and found to his astonish-
ment that it was an inconspicuous dull-colored fly, much smaller than
he had anticipated. It was then that he noticed the white film-like
balloon on the gauze of his net. It was so light that the slightest
breath carried it away. As he caught specimen after specimen with
the same results, it became apparent that the silvery sheen and larger
apparent size of the flies were both caused by the packets of sparkling
white tissue which they carried.

A number of entomologists studed H. sartor in the years that
followed and there ensued a lively conflict of claims relative to the
nature, function, and position of its balloons. Becker (1888) con-
cluded that the males carry the balloons on their backs and that they
serve as decorations to attract the attention of the females. Mik
(1888) insisted that the flies carry the packets below their bodies
where they are suspended by the legs. He advanced the idea that
these somewhat flattened silken objects are used by the males as
aeronautical surfboards. Handlirsch (1889) followed with a detailed
study of the balloons during which he made some chemical tests. He
found that they did not melt when warmed and were not dissolved
by ether, benzol, or carbon bisulfide, although they were soluble in
warm medium-concentrated potassium hydroxide, cold concentrated
sulfuric acid, and in concentrated hydrochloric acid. Verhoff
(1894) advanced the theory that the balloons, flashing in the sun-

October, 1947]

KESSEL & PIARABINOS— EMPIMORPHA

183

light and never containing prey, served as warnings to predaceous
insects and birds.

Meanwhile it had been discovered by Girschner (1889) and Mik
(1894) that several other kinds of Hilara also carry glistening white
objects in their aerial dances, balloon-shaped structures composed
of definite silken threads which frequently held struggling prey.
Some species use microdipterans exclusively whereas others utilize
trichopterans and psocids as well. Hamm ( appendix to Eltringham,
1928) added yet other species of Hilara to the list of those forms
which bind they prey with silken threads and ascertained that one
member of the genus, H. maura Fabricius, carries two quite distinct
types of nuptial balloons. The common variety consists of the usual
silken threads and ordinarily encloses prey, although the prey is
sometimes replaced by a vegetable fragment and in rare instances
the balloon is entirely empty. Hamm found the second type on only
one occasion; numerous males and mated pairs were found carry-
ing these balloons which consisted of sticky globules instead of
silken threads. Prey was lacking in every case. Eltringham (1928) ,
in discussing the material of these globules says, “So permanent are
its qualities that the examples mounted on cards 15 years ago are
still as viscid as when first obtained.” He adds that he found them
to be soluble in water, rather slowly so in xylol, but insoluble in
alcohol, ether, or chloroform. Hamm and Eltringham both sus-
pected that the flies obtained these globules from some external
source, possibly honeydew secretions.

Melander (1940) describes the aerial dances of Hilara grandi-
tarsis Curran, the first American species of the genus found to be a
balloon maker. In Alberta during July he observed specimens of
this fly dancing in small groups of 4 to 8 individuals among the
spruce trees, a dozen feet or so above the ground. Some of the
flies carried glistening oval balloons consisting of frothy matter.
On drying, these very delicate structures collapsed and shrank to
almost nothing. They quickly distintegrated when placed in alcohol.

The only balloon-making species of Empididae not belonging
to the genus Hilara which has been recognized heretofore is Empis
aerobatica Melander. This form was discovered by Aldrich and
Turley (1889) during June near Moscow, Idaho. Their attention
was first attracted to the glistening white balloons which were
moving to and fro in the air some 8 or 10 feet above the ground.
When some of these were captured it was revealed that each was
carried by a male fly. The balloons were elliptical in shape, hollow.

184

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIII, No. 4

and more or less open behind. Each was about twice the length
of the fly which carried it and was composed of a layer of minute
bubbles. The surface was sticky and in nearly every case there
was a small dead fly pressed into the front end. The balloons were
very delicate and collapsed and shriveled into flattened films within
a few hours. One which was placed in alcohol disintegrated imme-
diately.

1947 Observations

Returning to the observations of the writers on Empimorpha
geneatis, it was February 22 that the first specimens for the 1947
season were seen going through their aerial balloon dance. The flies
were in the same vicinity as in 1946, zigzagging to and fro among
the Monterey pine trees, but this year they had moved the center
of their activities to another tree. Since 1946, the one around
which they had originally danced had been topped, thereby reduc-
ing its height by many feet. This change of location was a fortunate
one because it facilitated observation in two important ways. For
some reason, possibly a difference in prevailing air currents, the
insects had reduced the altitude of the flight, frequently carrying
on their dance not more than 6 feet above the ground in the new
place. Furthermore, the new location provided a steady foundation
for the stepladder when its use was required to study the flies at
very close range.

The insects were observed to be active only in the early morn-
ing, appearing about 7:30 o’clock when the sun first struck the
pine trees and continuing to fly until about 9 o’clock. On over-
cast days the period of activity was shortened, the dance beginning
later and ending earlier. On rainy days, or if the fog was heavy,
the flies did not even appear. The number of individuals seen
dancing at one time varied considerably, ranging from a single
individual at the beginning of the season or on overcast days to
20 or more on one sunny morning in the middle of March. The
last flies were seen during the first week of April.

Specimens of E. geneatis are expert fliers and capable net
dodgers, hence difficult to capture. A near miss sometimes causes
a fly to drop his balloon which then either settles to the ground or
is blown away by the wind. On other occasions a fly retains his
grip on the balloon following a narrow escape from the net, but
in doing so he loses both altitude and his balance and flies un-

October, 1947]

KESSEL & KARABINOS— EMPIMORPHA

185

certainly to a nearby shrub. Here he may rest for some minutes,
allowing the observer to approach within a few inches and examine
him closely. When swept roughly into the net the insects invari-
ably drop their balloons, but when care is exercised and the stroke
of the net is true and relatively gentle, they often hold tightly to
their burdens and can be transferred with them to a breeding cage
or other container. Imprisoned in vials they usually remain alive
lor 12 hours or so and in a screen-covered breeding cage provided
with a fresh branch from the pine tree they sometimes survive as
long as 24 hours. In both cases they frequently grip their balloons
tenaciously until the very last. Invariably, however, they relax
their hold when dying; this is also true when they are killed in
cyanide bottles.

The balloons of E. geneatis vary somewhat in size, the larger
ones averaging about 3 mm. in length or about half the length
of the male fl5C Sometimes, especially in the case of the smaller
balloons which seem to lack the finishing touches, the shape is
spherical, but typically it is somewhat flattened and elongated,
suggestive of the likewise flattened type carried by the males of
H. sartor. In most cases the width averages about 2 mm. and the
thickness is approximately 1% mm. The intensely white and
glistening surface appears to be hard and dry but is actually quite
viscid, so much so that when merely touched with a pine needle
or insect pin it adheres thereto. Unfortunately, from the stand-
point of ease in manipulation, subsequent release is difficult. The
characteristic of brilliant and glistening whiteness seems to be
possessed in greater or less degree by the balloons of all the
species of Empididae for which they are described. Mik (1894),
in writing of H. sartor, gives what is doubtless the best description
of an observer’s reaction to his first glimpse of dancing balloon
flies : “One thinks one sees snowflakes in the sunshine which seem
to change at intervals into shooting silver sparks.”

The viscous quality of the balloon surface, although not men-
tioned in the literature for some species, is common to several.
These include H. maura (the globular type of balloon without prey
discovered by Hamm, 1928), H. granditarsis (Melander, 1940),
and.E. aerohatica (Aldrich and Turley, 1889). In many respects
the balloons of the last form and of E. geneatis resemble each
other most closely, in fact these seem to be the only two species
known which have prey pressed into the sticky surface. The bal-
loons of other prey-taking kinds seem to be composed invariably

186

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIII, No. 4

of definite threads rather than of viscid globules, and in those cases
where prey is present it forms the central nucleus of the balloon.
In regard to E. geneatis, in every one of the approximately 130
balloons taken during the two seasons of collecting, the tiny prey
was found attached to the anterior end with its abdomen and wings
crushed into the surface. Never was there found to be more than
a single prey to a balloon. For the 100 balloons examined during
the 1947 season the prey represented three families as follows:
Chalcididae 47, Tendipedidae 38, and Itonididae 15. The minute
insects were always oriented so that the thorax and head projected
free from the balloon, being directed forward and upward. It was
always this projecting part of the prey’s body that was grasped
by the fly’s middle feet when holding the balloon; never was an
unmated male observed to grasp the balloon itself with his legs
as described for E. aerohatica by Aldrich and Turley (1889).
These authors illustrate the male of their species carrying his
balloon by holding it with both the middle and the hind feet. In
E. geneatis the only apparent contact between the feet and the
balloon is where the middle tarsi are wrapped around the prey
and in so doing touch the anterior surface. In this species the male
sits, walks, and flies without relaxing his grip on the prey which
he uses as a handle to hold the balloon.

In spite of its bulk the balloon inconveniences the male’s flight
in no apparent way. One fly easily took wing with six extra balloons
adhering to the one he was carrying. The balloons of course are
very light, 20 of them averaged only slightly in excess of 0.03
mg. each. Three male flies, by contrast, weighed 1.65 mg., 1.79
mg., and 1.88 mg. respectively, or more than 50 times the average
weight of a balloon.

The question arises as to the length of time that a male carries
the same balloon. It has been noted that caged specimens of E.
geneatis sometimes live as long as 24 hours and that frequently
they keep holding their balloons until they die. Certainly it is their
instinct to retain the balloons indefinitely. In support of this con-
clusion it was discovered that uncaptured males do not discard
their balloons when they retire from the morning dance. On several
occasions males were found even in the late evening sitting among
the pine needles and still holding their balloons. It seems, there-
fore, that a male which is unsuccessful in mating one day may keep
the same balloon for another try the following day. However, the
males are able to make new balloons when circumstances require

October, 1947]

KESSEL & KARABINOS— EMPIMORPHA

187

replacement of lost ones. This was determined when three of the
flies which had dropped their ballons in the net were marked on
the dorsum with a spot of yellow paint and released. One of the
specimens captured the following morning had the yellow markings
clearly visible. The balloon which he carried, although slightly
smaller than the average, was otherwise normal, even to the pressed-
in prey at the anterior end. Therefore, in order to avoid the
depletion of the none-too- abundant E. geneatis population, it was
decided that the considerable material needed for the chemical
study should be collected by making use of this instinct to replace
lost balloons. Subsequently, each male captured was immediately
induced to drop his balloon and was then released to construct
another one.

While no observations were made on the mating habits of E.
geneatis during the 1946 season, considerable progress was made
along this line in 1947. The only female taken during the first year
was obtained quite by accident in company with a male which had
been traced by following the path of his balloon as he floated away
from the dancing group to settle high in the tree. The female, not
heretofore observed, differs from the male by lacking the many,
long, black, bristly hairs which occur in the latter sex on the
face, cheeks, palpi, antennae, dorsum of the thorax, between the
wings and halteres, and one the first abdominal segments. The
occipital hairs of the female, although numerous, are much shorter
than those of the male. Another sexual difference is the coloration
of the occiput and the dorsum, both of these regions being notice-
ably less black in the female. The thoracic vittae are correspond-
ingly more distinct in the female. Finally, the halteres and the
proximal regions of the femora are definitely yellowish in the
female instead of piceous black as in the male.

Because of the lower flight level of the insects during the 1947
season, it was possible for the observer to get very close to the
swarm of males by standing on the stepladder. On several occasions
he distinctly saw a female join the dancing group and zigzag in
and out for a few turns among the balloon-carrying males. Then
the blur of her black body fused with one of them, the mating flies
with their balloon lost altitude for a moment, and the two floated
off together to settle on the pine tree. Examination of the paired
flies revealed that the male no longer held the balloon ; doubtless
he had transferred it to the female at their first contact in the air

188

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIII, No. 4

and the preoccupation of the flies in this transfer was evidently
responsible for the temporary loss of altitude of the mating pair.

As to the relative positions of the flies during copulation, the
male is invariably astride the female, not the reverse such as
Aldrich and Turley (1889) describe and figure for E. aerobatica.
In the case of E. geneatis the male hangs to the pine needle by his
front feet, his middle feet rest on the thorax of the female, and
his hind legs straddle her abdomen, supporting her. The female
holds the balloon with all of her feet touching its surface; never
was she observed to grasp the prey as a handle for the balloon in
the manner of the male, nor was she seen to make any attempt
to keep the balloon orientated with the prey toward the front.
Instead, she keeps turning the balloon from one position to another
during copulation, apparently entirely unconcerned with the prey
and certainly not trying to feed on it. This tiny insect is invariably
unfit for food. Its abdomen is always ruptured and completely
flattened against the balloon’s surface. Indeed it is doubtful if
this species ever captures prey for food; never were the insects
found to be in possession of prey other than the tiny one attached
to the balloon. It is possible that both the males and the females
feed exclusively on plant juices. On several different days repre-
sentatives of both sexes were found feeding on the flowers of man-
zanita bushes (Arctostaphylos Cushingiana Eastwood) which grow
beneath the pine trees. They were found in company with two other
species of Empididae which Dr. A. L. Melander kindly examined
and found to be undescribed forms of Acallomyia and Rhampho-
myia (Holoclera) respectively. Each of the flies observed was
obtaining nectar by probing with its proboscis through a puncture
which it had made in the base of the corolla. Here, as on all other
occasions observed, the males of E. geneatis were carrying their
balloons with them.

Discussion

Since the female does not so much as fondle the prey and the
balloon alone seems to be the stimulus which prompts mating, the
question arises as to why the male goes to the trouble of capturing
the prey. Why does he not present the female with an empty balloon
as is done in the cases of H. sartor and H. granditarsis? The answer
doubtless lies in the evolutionary sequence of the balloon-making

October, 1947]

KESSEL & KARABINOS— EMPIMORFHA

189

habit which was first suggested by Hamm although published by
Poulton (1913). Hamm recognized three more or less distinct
stages to which Melander (1940) has added a fourth. To elaborate
this supposed sequence still further and to find the exact place of
E. geneatis in the series, the following stages may be recognized :

(1) Predaceous species in which the female is not averse to
including the male among her victims.

(2) Avoiding any cannibalistic attention on the part of the
female, the male presents her with prey as a wedding gift which
she sucks during copulation.

(3) The prey, although still eaten by the female, has become
the necessary stimulus for copulation.

(4) The prey is presented in a simple gift package consisting
of silk-like threads or viscid globules which serve to quiet its
struggles.

(5) The gift package is differentiated into a complex balloon
which shares with the edible prey the function of stimulating mating.

(6) The prey has become useless as food but continues to share
with the balloon the function of stimulating copulation.

(7) The prey, although still included, has lost its significance
in courtship, the balloon remaining as the lone stimulus to
copulation.

(8) The balloon without prey is presented to the female.

It is apparent that E. geneatis represents the seventh stage in
the above series. Observations on the epigamic behavior of E.
aerohatica have been too limited to determine whether this species
belongs in the sixth or the seventh category. The earlier stages in
the sequence are represented by numerous species and the last one
is illustrated by both H. granditarsis and H. sartor. It will be
remembered that this second hilaran was the first balloon fly to be
discovered, a fact which made the interpretation of the significance
of its balloon a perplexing problem to the early workers.

In regard to the production of the balloon substance, the fact
that E. geneatis, like other important balloon makers, seems to be
restricted to the immediate vicinity of coniferous trees, may have
some not yet understood significance. As for the actual source of
the secretion, the vacuolated globules which comprise the balloons
suggest that it is produced by the digestive system as froth-like
bubbles coming either from the mouth or the anus. An examina-

190

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, No. 4

tion of the other evidence favors the latter region, so that the process
of balloon construction may be assumed to be somewhat as follows:

The male first catches his victim, an act doubtless prompted by
an instinct dating back to his predaceous ancestors in an earlier
stage of the balloon-making sequence. Inasmuch as the female of
this species ignores the prey, it is apparent that its only function
is to stimulate the male to construct the balloon. Of course it is
possible that his instinct for predaceousness on this occasion is
strong enough to cause him to suck the body fluids from the prey,
thereby collapsing its abdomen. It may be assumed that the male
overtakes the tiny insect in flight from behind, at least the head of
the latter is always directed forward and upward. While still flying
and while holding the thorax of the prey with the middle tarsi,
the male apparently bends the tip of his body under and forward
between his hind legs to press the first viscous globules firmly
against the prey, flattening its abdomen and gluing down its wings.
It is reasonable to conclude that the whole balloon is made by
adding more and more globules, one at a time. Considering the
shape of the entire structure, projecting backwards as it does from
the insect which forms its starting point, it is apparent that such a
balloon must be constructed from behind.

Chemical Nature of the Balloons

Turning now from theory to fact, not much has been written
heretofore concerning the chemical nature of the balloons of
Empididae and all the available information has been summarized
in an earlier portion of this paper. As for the balloons of E. geneatis,
these were prepared for chemical study by first removing the tiny
insect which adheres to the surface of each. Macroscopic exam-
ination at this time revealed no obvious threads in the balloon
substance, but a microscopic study showed semicrystalline threads
of a white shiny material.

A number of preliminary solubility tests were performed; one
balloon was used for each experiment. In fat solvents such as
benzene, chloroform, or ether the material dissolved to a small
extent since a white residue was obtained upon removal of the
solvent. The balloons were insoluble in solvents such as water,
20% sodium hydroxide, concentrated and dilute hydrochloric acids,
and also in 70% and 95% ethyl alcohol. They were soluble in

October, 1947]

KESSEL & KARABINOS— EMPIMORPHA

191

warm 2% sodium hydroxide. They gave a negative Liebermann-
Burchard reaction (for sterols) but gave a positive Molisch test
(for carbohydrates) and a positive Biuret test (for proteins) (cf.
Hawk and Bergheim, 1937 ) . The tests were performed on a micro
scale using known sterols, carbohydrates, and proteins as controls.
Ignition of several balloons gave a white ash indicating the presence
of inorganic matter.

Twenty balloons were weighed on a micro balance and gave a
total weight of 0.66 mg., each balloon weighing approximately
0.033 mg. The balloons were then transferred to a small test tube
and extracted twice with 1 ml. portions of ethyl ether. The com-
bined ether extracts gave a white waxy residue on evaporation.
The insoluble balloons after extraction and drying appeared to
have the same microscopic characteristics as the original balloons
except that the shiny lustre was gone. The balloons now weighed
0.57 mg. so that the fat soluble (lipid) fraction of the original
balloons amounted to 0.09 mg. or 14% of the total weight. In spite
of their extraction with ether the balloons still gave a white ash on
ignition. The Molisch and Biuret tests were repeated on 0.2 mg.
of balloon material with confirmation of the positive results. A
negative van Wisselingh’s test (Wigglesworth, 1942) indicated
that chitin was not a constituent.

A chemical examination of the balloons, therefore, revealed the
presence of protein, carbohydrate, lipid, and inorganic matter.
The insolubility of the balloons in the various solvents indicated
that the protein and carbohydrate fractions are of high molecular
weight. Solubility in dilute but not in concentrated alkali pointed
to a mucoprotein, as did the other tests (cf. Levene, 1926). An
attempt was then made to stain the balloons with tolundine blue
which resulted in a violet coloration specific for sulfated poly-
saccharides (Lison, 1936; Jorpes, 1936). This indicated that the
balloons are composed of a mucoprotein (a protein conjugated
with a carbohydrate such as mucoitin sulfuric acid) coated with a
small amount of lipid matter. The inorganic ash supports the data.

Mucoproteins and other carbohydrate-protein complexes are
widespread through nature and have been shown to be constituents
of such diverse substances as the protoplasm of jellyfish, serum,
saliva, and gastric mucin (Meyer, 1945; Stacey, 1946). These
findings are not incompatible with the assumption that the balloons
of E. geneatis originiate as secretions of the digestive tract.

192

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIII, No. 4

Literature Cited

Aldrich, J. M., and Turley, L. A., 1889. A balloon-making fly.
Amer. Nat., 33:809-812.

Becker, Theodor, 1888. Hilara sartor n. sp. (Osten-Sacken in
litt.) und ihr Schleier. Berlin Ent. Ztschr., 32:7.

Eltringham, H., 1928. On the production of silk by species of
the genus Hilara Meig. (Diptera). Proc. Roy. Soc. London,
Ser. B, 102:327-334. Appendix by A. H. Hamm: 334-337.
Girschner, Ernst, 1889. Zur Biologic von Hilara. Dipterologischer
Beitrag. Ent. Nachr., 15:220.

Handlirsch, Anton, 1889. Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Gespinnstes
von Hilara, sartrix Becker. Verhandl. K. K. Zool.-Bot. Gesell.
Wien, 39:623-626.

Hawk, P. B., and Bergheim, 0., 1937. Practical physiological
chemistry. Blakiston’s Son & Co., Philadelphia.

JoRPES, E., 1936. Heparin. Acta Med. Scand., 88:427.

Levene, P. a., 1926. Hexosamines and mucoproteins. Longmans,
Green & Co., London.

Lison, L., 1936. The metachromatic reaction, a histochemical
micromethod for the detection of complex sulfuric asters. Bui.
Soc. de Chim. Biol., 18:225-230.

Melander, a. L., 1902. A monograph of the North American Em-
pididae. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 28 : 195-368.

— 1940. Hilara granditarsis, a balloon maker. Psyche, 47 :55-56.
Meyer, Karl, 1945. Mucoids and glycoproteins. Advances in
protein chemistry, Vol. 2. Academic Press, Inc., New York.
Mik, Josef, 1888. Ueber ein spinnendes Dipteron. Verhandl.
K. K. Zool.-Bot. Gesell. Wien, 38:97.

— 1894. Ein Beitrag zur Biologic einiger Dipteren. Wien. Ent.
Ztg., 13:261-284.

Osten-Sacken, C. R., 1877. A singular habit of Hilara. Ent.
Monthly Mag., 14:126-127.

POULTON, E. B., 1913. Empidae and their prey in relation to court-
ship. Ent. Monthly Mag., 49:177-180.

Stacey, M., 1946. The chemistry of mucopolysaccharides and
mucoproteins. Advances in carbohydrate chemistry, Vol. 2.
Academic Press, Inc., New York.

Verhoff, E., 1894. Zur Biologic von Hilara. Ent. Nachr.. 20:1-2.
WiGGLESWORTH, V. B., 1942. The principles of insect physiology.
2nd Ed., Methuen & Co., Ltd., London.

October, 1947]

INDEX TO VOLUME XXIII*

193

Acroceratidae, 74
Ag’enioideus humilis, 132
Agnostothrips semiflavus, 172
Alexander, article by, 91
Andrena dinognatha, 71
orthocarpi, 72
Anopheles xelajuensis, 44
Anthophora spp., 70
Anovia virginalis, 118
Apanteles medicaginis, 21
praesens, 23
Aphidae, 35, 73, 97, 137
mounting method, 73
Aphis sierra, 97
Aphilanthops phoenix, 66
Aphodius fenyesi, 159
inyoensis, 158
Apoidea, 26, 30, 68, 71
Arebius petrovius, 39
sequens, 39
Atimia maritima, 58
Aulicus terrestris, 34
Bactrothrips guineaensis, 177
Bailey, article by, 103
Balloon fly, 181

Barr, articles by, 24, 58, 85, 162
Barypithes pallucida, 96
Blaisdell, article by, 59
bibliography, 53
biography, 49

Bohart, G. E., article by, 30
Book Review

Check List of Cicadellidae, 83
Books and World Recovery, 67
Braconidae, 21, 58
Buprestidae, 40, 162
Butterfly migration, 79
Caldwell, article by, 145
Calliopsis squamifera, 28
Carpophilus, 134
Cerambycidae, 43, 58
Chamberlin, articles by, 37, 101
Chermock, article by. 111
Chilopoda, 37

Chrysobothris cyanella, 40
Cicadellidae, 76, 83, 110
Cicindelidae, 155
Cicindela o. navajoensis, 155
Cimicidae, 140
Cixiidae, 145
Cleridae, 24, 34, 36
Coccinellidae, 113
Cockerell, article by, 68
Coleoptera, 11, 24, 34, 36, 40, 43,
58, 59, 96, 113, 121, 134, 155,
162

Compsothripini, 178
Conopidae, 30

Crassana goniana, 76

Macrasana marginella, 78
Crocisa caeruleifrons, 70
novaehollandiae, 70
Culicidae, 44
Curculionidae, 96
Dasymutilla arenivaga, 88
atricauda, 86
eminentia, 85
gloriosa, 87
heliophila, 88
magna, 86
magnifica, 86
megalopthalma, 90
mimula, 86
paranoctuma, 88
satanas, 86

De Long, articles by, 76, 110
Dendrosoter integer, 58
Dethlefsen, article by, 36
Dinothrips jacobsoni, 180
monodon, 180
sumatrensis, 180
Diplopoda, 101

Diptera, 30, 44, 74, 91, 167, 181
Dolichothrips fuscipes, 174
Doutt, article by, 152
Duncan, article by, 1
Ecacanthothrips bagnalli, 175
coxalis, 176
guineaensis, 176
leai, 176
sanguineus, 175
Empididae, 181
Empimorpha geneatis, 181
Enoclerus humeralis, 24
schaefferi, 24
Erythrothrips, key, 106
catalogue of species, 108
E scary us, key, 37
monticolens, 37
Essig, article by, 97
Frazier, article by, 84
Frechin, article by. 111
Galindo, article by, 44
Gillette, article by, 79
Gillogly, article by, 134
Glaucopsyche 1. behrii, 42
in ant nest, 42

Haematosiphon inodora, 140
Haplothripini, 174
Haptoncus, 134
Hemiptera, 140
Heriades micheneri, 26
Hershberger, article by, 76
Hippomelas californicus, 40
Homoptera, 31, 35, 76, 83, 97,
110, 137, 141, 145

* New names in bold face, synonyms in italics.

194

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VoL. XXIII, No. 4

Hoplothripini, 172
Hurd, article by, 85, 132
Hymenoptera, 21, 26, 30, 58, 63,
68, 71, 85, 132, 152
Ichneumonidae, 58
Insects and human welfare, 1
International Congress, 90
James, article by, 167
Johannsen, note by, 90
Karabinos, article by, 181
Kessel, article by, 181
Knowlton, articles by, 35, 137
Lanham, article by, 71
Lariversius tibialis, 59
Leech, personal note, 62
Lepidoptera, 25, 42, 79, 111, 119,
171

Light, obituary note, 144
Linsley, personal note, 70
article by, 162
Lithobiidae, 38
Lycaenidae, 42
Lytta nevadensis, 155
sonorae, 156

Machatothrips artocarpi, 179
biuncinatus, 179
quadrudentatus, 179
Macrophthalmothrips flava-
femora, 173

Macrosiphum eoessigi, 137
Macro thrips papuensis, 178
MacSwain, article by, 30
Mansfield, articles by, 34, 40, 43
Mecynothrips wallacei, 180
Megachile finschi, 69
loiensis, 68
Megathripinae, 177
Melanophila acuminata, 163
atropurpurea, 165
consputa, 162
n. elegans, 163
occidentalis, 163
Melitaea 1. daviesi, 171
Meloidae, 155
Milliped, 101

Mordella quadripunctata, 121
Mordellidae, 121
Mordellistena ambusta, 130
arizonensis, 126
bihirsuta, 125
conformis, 130
malkini, 130
egregia, 127
fenderi, 121
nunenmacheri, 129
pilosella, 127
subfucus, 128
suturalis, 124
testacea, 129

Mordellistena (contd.)
wenzeli, 121
y-notata, 129
Moulton, article by, 172
Muesebeck, article by, 21
Mutillidae, 85
Mymaridae, 152
Nadabius cherokeenus, 38
Nancies tibialis, 131
Nepticula braunella, 25
Nepticulidae, 25
Nitidulidae, 134
Noviini, key, 116
Nye, article by, 73
Oeme gracilis, 43
Oliarus abacus, 147
aztecus, 150
bispinus, 150
catus, 147
eximus, 145
e. teximus, 146
forcipatus, 146
isolatus, 149
nanus, 149
rarus, 148
retentus, 148
sylvaticus, 151
uncat us, 151
Oplodontha, key, 168
luzonensis, 169
minuta, n. comb., 170
rubrithorax, 170
Orothripini, key to genera, 104
Pac. Coast Ent. Soc.

Pres, address, 1
Proceedings, 45
Painted lady butterfly, 79
Parasitism of bees, 30
by conopids, 30
Pate, article by, 63
Philanthine wasps, 63
Key to genera, 63
Phlaeothripidae, 172
Phlaeothripini, 175
Phlaeothrips claratibia, 175
Phloesinus cupressi, 58
Pleocoma h, vandykei, 11
larva, 11

Pleurospasta mirabilis, 157
Polyphylla d. arida, 161
nubila, 160
Pompilidae, 132
Psylla bipartita, 141
certus. 142
multiplex, 142
Psyllidae, 31, 141
Pterodontia longisquama, 74
Ray, article by, 121
Rees, article by, 113

October, 1947]

INDEX TO VOLUME XXIII

195

Rhaebothrips lativentris, 178
Rindg-e, article by, 25
Ritcber, article by, 11
Rodolia cardinalis, 117
koebelei, 117
Sabrosky, article by, 74
Scarabaeidae, 11, 158
Scbendylidae, 37
Scolytidae, 36, 58
Sensillum, in Carpopbilus, 134
Haptoncus, 134
Speyeria c. pugetensis, 111
Spbecidae, 63
Stallings, article by, 119
Stetbynium annulatum, 152
Stratiomyidae, 167
Strymon o. violae, 119
Sugden, article by, 79
Tenebrionidae, 59
Tbysanoptera, 103, 172

Tilden, articles by, 34, 42
Timberlake, article by, 26
Tipula dido, 95
graciae, 93
subapache, 91
Tipulidae, 91
Trizoida inconstans, 33
media, 31
mutabilis, 32
Turner, article by, 119
Tutbill, articles by, 31, 141
Usanus stonei, 110
Usinger, article by, 140
Van Dyke, articles by, 49, 96, 155
Vanessa cardui, 79
Wind, article by, 171
Woodbury, article by, 79
Xorides insularis, 58
Yucodesmus dampfi, 101
Zyxaphis utahensis, 35

THE

PAN -Pacific Entomologist

Published by the

Pacific Coast Entomological Society

in co-operation with

The California Academy of Sciences

VOLUME TWENTY-THREE

1947

EDITORIAL BOARD

E. G. LINSLEY and R. L. USINGER, Editors
E. C. VAN DYKE, Associate Editor
E. S. ROSS, Assistant Editor
R. C. MILLER, Treasurer

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

1947 1948 1949

G. F. Ferris M. A. Stewart C. D. Duncan

E. O. Essig, Chairman F- F. Blaisdell H. H. Keifer

San Francisco, California
1947

• •
u

CONTENTS FOR VOLUME XXIII
Alexander, C. P.

Undescribed Tipulidae from the Western United States, III 91
Anonymous

Books and World Recovery 67

Obituary, Sol Felty Light 144

Personal Note — H. B. Leech 63

Personal Note — E. G. Linsley 70

Bailey, S. F.

The Genus Erythrothrips 103

Barr, W. F.

Enoclerus humeralis, a primary homonym 24

Parasites of Coleoptera 58

Barr, W. F., and P. D. Hurd

Notes and descriptions of DasymutiUa 85

Barr, W. F., and E. G. Linsley

Notes on Melanophila 162

Blaisdell, F. E.

A new genus and species of the family Tenebrionidae 59

Caldwell, J. S.

New species of Oliarus 145

Chamberlin, R. V.

On four new American Chilopods 37

A new Myrmecophilous Milliped 101

Chermock, F. H., and D. P. Frechin

A new Speyeria from Washington Ill

Cockerell, T. D. A.

A new bee from the Marshall Islands 68

De Long, D. M.

A new genus and species of Mexican leafhopper 110

De Long, D. M., and R. V. Hershberger

New North American leaf hoppers 76

Dethlefsen, E. S.

Some Coleoptera taken from wet paint 36

Doutt, R. L.

The genus Stethynium in California 152

Duncan, C. D.

Some remarks on the influence of insects on human

welfare 1

• • •

111

Essig, E. 0.

A new aphid on Penstemon 97

Frazier, N. W.

Book Review — Check list of Cicadellidae 83

Galindo, Pedro

Anopheles xelajuensis De Leon in Panama 44

Gillogly, L. R.

A sensillum in Carpophilus and Haptoncus 134

Hurd, P. D.

Biology of Agenioideus humilis 132

James, M. T.

The oriental species of Oplodontha 167

Johannsen, 0. A.

International Congress of Entomology 90

Kessel, E. L., and J. V. Karabinos

A balloon fly, Empimorpha geneatis 181

Knowlton, G. F.

A small sage aphid 35

A new hollyhock aphid 137

Lanham, U. N.

Descriptive notes on Andrena 71

MacSwain, J. W., and G. E. Bohart

Parasitism of bees by Conopid flies 30

Mansfield, G. S.

Notes on Hippomelas californicus and Chrysobothris

cyanella 40

Range of Oeme gracilis 43

Mansfield, G. S., and J. W. Tilden

Aulicus terrestris Linsley 34

Moulton, Dudley

Thysanoptera from the South Pacific and Orient 172

Muesebeck, C. F. W.

Two new species of Apanteles from California 21

Nye, W. P.

A simple method of mounting aphids 73

Pate, V. S. L.

On the genera of Philanthine wasps, with a new species

from Arizona 63

Pacific Coast Entomological Society, Proceedings 45

IV

Ray, Eugene

Studies on North American Mordellidae, V 121

Rees, B. E.

The larvae of some North American Noviini 113

Rindge, F. H.

Types of Nepticula braunella Jones 25

Ritcher, P. 0.

Description of the larva of Pleocoma hirticollis vandykei

Linsley. 11

Sabrosky, C . W.

A new Pterodontia from New Guinea 74

Stallings, D. B., and J. R. Turner

A new subspecies of butterfly 119

Sugden, J. W., A. M. Woodbury and Clyde Gillette

Migrations of the painted lady butterfly 79

Tilden, J. W.

Glaucopsyche lygdamus behrii in an ant nest 42

Timberlake, P. H.

Two new bees from Arizona 26

Tuthill, L. D.

New species of the genus Triozoida 31

Three new Psyllids from Costa Rica 141

Usinger, R. L.

Native hosts of the Mexican chicken bug 140

Van Dyke, E. C.

The biography of Frank Ellsworth Blaisdell, Sr 49

A weevil newly introduced into California ' 96

New species of Coleoptera from Western North America.... 155
Wind, R. G.

A new subspecies of Melitaea 171

MAILING DATES FOR VOLUME XXIII

No. 1. April 9, 1947.

No. 2. July 31, 1947.

No. 3. October 30, 1947.

No. 4. December 30, 1947.

1

AGRICULTURAL
CHEMICALS

I^eim Salt agricultural chemicals are nationally-known as quality
products, backed by years of experience and research. New develop-
ments are constantly being perfected at the spacious Whitemarsh
Research Laboratories, so that Penco products may better serve
industry and agriculture.

PENCO DDT . . . suitable dust and spray bases are now perfected to be applied as
recommended by local agricultural experiment stations for specific
locality needs.

KRYOCIDE . . . the only natural Cryolite. Effectively aids in controlling many chew-
ing insects such as the codling moth, orange tortrix and vegetable weevil.
Safe and easy to handle . . . not acutely toxic to humans or other mammals.

PENCO a RANGER CALCIUM ARSENATE . . . recommended to offset the ravages of
the cotton boll weevil, the cotton leafworm and the cotton bollworm.
Economical and efficient.

PENCO GRAIN FUMIGANT . . . for the control of certain insects attacking grain in
mills, elevators, box cars and farm storage. It will not harm the germination
or milling qualities of the grain.

PENITE ... a concentrated arsenic weed -killing solution. Available in two quali-
ties, Penite 6 and Penite 35. Both made to Penn Salt’s rigid standards.

AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS DIVISION

PE N N Sir I. VA NBA SALT

MANUFAC/fuRli^ CO. OF WA^INGTON

\...,,A.urLLcjCLJlA^

TACOMA, WASHINGTON

11

ASW.V.V.V.*.

'4

# "ORTHO” Pest Control Products represent a combina-
tion of both Experience and Science. They are the product
of combined Field and Laboratory Research. They must
pass rigid technical tests in our plant . . . and broad prac-
tical tests in the field . . . before they are permitted to carry
the "ORTHO” label into your orchard. Call for "ORTHO”
Service direct or through your "ORTHO” Dealer.

California Spray -Chemical Corp.

Richmond Fresno Lindsay Anaheim Pomona San Jose Sacramento

Stockton Modesto Watsonville Whittier Portland Yakima Wenatchee

Ill

Synthttlc

Wfkliies and f^yiiglctdi^s

gj;x>;.V<:i:;;:

• i ‘

ms;;

The LETHANE5 — Synthetic contact insecticide concen-
trates.

DITHANE—A synthetic organic fungicide for spraying.

YELLOW CUPROCIDE— An electrolytically manufactured
cuprous oxide fungicide for sprays and dusts.

The TRITONS^ A group of emulsifying, wetting and
spreading agents.

RHOTHANE 0-3 — A synthetic insecticide concentrate of
high killing power, with a toxicity to warm-blooded
animals I /4 to 1/8 that of DDT.

ROHM & HAAS DDT PRODUCTS: D .30 SOLUTION (30%
DDT) ;25% DDT EMULSION CONCENTRATE; D-SODUST
concentrate containing 50% DDT; D-50WETTABLE POW-
DER, a water dispersible powder containing 50% DDT.

ROHM & HAAS WELCOMES THE OPPOR-
TUNITY TO COOPERATE WITH WEST COAST
ENTOMOLOGISTS WISHING TO EXPERIMENT
WITH ANY OF THESE PRODUCTS.

iv

UALITY CHEMICALS
FOR AGRICULTURE
through . . .

• intensive research

• positive chemical control

of production

• thorough field testing

It is Stauffer's earnest desire to co-operate in any way
possible with the entomologists of the Pacific Coast area
in increasing the effectiveness of the pest control program.

Insecticides * Fungicides • Parccciticides
Sulphur for Dusting, Burning and for the Soil

SAN FRANCISCO SULPHUR DIVISION

636 California Street P. O. Box 68 3200 East 26th Street

SAN FRANCISCO 8 NORTH PORTLAND, ORE LOS ANGELES 23

TOBACCO BY-PRODUCTS AND
CHEMICAL CORPORATION

Incorporated

LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY RICHMOND, VIRGINIA

(The World's Largest Manufacturers of
Nicotine Products)

BLACK LEAF 40

BLACK LEAF 155

BLACK LEAF DRY
CONCENTRATE

NICO FUME PRODUCTS

PACinC COAST OFnCE
NO. 1 SOUTH PARK
SAN FRANCISCO 7, CALIFORNIA